STP 5-51M14-SM-TG
Headquarters
Department of the Army
Washington, DC, 16 October 1990
STP 5-51M14-SM-TG
SOLDIER'S MANUAL
AND TRAINER'S
GUIDE MOS 51M
FIREFIGHTER SKILL
LEVELS 1/2/3/4
Table of Contents
NOTICE:
Soldier Training Products vary in format. This document is generated from electronic
relational data submitted by the proponent and its format may vary from that of the
printed document. The complete, authenticated document is available for download
when a "Download Instructions" button appears at the top of the screen.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL
CHAPTER 2 - TASK TRAINING PLAN
CHAPTER 3 - TASK S6UMMARIES
Section 1. Skill Level 1 Tasks
No Subject Area Name
051-249-1101
051-249-1102
051-249-1103
051-249-1104
051-249-1105
051-249-1106
051-249-1107
051-249-1108
051-249-1109
051-249-1110
051-249-1111
051-249-1112
051-249-1113
051-249-1114
PERFORM OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
ON A 530-C
PERFORM FIRE PUMP PUMPING OPERATIONS
DON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
INSPECT AND MAINTAIN PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
TIE FIRE DEPARTMENT KNOTS FOR HOISTING OPERATIONS
INSPECT AND MAINTAIN FIREFIGHTING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
INSPECT AND MAINTAIN LADDERS
INSPECT, MAINTAIN, AND SERVICE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
SELECT AND OPERATE A FIRE EXTINGUISHER
INSPECT AND OPERATE A SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS
LOAD HOSE
CONDUCT HOSE LAYS
ADVANCE A HOSE LINE
OPERATE A NOZZLE
051-249-1115 SELECT, USE, AND MAINTAIN FIREFIGHTING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
051-249-1116 REMOVE, CARRY, RAISE AND USE THE EXTENSION LADDER
RESCUE A CONSCIOUS OR UNCONSCIOUS VICTIM FROM A MULTISTORY STRUCTURE
051-249-1117
USING A LADDER
051-249-1118 CONDUCT VENTILATION PROCEDURES
051-249-1119 SEARCH FOR VICTIMS IN A STRUCTURE
051-249-1120 PROTECT AND PRESERVE EVIDENCE AT A FIRE SCENE
051-249-1121 CONDUCT SALVAGE OPERATIONS
051-249-1122 CONDUCT OVERHAUL OPERATIONS
051-249-1123 COMMUNICATE WITH HAND SIGNALS
051-249-1124 CALCULATE PUMP OPERATING PRESSURE
051-249-1125 PERFORM ALARM DUTIES
051-249-1126 OPERATE THE TURRET OF A 530-C
051-249-1127 INSPECT, MAINTAIN AND OPERATE THE K-12 RESCUE SAW
051-249-1128 GAIN ACCESS TO AN AIRCRAFT USING FORCIBLE ENTRY TECHNIQUES
051-249-1129 PERFORM AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES
051-249-1130 RESCUE SURVIVORS FROM AN AIRCRAFT
051-249-1131 PERFORM RESCUE CARRIES
Section 2. Skill Level 2 Tasks
051-249-2101 TEST FIRE HOSE
051-249-2102 DIRECT A NATURAL COVER FIREFIGHTING CREW
DIRECT THE POSITIONING OF A FIRE APPARATUS FOR AN INBOUND AIRCRAFT WITH
051-249-2103
AN EMERGENCY
DIRECT THE POSITIONING OF A FIRE APPARATUS AT A AIRCRAFT CRASH OR
051-249-2104
EMERGENCY INCIDENT
051-249-2105 DIRECT A CRASH AND RESCUE FIREFIGHTING CREW
051-249-2106 SECURE THE MARTIN-BAKER EJECTION SEAT
DIRECT THE POSITIONING OF A FIRE APPARATUS FOR AN AEROMEDICAL
051-249-2107
EVACUATION
051-249-2108 DIRECT A STRUCTURAL FIREFIGHTING CREW
051-249-2109 DIRECT EXPLOSIVE HAZARD FIREFIGHTING OPERATIONS
Section 3. Skill Level 3 Tasks
051-249-3101
051-249-3102
051-249-3103
051-249-3104
051-249-3105
051-249-3106
051-249-3107
051-249-3108
MAINTAIN RECORDS AND REPORTS
CONDUCT A FIRE INSPECTION
PREPARE A BUILDING PREFIRE PLAN
SUPERVISE STRUCTURAL FIREFIGHTING OPERATIONS
SUPERVISE AIRCRAFT FIREFIGHTING OPERATIONS
SUPERVISE A natural cover FIREFIGHTING OPERATION
PERFORM A SITUATION SIZE-UP OF A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INCIDENT
SUPERVISE EXPLOSIVE HAZARD FIREFIGHTING OPERATIONS
Section 4. Skill Level 4 Tasks
051-249-4101
051-249-4102
051-249-4103
051-249-4104
051-249-4105
051-249-4106
051-249-4107
051-249-4108
DETERMINE CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION OF A STRUCTURE
DETERMINE THE STABILITY OF A BURNING STRUCTURE
EXERCISE COMMAND AND CONTROL OF A STRUCTURAL FIRE SCENE
CONDUCT AN INITIAL FIRE-GROUND INVESTIGATION
EXERCISE COMMAND AND CONTROL OF AN AIRCRAFT CRASH SITE
EXERCISE COMMAND AND CONTROL OF NATURAL COVER FIREFIGHTING
OPERATIONS
DEVELOP PLANS FOR HAZARDOUS-MATERIALS EMERGENCIES
EXERCISE COMMAND AND CONTROL OF A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INCIDENT
GLOSSARY
Section I.
Section II.
REFERENCES
Acronyms and Abbreviations
Definitions
PERFORM OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES
(PMCS) ON A 530-C
051-249-1101
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the driver and operator of a 530-C fire apparatus. You are directed to perform operator and crew beforeoperations, during-operations, and after-operations PMCS. You are given a 530-C fire apparatus with complete basic
issue items (BII): tools, rags, water, oil, soap, brushes, spare parts (as required), and pencil or pen, and TM 5-4210217-12, LO 9-2320-209-12, LO 5-4210-217-12, DA Form 2404, and DA Form 2408-14.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Inspect the vehicle, identify and correct all operator-level deficiencies, and identify all unit or
installation-level deficiencies.
b. Properly annotate all noted deficiencies on DA Form 2404.
c. Properly complete DA Form 2404 according to DA Pam 738-750 and turn in the form to your
immediate supervisor.
d. Perform all operator and crew PMCS according to TM 5-4210-217-12.
e. Lube vehicle and refill fluid levels (as required) according to LO 5-4210-217-12 and LO 9-2320209-12.
f. Identify all other services and the required service dates (weekly, monthly, yearly) according to TM
5-4210-217-12.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
NOTE: All operator and crew PMCS will be performed and any noted operator-level deficiencies will be corrected,
when possible. Some before-operations and during-operations PMCS can be performed interchangeably; however,
the operations should be performed according to the operator's manual.
1. Perform before-operations PMCS.
a. Make sure the emergency parking brake is engaged before placing the chock block between the rear wheels.
b. Check the oil level and refill, as required.
c. Check the water level in the radiator and refill, as required.
d. Open the air tank valve and drain the air tank.
e. Close the air tank valve when the air is completely drained.
f. Check the level of the fuel and refill, if lower than three-quarters full.
g. Check the following for proper operation:
(1) Head lights, high and low beams, and switches.
(2) Dome light.
(3) Compartment lights.
(4) Emergency warning lights and switch.
(5) Floodlights and switches.
(6) Tail lights.
(7) Brake lights.
(8) Blackout drive lights.
(9) Dimmer switch.
h. Test the siren hand and foot switches.
i. Check tire pressure and refill, as necessary.
j. Check water tank and refill, as required.
k. Check foam tank and refill, as required.
l. Check primer-reservoir oil level and refill with 30W oil, as required.
m. Perform radio check by contacting dispatcher.
2. Perform during-operation PMCS.
a. Start the engine and let the vehicle warm up.
b. Make sure the low-air warning buzzer activates.
c. Check the instrument panel for proper operation of the gauges.
d. Monitor the air-pressure gauge to ensure the proper air level is attained and maintained.
NOTE: Unless the fire pump has been used in normal service, it must be operated at least once a week, 10
minutes minimum, at 150 Pounds Per Square Inch (PSI). If the fire pump is not operated, at least once a week,
the packing glands could dry out and lose effectiveness. Excessive leakage or extreme difficulty in priming the
pump usually indicates packing-gland problems. WARNING: The stuffing boxes are designed to leak slightly
during operation of the fire pump to cool and lubricate the pump packing. The acceptable leakage rate is 10
drops per minute or 1 to 2 drops per second. If the leakage rate is less than the specified amount, the packing
will overheat and may damage the impeller shaft. If the leakage rate exceeds the specified amount, priming the
fire pump may be extremely difficult.
e. Engage the fire pump according to task 051-249-1102. Check the electric shift-control panel and switch and
the pump-engaged indicator for proper operation.
f. Check the following while the engine is running and the pump is engaged:
(1) Check the pump packing for proper leakage rate.
(2) Check the structural-panel instrument gauges to ensure they are functioning properly.
(3) Inspect the structural-panel gauge glass housing for breakage.
(4) Engage all control valves and handles to ensure smooth operation and easy movement.
(5) Use a booster line or make necessary hose connections to test the fire-pump discharge capability
according to task 051-249-1102, Performance Measure (PM) 1.
(6) Determine and set the fire-pump discharge pressure according to task 051-249-1124.
(7) Set the pressure-relief pilot control valve and test it by trying to increase the fire-pump pressure
past the relief-pilot control valve setting.
(8) Check the drain valves for leaks.
(9) Check the turret operation by shutting down the hose line discharge operation and by operating the
turret according to task 051-249-1102, PM 4.
(10)__‹@ Check for leaks from the turret valves and piping before shutting down the turret discharge
operation.
(11)__‹@ Shut down the fire pump according to task 051-249-1102, PM 1.
(12)__‹@ Refill the water tank and return all hose lines to their proper location.
NOTE: It may be necessary to replace all wet hoses with dry hoses.
3. Perform after-operation PMCS.
a. Check the fire-pump gear case for proper fluid level and refill, as necessary.
b. Check the water and foam tanks and refill, as necessary.
c. Check the primer reservoir and refill, as necessary.
d. Inspect and clean the pilot-valve strainer, as necessary.
e. Inspect all discharge and suction caps for defective gaskets and replace, as necessary.
f. Inspect suction strainer for debris and clean, as necessary.
g. Check the hose-reel brake for proper operation.
4. Perform weekly PMCS.
a. Perform general weekly inspection.
(1) Inspect the vehicle for physical and structural damage.
(2) Inspect the vehicle for general cleanliness.
(3) Ensure the vehicle and equipment are free of corrosion.
(4) Inspect the vehicle for chipped, cracked, or peeling paint.
(5) Check for loose or leaky joints and tighten, as necessary.
b. Perform a vacuum test on the fire pump by doing the following:
(1) Start the vehicle and engage the pump.
(2) Close all discharge and drain valves.
(3) Engage priming pump and create a vacuum of about 22 inches gauge (Hg).
(4) Shut down primer and engine.
(5) Observe compound gauge. If vacuum drops 10 inches Hg in ten minutes, inspect for air leaks
around the packing glands and gaskets and their related parts.
c. Perform a hydrostatic pressure test.
(1) Start engine and engage fire pump.
(2) Close all discharge outlets and drains.
(3) Connect the 4 1/2-inch suction hose to the suction connection on the vehicle and a fire hydrant.
(4) Open the fire hydrant.
(5) Open the suction intake and watch the pressure gauge to ensure the pressure registers.
(6) Open the turret slowly until all of the air is expelled.
(7) Close turret nozzle valve.
(8) Examine the pump and accessories for leaks.
5. Perform annual PMCS.
a. Start the engine and engage the pump.
b. Make all necessary hose connections.
c. Place the transfer control valve in the parallel position.
d. Open or set all necessary discharge and intake valves, pressure-relief pilot control valve, and throttle.
e. Conduct the following water discharge test:
(1) 100 percent. Discharge 750 Gallons Per Minute (GPM) at 150 PSI for 20 minutes with engine
Revolutions Per Minute (RPM) between 2,000 to 2,050.
(2) 70 percent. Discharge 525 GPM at 200 PSI for 10 minutes between 2,200 and 2,250 RPM.
NOTE: Place the transfer control valve to SERIES before performing the 50-percent test.
(3) 50 percent. Discharge 375 GPM at 250 PSI for 10 minutes between 1,800 and 1,850 RPM.
NOTE: If you must use more RPM than those required for each percentage test, the impellers or wear
rings may be worn.
6. Prepare for the inspection by completing the applicable data on DA Form 2404.
NOTE: If any deficiency is already noted on DA Form 2408-14, do not list it again on the DA Form 2404.
a. Enter general data as follows:
(1) The name of the unit to which the vehicle belongs in Block 1.
(2) The abbreviated name and model of the vehicle in Block 2; for example, Trk FF 2 1/2-T M45A2 or
Trk Util 1/4-T M151A2.
(3) The vehicle's registration number or the serial number in Block 3.
(4) The type of inspection to be conducted in Block 6.
(5) The Technical Manual (TM) number and publication date being used in Block 7.
b. Perform before-operations PMCS and enter the data as follows:
(1) The date in Column C if you do not note any deficiencies.
NOTE: Attempt to isolate the deficiencies or malfunctions by following the troubleshooting
procedures listed in the applicable TM. Correct all faults and malfunctions at your level of
responsibility and maintenance.
(2) If you do note deficiencies, then enter-(a) All vehicle deficiencies you corrected using replacement parts in Column D.
(b) All deficiencies you cannot correct in Column C.
(c) The meter reading in miles, hours, rounds fired, and hot starts, as applicable, in Blocks 4ad.
(d) The current calendar date in Block 5.
(e) Your rank and signature in Block 8a.
(f) The PMCS item number of each deficiency noted in Column C in Column A. Circle the
item number if the deficiency deadlines the vehicle.
(g) The condition status symbol for all uncorrected deficiencies in Column B.
c. Perform during-operations PMCS and enter the data as follows:
(1) No entries if you do not find any deficiencies.
(2) Annotations listed in 5b(2)-(3) if you find any deficiencies.
d. Perform after-operations PMCS and enter the data as follows:
(1) Your initials in Column E if you do not find any deficiencies.
(2) Annotations listed in 5b(2)-(3) if you find any deficiencies.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with the items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to accurately
perform the following: -Operator and crew PMCS. -Annotate all noted deficiencies on DA Form 2404. -Identify the
appropriate frequency for other checks and services. -Identify the procedures for affecting the other checks and
services.
NOTE: You may require the soldier to perform the performance measures for the other checks and service rather
than to explain them.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Prepares for the inspection by completing the applicable data on DA Form 2404.
a. Enters data in the following spaces:
(1) The name of the unit to which the vehicle belongs in Block 1.
(2) The abbreviated name and the model of the vehicle in Block 2; for example, Trk FF 2 1/2-T
M45A2 or Trk Util 1/4-T M151A2.
Res
ults
P F
(3) The vehicle's registration or serial number in Block 3.
(4) The type of inspection to be performed in Block 6.
(5) The TM number and publication date being used in Block 7.
b. Performs before-operations PMCS and enters data as follows:
(1) The date in Column C if the soldier finds no deficiencies.
(2) If deficiencies are noted, then enters-(a) All vehicle deficiencies corrected using replacement parts in Column D.
(b) All deficiencies the soldier could not correct in Column C.
(c) The meter reading in miles, hours, rounds fired, and hot starts (as applicable) in
Block 4-ad.
(d) The current calendar date in Block 5.
(e) His rank and signature in Block 8a.
(f) The PMCS item number of any deficiency noted in Column C. Circles the item
number if the deficiency deadlines the vehicle.
(g) The condition status symbol for all uncorrected deficiencies in Column B.
c. Performs during-operations PMCS and enters data as follows:
(1) No entries if he finds no deficiencies.
(2) Annotations listed in 5b(2)-(3) if he finds deficiencies.
d. Performs after-operations PMCS and enters data as follows:
(1) His initials in Column E if he finds no deficiencies.
(2) Annotations listed in 5b(2)-(3) if he finds deficiencies.
2. Performs before-operations PMCS.
P F
a. Ensures that the parking brake is engaged before placing the chock block between the rear wheels.
b. Checks the oil level and refills, as required.
c. Checks the water level in the radiator and refills, as required.
d. Opens the air-tank valve and drains the air tank.
e. Closes the air-tank valve when the air is completely drained.
f. Checks the level of the fuel and refills if lower than three-quarters full.
g. Checks the following for proper operation:
(1) Headlights, high and low beams, and switches.
(2) Dome light.
(3) Compartment lights.
(4) Emergency warning lights and switch.
(5) Floodlights and switches.
(6) Tail lights.
(7) Brake lights.
(8) Blackout drive lights.
(9) Dimmer switch.
h. Tests the siren hand and foot switches.
i. Checks the tire pressure and refills, as necessary.
j. Checks the water tank and refills, as required.
k. Checks the foam tank and refills, as required.
l. Checks the primer-reservoir oil level and refills with 30W oil, as required.
m. Performs a radio check by contacting the dispatcher.
3. Performs during-operations PMCS.
P F
a. Starts engine and allows the vehicle to warm up to normal operating temperature.
b. Ensures that the low-air warning buzzer activates.
c. Checks the instrument panel for proper operation of the gauges.
d. Monitors the air-pressure gauge to ensure the proper air level is attained and maintained.
e. Engages the fire pump according to task 051-249-1102. Checks the electric shift-control panel and
switch and the pump engaged indicator for proper operation.
(1) Dismounts the vehicle and checks the pump packing for the proper leakage rate.
(2) Checks the left control-panel instrument gauges to ensure that they are functioning properly.
(3) Inspects the structural-panel gauge glass housing for breakage.
(4) Engages all controls valves and handles to ensure smooth operation and easy movement.
(5) Uses a booster line or makes necessary hose connections to test the fire-pump discharge
capability according to task 051-249-1102, PM 1.
(6) Determines and sets the fire-pump discharge pressure according to task 051-249-1124.
(7) Sets the pressure-relief pilot control valve and tests it by trying to increase the fire-pump
pressure past the relief-pilot control valve setting.
(8) Checks the drain valves for leaks.
(9) Checks turret operation by shutting down the hose line discharge operation and by operating
the turret according to task 051-249-1120, PM 4.
(10)__‹@ Checks for leaks from the turret valves and piping before shutting down the turret
discharge operation.
(11)__‹@ Shuts down the fire pump according to task 051-249-1102, PM 1.
(12)__‹@ Refills the water tank and returns all hose lines to their proper location.
4. Performs after-operations PMCS.
P F
a. Checks the fire-pump gear case for proper fluid level and refills, as necessary.
b. Checks the water and foam tanks and refills, as necessary.
c. Checks the primer reservoir and refills, as necessary.
d. Inspects and cleans the pilot-valve strainer, as necessary.
e. Inspects all discharge and suction caps for defective gaskets and replaces, as necessary.
f. Inspects suction strainer for debris and cleans, as necessary.
g. Checks the hose-reel brake for proper operation.
5. Performs weekly PMCS.
P F
a. General vehicle inspection.
(1) Inspects the vehicle for physical and structural damage. Corrects deficiencies, as necessary.
(2) Inspects the vehicle for general cleanliness. Corrects deficiencies, as necessary.
(3) Ensures the vehicle and equipment are free of corrosion. Corrects deficiencies, as necessary.
(4) Inspects the vehicle for chipped, cracked, or peeling paint. Corrects deficiencies, as necessary.
(5) Checks for loose or leaky joints and tightens, as necessary.
b. Performs a vacuum test on the fire pump by doing the following:
(1) Starts the vehicle and engages the pump.
(2) Closes all discharge and drain valves.
(3) Engages priming pump and creates a vacuum of about 22 Hg.
(4) Shuts down primer and engine.
(5) Observes compound gauge. If vacuum drops 10 Hg in ten minutes, inspects for air leaks
around the packing glands, gaskets, and related parts.
c. Performs a hydrostatic pressure tests.
(1) Starts engine and engages fire pump.
(2) Closes all discharge outlets and drains.
(3) Connects the 4 1/2-inch suction hose to the suction connection on the vehicle and a fire
hydrant.
(4) Opens the fire hydrant.
(5) Opens the suction intake and watches the pressure gauge to ensure the pressure registers.
(6) Opens the turret slowly until all of the air is expelled.
(7) Closes the turret nozzle valve.
(8) Examines the pump and accessories for leaks.
6. Perform annual PMCS.
P F
a. Starts the engine and engages the pump.
b. Makes all necessary hose connections.
c. Places the transfer control valve in the PARALLEL position when position when performing the 100
and 70 percent tests. Places the transfer control valve in the series position when performing the 50 percent
test.
d. Opens or sets all necessary discharge and intake valves, pressure-relief pilot control valve, and throttle.
e. Conducts the following water discharge test:
(1) 100 percent. Discharges 750 GPM at 150 PSI for 20 minutes between 2,000 and 2,050 RPM.
(2) 70 percent. Discharges 525 GPM at 200 PSI for 10 minutes between 2,200 and 2,250 RPM.
(3) 50 percent. Discharges 375 GPM at 250 PSI for 10 minutes between 1,800 and 1,850 RPM.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DA Form Equipment Inspection And Maintenance Worksheet
2404
DA Form Uncorrected Fault Record
2408-14
DA Pam Functional Users Manual for the Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) (01 Aug 94)
738-750
LO 54210-21712
LO 92320-20912
TM 54210-21712
Truck, Fire Fighting, Powered Pumper, Foam and Water, 750 GPM cap; Centrifugal Pump, Power
Takeoff Driven, 400 Gal Water Tank, 40 Gal Foam Chemical Tank, 15 May 1975.
Truck, Utility, 2 1/2-Ton Vehicles
Operator's and Organizational Maintenance Manual: Truck, Firefighting, Powered Pumper, Foam and
Water, 750 Gallons Per Minute Capacity, Centrifugal Pump, Takeoff Driven; 400 Gallon Water Tank,
40 Gallon Foam Chemical Tank, Class 530C and Wi
PERFORM FIRE PUMP PUMPING OPERATIONS
051-249-1102
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the driver and operator of a 530-C fire apparatus and are required to operate the fire pump and supply water
or foam to extinguish a fire. You are given a fully equipped and operational 530-C, necessary tools, protective
clothing, and a fire scene.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Make all necessary hose line connections to the intake and discharge ports. Deliver and/or receive water.
b. Calculate the required pump discharge pressure based on the configuration of the hose lay, diameter of the
hose line, length of attack hose line, increase or decrease in elevation, nozzle type and/or size, and appliances
connected to the hose line within 10 percent of the correct pump operating pressure.
c. Conduct stationary and mobile fire-fighting operations. Supply or receive water without damaging the fire
apparatus, hose lines, nozzles, and appliances and without causing injury to yourself or other crew members.
d. Perform the performance measures in the correct sequence when required.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Perform structural, stationary pumping operations using on-board water.
a. Respond to the fire scene and position the fire apparatus according to task 051-249-1112.
b. Set the parking brake.
c. Dismount the vehicle, close all drain and control valves, and ensure the suction caps are closed tightly (Figure
1102-1).
d. Place the transfer control valve in the PRESSURE position.
e. Open the tank suction-valve control so water flows from the tank to the fire pump.
f. Remount the vehicle cab. Make sure that the control switch on the electric shift-control panel is in the
STATIONARY PUMPING position and that the green indicator light is lit (Figure 1102-2).
g. Depress clutch pedal and complete the following steps in sequence:
(1) Step 1. Place the transfer shift lever in NEUTRAL.
(2) Step 2. Place the transmission gearshift lever in FOURTH gear.
(3) Step 3. Release power-takeoff (PTO) shift lever lock and shift the PTO lever to ENGAGE.
NOTE: The red indicator light (on the electric shift-control panel) will light up indicating that the PTO
unit will be engaged when the clutch pedal is released.
(4) Step 4. Release the clutch pedal slowly. Doing so will engage the fire pump drive for pumping
mode.
h. Dismount the vehicle and make all of the necessary hose connections according to task 051-249-1112.
i. Pull out the primer valve control (on the left control panel). Operate the primer valve until the primer
pump emits a steady stream of water through the discharge pipe.
CAUTION
Do not operate the priming pump for more than 30 continuous seconds. If the priming pump cannot be
primed in 30 seconds, release the priming valve control, disengage the pump, and shut down the engine.
Check the system for leaks. Do not attempt to engage the priming valve control unless the priming pump has
cooled for at least two minutes.
j. Calculate desired pump discharge pressure according to task 051-249-1124.
k. Adjust pressure relief valve for the desired discharge pressure by completing the following steps:
(1) Step 1. Turn the relief valve ON-OFF control to OFF.
(2) Step 2. Turn the throttle control counterclockwise to accelerate the engine until the pressure gauge
shows the desired pressure.
(3) Step 3. While you accelerate the engine, either open one discharge valve and hose nozzle or, if
applicable, slightly crack the turret nozzle discharge valve.
WARNING
The temperature of the fire pump will rapidly increase if the you operate the pump with all discharge valves
closed. This action could damage the fire pump. If all hose lines are shut down while the fire pump is in
operation, open a discharge hose line drain and discharge a stream of water to prevent the pump from
overheating. If the discharge connection is capped, open the discharge valve control before opening the
discharge drain valve.
NOTE: Once the discharge valve is open, do not close it because closing the valve will affect the
pressure gauge reading.
(4) Step 4. Turn the steady valve control clockwise to eliminate fluctuation of the pressure gauge
needle.
(5) Step 5. Turn the pressure relief valve ON-OFF control to ON.
(6) Step 6. Watch the pressure gauge and adjust the pressure-relief pilot valve control. If the pressure
reading drops below the desired discharge pressure, turn the control clockwise until the pressure
increases to the desired pressure. If the reading does not drop, slowly turn the control counterclockwise
until the gauge pressure drops 5 or 10 PSI below the desired pressure. Gradually turn the control
clockwise until you reach the desired pressure.
l. Open the applicable hose discharge valve or the turret-nozzle discharge valve.
m. Stay at the left control panel and monitor the pumping operation until you receive the signal to shut
down the operation.
CAUTION
If the engine temperature exceeds the normal operating range of 160? to 185? Fahrenheit, gradually pull out
the auxiliary cooler valve control until the temperature returns to the normal operating range.
n. Shut down the pump as follows:
(1) Rotate the throttle control clockwise all the way in.
(2) Mount the vehicle cab and perform the following in sequence:
(a) Depress the clutch pedal.
(b) Shift the transmission gearshift lever from FOURTH gear to NEUTRAL.
(c) Shift the PTO shift lever to DISENGAGE and lock the shift lever.
(d) Watch the electric shift-control panel and make sure the red light is off.
(e) Shift the transfer shift lever from NEUTRAL to low or high range.
(f) Release the clutch pedal slowly to disengage the fire pump drive.
(3) Close the tank suction valve control.
(4) Close all discharge valve controls and open hose line drain valve controls.
(5) Disconnect any discharge hose lines and install the caps.
NOTE: If you did not use the transfer-valve control during the pumping operation, pull out and
push in the transfer-valve control several times.
(6) Place the transfer valve control in the PRESSURE position.
(7) Open the following drain valve controls and leave them open until the water stops flowing:
(a) Compound and pressure gauge.
(b) Relief valve.
(c) Discharge hose line.
(d) Manifold.
(e) Turret-nozzle discharge valve control (to expedite the draining of the fire pump).
NOTE: Make sure that the turret-nozzle discharge valve control is closed once the pump has
drained.
(8) Pull out the primer valve control and operate the priming motor until oil drips from the priming
pump discharge pipe.
(9) Shut down the engine.
2. Perform structural, stationary pumping operations while receiving water from a fire hydrant.
a. Respond to the fire scene and position the fire apparatus according to task 051-249-1112.
b. Set the emergency parking brake.
c. Dismount the vehicle, close all drain and control valves, and ensure the suction caps are closed tightly.
d. Make all of the necessary hose connections according to task 051-249-1112.
e. Place the transfer valve control in the PRESSURE or VOLUME position.
NOTE: The transfer valve control should be in the PRESSURE position, when less than two discharge valves
are used and in the VOLUME position, when more than two discharge valves are used. If you must switch the
position of the transfer valve control during pumping operations, reduce the pump pressure to 75 PSI for an
easier operation.
f. Remount the vehicle cab. Watch the electric shift-control panel to ensure that the green indicator light is on
and that the switch is in the STATIONARY PUMPING position.
g. Depress the clutch pedal and complete the following steps:
(1) Step 1. Place the transfer shift lever in NEUTRAL.
(2) Step 2. Place the transmission gearshift lever in FOURTH gear.
(3) Step 3. Release the PTO shift lever lock and shift the PTO lever to ENGAGE.
NOTE: The red indicator light (on the electric shift-control panel) will light up indicating that the PTO
unit will be engaged when the clutch pedal is released.
(4) Step 4. Release the clutch pedal slowly. Doing so will engage the fire-pump drive for stationary
pumping mode.
h. Dismount the vehicle and calculate desired pump discharge pressure according to task 051-249-1124.
i. Adjust pressure relief valve for the desired discharge pressure by completing the following steps:
(1) Step 1. Turn the relief valve ON-OFF control to OFF.
(2) Step 2. Turn the throttle control counterclockwise to accelerate the engine until the pressure gauge
shows the desired pressure.
(3) Step 3. While you accelerate the engine, either open one discharge valve and hose nozzle or, if
applicable, slightly crack the turret nozzle discharge valve.
WARNING
The temperature of the fire pump will rapidly increase if the you operate the pump with all discharge valves
closed. This action could damage the fire pump. If all hose lines are shut down while the fire pump is in
operation, open a discharge hose line drain and discharge a stream of water to prevent the pump from
overheating. If the discharge connection is capped, open the discharge valve control before opening the
discharge drain valve.
NOTE: Once the discharge valve is open, do not close it because closing the valve will affect the
pressure gauge reading.
(4) Step 4. Turn the steady valve control clockwise to eliminate fluctuation of the pressure gauge
needle.
(5) Step 5. Turn the pressure relief valve ON-OFF control to ON.
(6) Step 6. Watch the pressure gauge and adjust the pressure-relief pilot valve control. If the pressure
reading drops below the desired discharge pressure, turn the control clockwise until the pressure
increases to the desired pressure. If the reading does not drop, slowly turn the control counterclockwise
until the gauge pressure drops 5 or 10 PSI below the desired pressure. Gradually turn the control
clockwise until you reach the desired pressure.
CAUTION
Do not let the compound gauge reading drop below 10 PSI. The system has a 5 PSI error range in gauge
accuracy so the water main will not collapse. You may have to reduce the discharge pressure to prevent
damaging the water main.
j. Open the applicable hose discharge valve or the turret-nozzle discharge valve.
WARNING
Open the discharge valve slowly and stop when the valve is opened to the correct level. If you open the valve
too far or too fast, a rapid deterioration of the engine coolant temperature may occur and damage the engine.
k. Stay at the left control panel and monitor the pumping operation until you receive the signal to shut
down the operation.
CAUTION
If the engine temperature exceeds the normal operating range of 160? to 185? Fahrenheit, gradually pull out
the auxiliary cooler valve control until the temperature returns to the normal operating range.
l. Disengage the pump as follows:
(1) Rotate the throttle control clockwise all the way in.
(2) Mount the vehicle cab and perform the following:
(a) Depress the clutch pedal.
(b) Shift the transmission gearshift lever from FOURTH gear to NEUTRAL.
(c) Shift the PTO shift lever to DISENGAGE and lock the shift lever.
(d) Watch the electric shift-control panel and make sure the red light is off.
(e) Shift the transfer shift lever from NEUTRAL to low or high range.
(f) Release the clutch pedal slowly to disengage the fire pump drive.
(3) Make sure that the fire-hydrant valve is closed.
(4) Close all discharge valve controls and open the hose line drain valve controls.
(5) Disconnect any discharge hose lines and install the caps.
NOTE: If you did not use the transfer valve control during the pumping operation, pull out and
push in the transfer valve control several times.
(6) Place the transfer valve control in the PRESSURE position.
(7) Open the following drain valve controls and leave them open until the water stops flowing:
(a) Compound and pressure gauge.
(b) Relief valve.
(c) Discharge hose line.
(d) Manifold.
(e) Turret-nozzle discharge valve control (to expedite the draining of the fire pump).
NOTE: Make sure that the turret-nozzle discharge valve control is closed once the pump has
drained.
(8) Pull out the primer valve control and operate the priming motor until oil drips from the priming
pump discharge pipe.
(9) Shut down the engine.
3. Perform stationary pumping operations while drafting water from a water source.
a. Position the fire apparatus close to the water source.
b. Set the emergency parking brake.
c. Dismount the vehicle, close all drains and control valves, and ensure the suction caps are closed tightly.
d. Remove the 4 1/2-inch suction cap and connect the 4 1/2-inch suction hose to the suction connection.
NOTE: Make sure the suction connection is tight. Avoid humps or sharp bends in the hose. Ensure no part of
the hose is higher than the suction intake level. Failure to do so can create air pockets in the hose. Because of
the air pockets, you may not be able to prime the pump, you may lose the pump prime, or you may have erratic
pump action. All actions could result in reduced pumping capability and pump capacity.
e. Attach a strainer on the intake end of the suction hose.
f. Immerse the suction strainer at least two feet below the water surface to prevent the pump from drawing air.
NOTE: Whirlpools forming immediately above the suction strainer, indicate that the strainer is too close to the
surface. Make sure that the strainer is far enough from the bottom to prevent sand, gravel, or foreign matter
from being drawn into the fire pump.
g. Make all of the necessary discharge hose connections.
h. Place the transfer-valve control in the PRESSURE or VOLUME position.
NOTE: The transfer valve control should be in the PRESSURE position when less than two discharge valves
are used and in the VOLUME position when more than two discharge valves are used. If you must switch the
position of the transfer valve control during pumping operations, reduce the pump pressure to 75 PSI for an
easier operation.
i. Remount the vehicle cab. Watch the electric shift-control panel to ensure that the green indicator light is on
and that the switch is in the STATIONARY PUMPING position.
j. Depress the clutch pedal and complete the following steps:
(1) Step 1. Place the transfer shift lever in NEUTRAL.
(2) Step 2. Place the transmission gearshift lever in FOURTH gear.
(3) Step 3. Release the PTO shift lever lock and shift the PTO lever to ENGAGE.
NOTE: The red indicator light (on the electric shift-control panel) will light up indicating that the PTO
unit will be engaged when the clutch pedal is released.
(4) Step 4. Release the clutch pedal slowly. Doing so will engage the fire pump drive for stationary
pumping mode.
k. Pull out the primer-valve control (on the left control panel). Operate the primer valve until the primer
pump emits a steady stream of water through the discharge pipe.
CAUTION
Do not operate the priming pump for more than 30 continuous seconds. If the priming pump cannot be
primed in 30 seconds, release the primer-valve control, disengage the pump, and shut down the engine.
Check the system for leaks. Do not attempt to engage the primer-valve control unless the priming pump has
cooled for at least two minutes.
l. Calculate the desired pump discharge pressure according to task 051-249-1124.
m. Adjust pressure-relief valve for the desired discharge pressure by completing the following steps:
(1) Step 1. Turn the relief valve ON-OFF control to OFF.
(2) Step 2. Turn the throttle control counterclockwise to accelerate the engine until the pressure gauge
shows the desired pressure.
(3) Step 3. While you accelerate the engine, either open one discharge valve and hose nozzle or, if
applicable, slightly crack the turret nozzle discharge valve.
WARNING
The temperature of the fire pump will rapidly increase if the you operate the pump with all discharge valves
closed. This action could damage the fire pump. If all hose lines are shut down while the fire pump is in
operation, open a discharge hose line drain and discharge a stream of water to prevent the pump from
overheating. If the discharge connection is capped, open the discharge valve control before opening the
discharge drain valve.
NOTE: Once the discharge valve is open, do not close it because closing the valve will affect the
pressure gauge reading.
(4) Step 4. Turn the steady valve control clockwise to eliminate fluctuation of the pressure gauge
needle.
(5) Step 5. Turn the pressure relief valve ON-OFF control to ON.
(6) Step 6. Watch the pressure gauge and adjust the pressure relief pilot valve control. If the pressure
reading drops below the desired discharge pressure, turn the control clockwise until the pressure
increases to the desired pressure. If the reading does not drop, slowly turn the control counterclockwise
until the gauge pressure drops 5 or 10 PSI below the desired pressure. Gradually turn the control
clockwise until you reach the desired pressure.
n. Open the applicable hose discharge valve or the turret-nozzle discharge valve.
WARNING
Open the discharge valve slowly and stop when the valve is opened to the correct level. If you open the valve
too far or too fast, a rapid deterioration of the engine coolant temperature may occur and damage the engine.
o. Stay at the left control panel and monitor the pumping operation until you receive the signal to shut
down the operation.
CAUTION
If the engine temperature exceeds the normal operating range of 160? to 185? Fahrenheit, gradually pull out
the auxiliary cooler valve control until the temperature returns to the normal operating range.
p. Shut down the pump as follows:
(1) Rotate the throttle control clockwise all the way in.
(2) Mount the vehicle cab and perform the following:
(a) Depress the clutch pedal.
(b) Shift the transmission gearshift lever from FOURTH gear to NEUTRAL.
(c) Shift the PTO shift lever to DISENGAGE and lock the shift lever.
(d) Watch the electric shift-control panel and make sure the red light is off.
(e) Shift the transfer shift lever from NEUTRAL to low or high range.
(f) Release the clutch pedal slowly to disengage the fire pump drive.
(3) Close the fire hydrant valve.
(4) Close all discharge valve controls and open hose line drain valve controls.
(5) Disconnect any discharge hose lines and install the caps.
NOTE: If you did not use the transfer valve control during the pumping operation, pull out and
push in the transfer-valve control several times.
(6) Place the transfer valve control in the PRESSURE position.
(7) Open the following drain valve controls and leave them open until the water stops flowing:
(a) Compound and pressure gauge.
(b) Relief valve.
(c) Discharge hose line.
(d) Manifold.
(e) Turret-nozzle discharge valve control (to expedite the draining of the fire pump).
NOTE: Make sure that the turret-nozzle discharge valve control is closed once the pump has
drained.
(8) Pull out the primer valve control and operate the priming motor until oil drips from the priming
pump discharge pipe.
(9) Shut down the engine.
4. Perform mobile pump and roll pumping operations using water from the water tank.
a. Start the engine.
b. Set the emergency parking brake.
c. Dismount the vehicle, close all drain and control valves, and ensure the suction caps are tightly closed.
d. Place the transfer control valve in the PRESSURE position.
e. Open the tank suction-valve control so water flows from the tank to the fire pump.
f. Remount the vehicle cab. Watch the electric shift-control panel to ensure that the green indicator light is on
and that the switch is in the STATIONARY PUMPING position.
g. Depress clutch pedal and complete the following steps:
(1) Step 1. Place the transfer shift level in NEUTRAL.
(2) Step 2. Place the transmission gearshift lever in FIRST gear.
(3) Step 3. Release PTO shift lever lock and shift the PTO lever to ENGAGE.
NOTE: The red indicator light (on the electric shift-control panel) will light up indicating that the PTO
unit will be engaged when the clutch pedal is released.
(4) Step 4. Release the clutch pedal slowly. Doing so will engage the fire pump drive for pumping
mode.
h. Put the control switch in the PUMP AND ROLL position. The green indicator light should go out and
the amber light should light up indicating that the electric shift unit has been shifted from low speed (for
stationary operations) to high speed (for pump and roll operation).
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the fire pump, do not operate the vehicle in pump and roll mode unless the amber
indicator light is lit.
NOTE: If the amber light did not light up, a butt-tooth condition between the shifting collar and the
drive gear in the pump gear may be the cause.
i. Try to correct the butt-tooth condition by doing the following:
(1) Place the control switch in the STATIONARY-PUMPING position and make sure the green light
lights up.
(2) Release and quickly depress the clutch pedal so the pump gears rotate.
(3) Wait a few seconds for the pump gear to stop rotating.
(4) Place the control switch in the PUMP AND ROLL position.
(5) If necessary, repeat this procedure several times until the amber light lights up. If after several
attempts the amber light does not light up, an assistant fire fighter should manually shift the pump
gears as follows:
(a) Pull out the shift lever control to disengage the electric shift unit.
(b) Push in the gearshift lever control to shift the gear from low speed (for stationary
pumping) to high speed (for pump and roll operation).
(c) Release the clutch pedal slowly to engage the fire pump drive. Do not place the vehicle in
motion.
j. Depress the clutch pedal and shift the transfer shift lever from NEUTRAL to LOW.
k. Release the parking brake.
l. Sound the horn to alert the turret operator that you are about to proceed.
m. Slowly release the clutch pedal and accelerate the engine.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the fire pump, do not operate the engine over 1,500 RPM.
n. Monitor the pressure gauge and tachometer mounted on the dash panel. Disengage the pump when the
pressure gauge indicates the water tank is empty.
o. Disengage the pump using the following procedures:
(1) Slow down the vehicle using the brake pedal. Depress the clutch as the vehicle comes to a stop. Set
the emergency brake.
(2) Shift the transfer shift lever from LOW to NEUTRAL.
(3) Wait a few seconds for the fire-pump gears to stop rotating.
(4) Place the control switch in the STATIONARY-PUMPING position. The amber light should go out
and the green light should light up.
NOTE: If the amber light did not light up, a butt-tooth condition between the shifting collar and the
drive gear in the pump gear may be the cause.
(5) Try to correct the butt-tooth condition by doing the following:
(a) Place the control switch in the PUMP AND ROLL position and make sure the amber light
lights up.
(b) Release and quickly depress the clutch pedal so the pump gears rotate.
(c) Wait a few seconds for the pump gear to stop rotating.
(d) Place the control switch in the STATIONARY position.
(e) If necessary, repeat this procedure several times until the green light lights up. If after
several attempts the green light does not light up, an assistant fire fighter should manually
shift the pump gears as follows: - Pull out the shift lever control to disengage the electric shift
unit. - Push in the gearshift lever control to shift the gear from high speed (for pump and roll)
to low speed (for stationary operation).
(6) Shift the transmission gearshift lever from FIRST to NEUTRAL.
(7) Shift the PTO shift lever to DISENGAGE and lock the shift lever.
(8) Watch the electric switch-control panel and make sure the red light is off.
(9) Shift the transfer shift lever from NEUTRAL to LOW or HIGH.
(10)__‹@ Release the clutch pedal.
(11)__‹@ Close the tank-suction valve control.
(12)__‹@ Pull out and push in transfer valve control several times.
(13)__‹@ Open the following drain valve controls and leave them open until the water stops
flowing:
(a) Compound and pressure gauge.
(b) Relief valve.
(c) Discharge hose line.
(d) Manifold.
(e) Turret-nozzle discharge valve control (to expedite the draining of the fire pump).
NOTE: Make sure that the turret-nozzle discharge valve control is closed once the pump has
drained.
(14)__‹@ Pull out the primer valve control and operate the priming motor until oil drips from the
priming pump discharge pipe.
(15)__‹@ Shut down the engine.
5. Perform pumping operations using the foam system; flush the foam system:
NOTE: You can use the foam system while pumping from a fire hydrant, draft and water tank (stationary mode or
pump and roll mode). When operating the foam system from the water tank, you must flush the system from a fire
hydrant or draft. You will need large quantities of water to flush the system.
a. Using the foam system.
(1) Complete the steps for the type of pumping operation you are conducting with the following
exceptions:
(a) When pumping from a fire hydrant, regulate the hydrant pressure by partially closing the
fire hydrant gate. Do not let the pressure exceed 10 PSI.
(b) When pumping from a fire hydrant, use 1 1/2-inch attack lines not 2 1/2-inch attack lines.
(c) When pumping from the water tank in pump and roll mode, complete the following steps
before you place the vehicle in motion: - Make sure the foam tank is full. - Set the foam
metering valve control for 3- or 6-percent foam solution according to the instructions on the
foam metering instructions plate (near the left control panel). - Open the foam proportioner
(eductor) valve control to place the eductor in operation. - Open the foam tank valve control.
If you only use the turret, use the foam-tank remote control to open the foam tank. - Close the
foam-tank valve control when you complete the operation.
NOTE: You can refill the foam tank during pumping operations except in the pump and roll
mode.
b. Flushing the foam system.
(1) Reduce discharge pressure to 75 PSI.
(2) Open foam-flush valve control.
(3) Turn foam-metering valve control clockwise to OPEN and flush the foam-metering valve.
(4) When the water is clear at the nozzle, turn the pressure-relief pilot valve control counterclockwise
to OPEN and flush the pressure relief valve.
(5) Put the transfer valve control in the VOLUME position and flush the transfer valve.
(6) Open the turret-nozzle discharge valve control to flush the turret nozzle.
NOTE: Flush the turret even if you did not use the turret during the foam operation.
(7) Open the following drain valve controls one at a time. Leave each valve open until the water
flushes clear. Close the valve and open the next valve.
(a) Compound and pressure gauge.
(b) Relief valve.
(c) Discharge hose line.
(d) Applicable discharge valve control(s) if the discharge connections are capped.
(e) Manifold.
(8) Unwind both hose reel-hose lines, open both discharge valve controls, and flush the hose lines.
NOTE: Flush the hose lines even if you did not use the hose lines during the foam operation.
(9) Close the foam-flush valve control, foam-metering valve control, and foam-proportioner
(eductor) valve control when you complete the flushing operation.
(10)__‹@ Shut down the fire pump and engine.
Evaluation Preparation
DON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
051-249-1103
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the nozzleman of a fire-fighting crew that has just received notification of an emergency. You must don all
your protective clothing and mount the fire apparatus before the fire apparatus can respond to the fire scene. You are
given a fire apparatus; rubber boots; aluminized protective coat, trousers, hood and gloves; and structural protective
coat, trousers, gloves, and helmet.
STANDARDS
1. You will don your-a. Protective clothing and fasten all snaps, hooks, and straps.
b. Aluminized protective clothing (crash gear) and mount the fire apparatus in 35 seconds.
c. Structural protective clothing and mount the fire apparatus in 30 seconds.
d. Protective clothing and mount the fire apparatus without injuring yourself.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Don aluminized protective clothing.
a. Ensure all gear is serviceable (snaps can be snapped, hooks are not broken, and so forth).
b. Lay out your gear close to the fire apparatus for emergency donning.
NOTE: Before laying out your protective gear you should ensure that your protective clothing fits you (length
and width) and that your rubber boots are the correct size. Place the trouser legs over the boots and slide the
trouser legs down over the boots until the top of the boots are visible. Adjust the hood to the configuration of
your head; place the protective gloves in the pockets of the coat.
c. Do the following on the command to don:
(1) Remove your shoes.
(2) Step into your boots and pull up your pants.
(3) Place the suspenders over your shoulders.
(4) Secure the snaps and hook on your trousers.
(5) Put on your coat.
(6) Secure all the snaps and hooks on your coat.
(7) Put your hood on and secure the chin strap.
(8) Lower the hood flaps down around your shoulders.
(9) Remove your gloves from your pockets and put them on.
(10)__‹@ Mount the fire apparatus.
2. Don structural protective clothing.
a. Ensure all gear is serviceable (snaps can be snapped, hooks are not broken, and so forth).
b. Lay out your gear close to the fire apparatus for emergency donning.
NOTE: Before laying out your protective gear you should ensure that your protective clothing fits you (length
and width) and that your rubber boots are the correct size. Place the trouser legs over the boots and slide the
trouser legs down over the boots until the top of the boots are visible. Adjust the hood to the configuration of
your head; place the protective gloves in the pockets of the coat.
c. Do the following on the command to don:
(1) Remove your shoes.
(2) Step into your boots and pull up your pants.
(3) Place the suspenders over your shoulders.
(4) Secure the snaps and hook on your trousers.
(5) Put on your coat.
(6) Secure all the snaps and hooks on your coat.
(7) Put your hood on and secure the chin strap.
(8) Lower the hood flaps down around your shoulders.
(9) Remove your gloves from your pockets and put them on.
(10)__‹@ Mount the fire apparatus.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldiers with the items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to don his
structural protective clothing and mount the fire apparatus in 30 seconds and to don his crash protective clothing and
mount the fire apparatus in 35 seconds.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Dons aluminized protective clothing.
a. Ensures all gear is serviceable.
b. Lays out gear for emergency donning.
c. Does the following in 35 seconds on the command to don:
(1) Removes his shoes.
(2) Steps into his boots and pulls up his pants.
(3) Places the suspenders over his shoulders.
(4) Secures the snaps and hook on his trousers.
(5) Puts on his coat.
(6) Secures all the snaps and hooks on his coat.
(7) Puts his hood on and secures the chin strap.
(8) Lowers the hood flaps down around his shoulders.
(9) Removes his gloves from his pockets and puts them on.
(10)__‹@ Mounts the fire apparatus.
2. Dons structural protective clothing.
a. Ensures all gear is serviceable.
b. Lays out his gear for emergency donning.
c. Does the following in 30 seconds when the alarm sounds:
(1) Removes his shoes.
(2) Steps into his boots and pulls up his pants.
(3) Places the suspenders over his shoulders.
(4) Secures the snaps and hooks on his trousers.
(5) Puts on his coat.
(6) Secures all the snaps and hooks on his coat.
(7) Puts his helmet on and secures the chin strap.
(8) Removes his gloves from his pockets and puts them on.
(9) Mounts the fire apparatus.
Results
P
F
P
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
INSPECT AND MAINTAIN PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
051-249-1104
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a fire-fighting team. You have been directed to inspect and maintain your protective clothing.
You are given protective clothing, clean and soapy water, a soft bristle brush, and rags.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Inspect your protective clothing, identify all deficiencies, and the appropriate corrective action.
b. Clean your protective clothing with clean and soapy water, a soft bristle brush, and rags.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
NOTE: Maintaining your fire protection gear means inspecting it and cleaning it when necessary.
1. Structural gear. You should inspect your gear at the start of your shift and after each use.
a. Turnout coat, pants, and gloves.
(1) Check for holes and tears on the outer area. If you find any holes or tears, turn in the item for an
exchange.
(2) Check the snaps and buckles to ensure they work properly and are not broken. If they do not work
or are broken, turn in the item for an exchange.
(3) Check the outer area for discoloration, foreign matter, mildew and dirt.
(4) Wash an item's outer area with warm, soapy water and rinse with clean, running water if you find
any dirt or foreign material.
NOTE: If the outer area is discolored, the item may have come in contact with a chemical substance or
a direct flame. Try to clean the area with warm, soapy water. Rinse thoroughly. If you cannot remove
the discoloration and the item has no tears, holes, or abrasions, continue to use the item, but watch for
deterioration. CAUTION: Do not use abrasive detergent or a hard bristle brush to clean the outer area.
You may damage the material or neutralize the fire-retardant coating.
(5) Dry the gear completely.
b. Helmet.
(1) Lower the face shield and inspect it for cracks, holes, or other damages that could obscure your
vision. If you find any deficiencies, turn in the helmet for an exchange.
(2) Fasten the chin strap to ensure the buckle works properly. If the strap is severely frayed or torn or if
the buckle does not work properly or is broken, turn in the item.
(3) Check the outer area of the helmet for cracks, holes, or other structural damage. Turn in the helmet
if you find any deficiencies.
(4) Inspect the helmet for dirt, foreign material, or chemicals. Clean the helmet with warm, soapy
water and a soft bristle brush. Rinse the helmet thoroughly and dry it completely.
CAUTION
Do not use abrasive detergents or brushes on the face shield. You could damage it and reduce the user's
vision.
c. Boots.
(1) Make sure you have the right size boots. Exchange them if they are not the right size.
(2) Inspect the boots for holes, dry rot, and mildew. If you find any holes, turn in the boots for an
exchange.
(3) Clean the surface of the boots with warm, soapy water and a soft bristle brush to remove all foreign
material and dirt.
(4) Rinse the boots with clean water and dry them completely.
2. Crash Gear. You should inspect your gear at the start of your shift and after each use.
a. Bunker coat, gloves, and pants.
(1) Check for holes, tears, or deterioration on the outer area of your special aluminized protective
coating. If you find any problems, turn in the item for an exchange.
(2) Check the snaps and buckles to ensure they work properly and are not broken. If they do not work
properly or are broken, turn in the item for an exchange.
(3) Check the outer are for discoloration, foreign matter, mildew and dirt.
(4) Wash an item's outer area with warm, soapy water and rinse with clean, running water if you find
any dirt or foreign material.
NOTE: If the outer area is discolored, the item may have come in contact with a chemical substance or
a direct flame. Try to clean the area with warm, soapy water. Rinse thoroughly. If you cannot remove
the discoloration and the item has no tears, holes, or abrasions, continue to use the item, but watch for
deterioration. CAUTION: Do not use abrasive detergent or a hard bristle brush to clean the outer area.
You may damage the material or neutralize the fire-retardant coating.
(5) Dry the gear completely.
b. Hood.
(1) Remove the protective covering from the face shield. Inspect it for cracks, holes, or other damage
that could obscure your vision. If you find any deficiencies, turn in the hood for an exchange.
(2) Fasten the chin strap to ensure the buckle works properly. If the strap is severely frayed or torn or if
the buckle does not work properly or is broken, turn in the item.
(3) Check the outer area of the hood for cracks, holes, or other structural damage. Turn in the hood if
you find any deficiencies.
(4) Inspect the hood for dirt, foreign material, or chemicals. Clean the hood with warm, soapy water
and a soft bristle brush. Rinse thoroughly and dry it completely.
CAUTION
Do not use abrasive detergents or brushes on the face shield. You could damage it and reduce the user's
vision.
c. Boots.
(1) Make sure you have the right size boots for your feet. Exchange them if they are not the right size.
(2) Inspect the boots for holes, dry rot, and mildew. If you find any holes, turn in the boots for an
exchange.
(3) Clean the outer area with warm, soapy water and a soft bristle brush to remove all foreign material
and dirt.
(4) Rinse the boots with clean water and dry them completely.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with the items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to inspect his
protective gear and to identify all deficiencies and the corrective action he needs to take.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Structural gear. Identifies when he should inspect his firefighting gear. Performs the following:
P F
a. Inspects his turnout coat, pants, and gloves.
(1) Checks for holes and tears on the outer area. If he finds any holes or tears, turns in the item for
an exchange.
(2) Checks the snaps and buckles to ensure they work properly and are not broken. If they do not
work or are broken, turns in the item for an exchange.
(3) Checks the outer area for discoloration, foreign matter, mildew and dirt.
(4) Washes an item's outer area with warm, soapy water and rinses with clean, running water if he
finds any dirt or foreign material.
(5) Dries the gear completely.
b. Inspects his helmet.
(1) Lowers the face shield and inspects it for cracks, holes, or other damages that could obscure
his vision. If he finds any deficiencies, turns in the helmet for an exchange.
(2) Fastens the chin strap to ensure the buckle works properly. If the strap is severely frayed or
torn or if the buckle does not work properly or is broken, turns in the item.
(3) Checks the outer area of the helmet for cracks, holes, or other structural damage. Turns in the
helmet if he finds any deficiencies.
(4) Inspects the helmet for dirt, foreign material, or chemicals. Cleans the helmet with warm,
soapy water and a soft bristle brush. Rinses his helmet thoroughly and dries it completely.
c. Inspects his boots.
(1) Makes sure he has the right size boots. Exchanges them if they are not the right size.
(2) Inspects his boots for holes, dry rot, and mildew. If he finds any holes, turns in the boots for
an exchange.
(3) Cleans the surface of his boots with warm, soapy water and a soft bristle brush to remove all
foreign material and dirt.
(4) Rinses his boots with clean water and dries them completely.
2. Crash gear. Identifies when he should inspect his gear. Performs the following:
P F
a. Inspects bunker coat, gloves, and pants.
(1) Checks for holes, tears, or deterioration on the outer area of his special aluminized protective
coating. If he finds any problems, turns in the item for an exchange.
(2) Checks the snaps and buckles to ensure they work properly and are not broken. If they do not
work properly or are broken, turns in the item for an exchange.
(3) Checks the outer are for discoloration, foreign matter, mildew and dirt.
(4) Washes an item's outer area with warm, soapy water and rinses with clean, running water if he
finds any dirt or foreign material.
(5) Dries the gear completely.
b. Inspects the hood.
(1) Removes the protective covering from the face shield. Inspects it for cracks, holes, or other
damage that could obscure his vision. If he finds any deficiencies, turns in the hood for an
exchange.
(2) Fastens the chin strap to ensure the buckle works properly. If the strap is severely frayed or
torn or if the buckle does not work properly or is broken, turns in the item.
(3) Checks the outer area of the hood for cracks, holes, or other structural damage. Turns in the
hood if he finds any deficiencies.
(4) Inspects the hood for dirt, foreign material, or chemicals. Cleans the hood with warm, soapy
water and a soft bristle brush. Rinses the hood thoroughly and dries it completely.
c. Inspects the boots.
(1) Makes sure he has the right size boots. Exchanges them if they are not the right size.
(2) Inspects his boots for holes, dry rot, and mildew. If he finds any holes, turns in the boots for
an exchange.
(3) Cleans the surface of his boots with warm, soapy water and a soft bristle brush to remove all
foreign material and dirt.
(4) Rinses his boots with clean water and dries them completely.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
TIE FIRE DEPARTMENT KNOTS FOR HOISTING OPERATIONS
051-249-1105
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a structural firefighting crew at the scene of a multistory structure fire scene. You have been
directed to hoist tools and equipment up the structure. You are given tools and equipment you must raise, 50 to 100
feet of 3/8-inch rope and 1/4-inch rope, protective clothing and equipment, a multistory structure with a fire, and one
assistant firefighter to receive the tools and equipment you hoist.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify (without error) the purpose of the knots used in the fire service.
b. Tie (without error) the following knots: square, becket bend, bowline, clove hitch, chimney hitch, and
sheepshank. You have 30 seconds for each knot.
c. Fasten the rope securely to the tools and equipment using the various knots. Raise the tools and equipment up
the multistory structure without damaging the tools and equipment and without injuring yourself.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Tie the following knots:
a. Square (Figure 1105-1). This knot is used to securely tie together two ropes of equal diameter. Form this knot
in the following manner:
(1) Hold one end of the first rope in one hand and one end of the second rope in the other hand.
(2) Cross one of the ropes (left or right) over the other rope and bring it back up (Step 1).
(3) Cross the ropes again (opposite the first crossing) (Step 2).
(4) Complete the knot by pulling the ends together (Step 3).
b. Becket bend (Figure 1105-2). This knot is used to join two ropes of unequal diameter. Form this knot in
the following manner:
(1) Make a loop in one end of one of the ropes.
(2) Take one end of the second rope and pass it up through the loop, completely around the loop, back
down through the loop, and under itself (Steps 1-3).
(3) Complete the knot by pulling the rope tight (Step 4).
c. Bowline (Figure 1105-3). This knot is used to form a loop in the end of a rope with a nonslipping knot or
for tying the rope securely around an object, such as a beam or pole. Form the bowline in the following
manner:
(1) Hold the rope in one hand and the free end in the other hand.
(2) Form an overhand loop in the standing part of the rope (Step 1).
(3) Take the free end and pass it up through the overhand loop, around the standing part, and back
down through the overhand loop (Step 2).
(4) Complete the knot by pulling the rope tight (Step 3).
d. Clove hitch (Figure 1105-4). This knot is frequently used in fire-fighting operations to quickly secure a
rope to another object. Form this knot in the following manner:
(1) Hold the rope horizontally with about 18 inches of rope between your hands.
(2) With the fingers of one hand, turn the rope inward forming a half hitch. With the fingers of the
other hand, turn the rope outward forming a second half hitch (Steps 1-2).
(3) Place one half hitch on top of the other. Place both hitches down around the object (Steps 3-4).
e. Chimney hitch (Figure 1105-5). This knot is used to anchor an object, such as a charged hose line, to a
fixed or stationary object. Form this knot in the following manner:
(1) Pass the running end of the rope completely around the fixed object and back around and over the
top of the rope forming a loop with the fixed object in the middle of the loop (Step 1).
(2) Pass the running end of the rope underneath the standing part of the rope and up through the loop
and back over the standing part twice (Steps 2-3).
(3) Use the remaining running end of the rope and tie it off to the standing part using a half hitch (Step
4).
f. Sheepshank (Figure 1105-6). This knot is used to shorten a rope or to take the pressure off of a damaged
section of the rope. Form this knot in the following manner:
(1) Make two bights in the rope by laying the rope along side itself in the desired length to be
shortened (Step 1).
(2) Place a half hitch over each end of the bight. Pull both ends simultaneously (Steps 2-3).
CAUTION
You must keep constant pressure to the sheepshank or the half hitch may slip off the end of the bight.
2. Fasten knots to the following firefighting tools and equipment for hoisting operations:
CAUTION
When performing hoisting operations, the firefighter standing on the ground should either face the upper
levels of the structure as the tools or equipment are hoisted or move a safe distance away from the hoisting
area when the tools and equipment are hoisted. The fire fighter faces upward so he can respond immediately
or move away if the tools or equipment fall to the ground.
a. Axes (Figure 1105-7). Tying a rope securely around the ax for hoisting is difficult because of its shape and
weight. The best knot to tie around the ax is a half hitch. Place a half hitch around the ax head and another one
around the handle so when you hoist the ax, the head is faces the ground and the handle faces the sky.
b. Long-handled tools (Figure 1105-8). This group includes pike poles, pry bars, and door openers. Tie a clove
hitch around the heavy end of the tool. Tie one or two half hitches along the handle, depending on the length of
the tool.
c. Hose lines (Figure 1105-9).
(1) Charged. Tie a clove hitch about 18 inches from the coupling that connects the nozzle to the hose
line. Tie two or three half hitches between the clove hitch and the nozzle tip.
(2) Uncharged. Bend the nozzle and about 18 inches of hose line back on to the hose line. Tie a clove
hitch about 18 inches from the end. Tie two or three half hitches between the clove hitch and the
nozzle tip.
d. Roof ladders (Figure 1105-10). Pass the rope under the first two rungs and over the next three rungs. Tie
the rope to a rung using a clove hitch. Open the hooks on the ladder and tie a half hitch around them.
NOTE: When hoisting the roof ladder, the hooks should be opened and facing the structure.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the main purpose of the square knot, becket bend, bowline, clove hitch, chimney
hitch and sheepshank. Tell the soldier he has 30 seconds per knot to tie each know with no errors. Have the soldier
fasten the rope to various tools and equipment for hoisting. Tell the soldier he is to hoist the tools and equipment up
a multistory structure without damaging the equipment and without injuring himself or other crew members.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Ties the following knots:
a. Square.
b. Becket bend.
c. Bowline.
d. Clove hitch.
e. Chimney hitch.
f. Sheepshank.
2. Fastens knots to the following firefighting tools and equipment for hoisting operations:
a. Axes.
b. Long-handled tools.
c. Hose lines.
(1) Charged.
(2) Uncharged.
d. Roof ladders.
Results
P
F
P
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
INSPECT AND MAINTAIN FIREFIGHTING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
051-249-1106
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a firefighting team. You have been directed to inspect and maintain firefighting tools and
equipment. You are given clean and soapy water, steel wool, rags, oil, sandpaper, file, and a fully equipped fire
apparatus with all tools and equipment on board.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Inspect the firefighting tools and equipment and correctly identify all deficiencies.
b. Identify the procedures for correcting any deficiencies you find.
c. Apply correct procedures for maintaining the firefighting tools and equipment.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Maintain wooden handles.
a. Inspect for the following:
(1) Unevenness, cracks, holes, or depressions.
(2) Whether the head is securely fixed to the handle.
(3) Oil, fuel, or chemicals on the surface.
(4) Dry rot or mildew.
b. Take the following corrective action if you find deficiencies:
(1) Wash the handle with warm, soapy water and rinse thoroughly with clean water.
(2) Let the handle dry completely.
(3) Sand the handle until the surface is smooth.
(4) Apply a light coat of boiled linseed oil to prevent roughness and warping.
NOTE: Do not paint the wooden handles because paint blisters when exposed to heat.
2. Maintain cutting edge of tools, such as axes, cable cutters and brush hooks.
a. Inspect these items for the following:
(1) Rust on the blade surface.
(2) Nicks or burrs on the blade tip.
(3) A dull, not sharp edge on the blade.
NOTE: The effectiveness of a fire ax does not depend on a sharp edge, but on how you use the ax.
b. Take the following corrective action if you find any deficiencies:
(1) Wash with warm, soapy water and rinse thoroughly with clean water.
(2) Dry the blade completely.
(3) Use steel wool to remove any rust.
(4) File the blade tip until you get a dull edge.
(5) Apply a light coat of oil.
3. Maintain power tools and equipment.
a. Inspect these items for the following and perform an operational test on the items:
(1) Cleanliness.
(2) Correct fluid levels.
(3) Whether all components of the tools or equipment are accounted for and are serviceable.
(4) Whether all connections are functional.
(5) The cutting edges, as applicable.
b. Take the following corrective action if you find any deficiencies:
(1) Wash the tools and equipment with warm, soapy water. Rinse and dry thoroughly.
(2) Refill fluid levels.
(3) Replace all missing or unserviceable components.
(4) Resharpen the cutting edge or replace the blade, as applicable.
4. Maintain couplings, nozzles, and appliances.
a. Inspect these items for the following:
(1) Bent or damaged threads.
(2) Cleanliness.
(3) Whether all moveable parts are functioning properly.
(4) Cracks, rust, or other damage.
b. Take the following corrective action if you find any deficiencies:
(1) Wash the surfaces with warm, soapy water. Rinse and dry completely.
(2) Replace all missing or unserviceable components.
(3) Use steel wool to remove all rust.
5. Maintain noncutting tools and equipment.
a. Inspect these items for the following:
(1) Rust.
(2) Cleanliness.
(3) Cracks, rounding of tips, burrs, sharp metal edges, or other damage that would reduce the
effectiveness of the tools or equipment.
b. Take the following corrective action if you find any deficiencies:
(1) Wash the surfaces with warm, soapy water. Rinse and dry completely.
(2) Replace all missing or unserviceable components.
(3) Use steel wool to remove rust and burrs.
(4) Sharpen tips to a dull finish.
(5) Apply a light coat of oil.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with the items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to inspect the
tools and equipment, identify and correct all deficiencies, and perform normal maintenance on the tools and
equipment.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Maintains wooden handles.
a. Inspects for the following:
(1) Unevenness, cracks, holes, or depressions.
(2) Whether the head is securely fixed to the handle.
(3) Oil, fuel, or chemicals on the surface.
(4) Dry rot or mildew.
b. Takes the following corrective action if he finds deficiencies:
(1) Washes the handle with warm, soapy water and rinses thoroughly with clean water.
(2) Lets the handle dry completely.
(3) Sands the handle until the surface is smooth.
(4) Applies a light coat of boiled linseed oil to prevent roughness and warping.
2. Maintains cutting edge of tools, such as axes, cable cutters, and brush hooks.
a. Inspects these items for the following:
(1) Rust on the blade surface.
(2) Nicks or burrs on the blade tip.
(3) A dull, not sharp edge on the blade.
b. Takes the following corrective action if he finds any deficiencies:
(1) Washes with warm, soapy water and rinses thoroughly with clean water.
(2) Dries the blade completely.
(3) Uses steel wool to remove any rust.
(4) Files the blade tip until he gets a dull edge.
(5) Applies a light coat of oil.
3. Maintains power tools and equipment.
a. Inspects these items for the following and performs an operational test on the items:
(1) Cleanliness.
(2) Correct fluid levels.
(3) Whether all components of the tools or equipment are accounted for and serviceable.
(4) Whether all connections are functional.
(5) The cutting edges, as applicable.
b. Takes the following corrective action if he finds any deficiencies:
Resul
ts
P F
P F
P F
(1) Washes the tools and equipment with warm, soapy water. Rinses and dries thoroughly.
(2) Refills fluid levels.
(3) Replaces all missing or unserviceable components.
(4) Resharpens the cutting edge or replaces the blade, as applicable.
4. Maintains couplings, nozzles, and appliances.
a. Inspects these items for the following:
(1) Bent or damaged threads.
(2) Cleanliness.
(3) Whether all moveable parts are functioning properly.
(4) Cracks, rust, or other damage.
b. Takes the following corrective action if he finds any deficiencies:
(1) Washes the surfaces with warm, soapy water. Rinses and dries completely.
(2) Replaces all missing or unserviceable components.
(3) Uses steel wool to removes all rust.
5. Maintains noncutting tools and equipment.
a. Inspects these items for the following:
(1) Rust.
(2) Cleanliness.
(3) Cracks, rounding of tips, burrs, sharp metal edges, or other damage that would reduce the
effectiveness of the tools or equipment.
b. Takes the following corrective action if he finds any deficiencies:
(1) Washes the surfaces with warm, soapy water. Rinses and dries completely.
(2) Replaces all missing or unserviceable components.
(3) Uses steel wool to remove rust and burrs.
(4) Sharpens tips to a dull finish.
(5) Applies a light coat of oil.
P F
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
INSPECT AND MAINTAIN LADDERS
051-249-1107
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are performing an inspection and maintenance on the ladders of a fire apparatus. You are given rags, clean and
soapy water, brush, steel wool, SAE 10 oil, necessary tools, extension ladder, roof ladder, extra rope, one assistant
firefighter to help remove and extend the ladder, and an open area to extend the ladders.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Inspect the ladders and identify all deficiencies.
b. Correct the deficiencies or indicate which deficiencies, if not corrected, will place the ladder out of service.
c. Identify and perform proper maintenance procedures on the ladders.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Remove the ladder from the fire apparatus.
2. Fully extend the ladder and place it on the ground.
3. Inspect the ladder and identify the following deficiencies:
a. Bent, cracked, or loose rungs.
b. Bent, cracked, or compressed beams and truss blocks.
NOTE: Compression failure of the beam will appear as slight or exaggerated deformity in the metal.
c. Loose bolts, nuts, and weld joints.
d. Cut or frayed pulley rope.
e. Damaged or nonmoving pulleys.
f. Bent or loose hooks.
g. Damaged, loose, or missing guides.
h. Bent, damaged or missing butt spurs.
i. Damaged and nonmoving pawls.
4. Lubricate the pulleys with SAE 10 oil.
5. Clean the ladder with steel wool, a brush, soap, and water. Rinse thoroughly with clean water.
NOTE: You may need a solvent to remove any grease or oil deposits from the ladder. Never allow dirt, oil, or
grease to accumulate on the ladder. Such items may harden and prevent you from operating the ladder properly.
Always clean the ladder after each use.
6. Dry the ladder thoroughly before placing it on the fire apparatus.
WARNING
You are not allowed to do makeshift repairs to ladders because such repairs can cause serious injury to fire
fighters. You must exchange any ladders that have defects other than unserviceable ropes.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with the items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to inspect
and clean the ladder and to identify any deficiencies that make the ladder unserviceable.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Removes the ladder from the fire apparatus.
2. Extends the ladder and places it on the ground.
3. Inspects the ladder and identifies the following deficiencies:
a. Bent, cracked, or loose rungs.
b. Bent, cracked or compressed beams and truss blocks.
c. Loose bolts, nuts, or weld joints.
Results
P
P
P
F
F
F
d. Cut or frayed pulley rope.
e. Damaged and nonmoving pulleys.
f. Bent or loose hooks.
g. Damaged, loose, or missing guides.
h. Bent, loose, or missing butt spurs.
i. Damaged and nonmoving pawls.
4. Lubricates the pulleys with SAE 10 oil.
P
5. Cleans the ladder with steel wool, a brush, soap and water. Thoroughly rinses the ladder with clean water. P
6. Dries the ladder thoroughly before placing it back on the fire apparatus.
P
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
INSPECT, MAINTAIN, AND SERVICE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
051-249-1108
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a firefighting crew conducting an inspection of the installation fire extinguishers. You have
discovered that a number of the fire extinguishers require maintenance or servicing. The crew chief has tasked you
to maintain and service the fire extinguisher(s). You have been given the following items: necessary tools, rags,
spare parts, replenishing agent, weight scale, seals, air hose with an air supply, spare cartridges, and an area to
maintain and service the fire extinguishers. You also have been given some or all of the following fire extinguishers
to service or maintain: pressurized water, carbon dioxide, pressurized dry chemical, cartridge-operated dry chemical,
and cartridge-operated dry powder, and a bucket or pail of dry powder.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Inspect all fire extinguishers and identify (without error) all deficiencies.
b. Identify (without error) all deficiencies you cannot correct.
c. Perform maintenance or service the fire extinguisher and correct (without error) all deficiencies you are able
to correct.
d. Perform maintenance or service test the fire extinguisher(s) according to the manufacturers' specifications.
e. Perform maintenance or service test the fire extinguisher without damaging the fire extinguisher and without
injuring yourself or other crew members.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
NOTE: Fire extinguishers should be service tested annually. However, your ability or the fire department's ability to
place the fire extinguisher back in service after the test must be considered. If you question the fire extinguisher's
operational readiness, service test or remove the extinguisher and replace it.
1. Inspect a fire extinguisher:
a. Examine the shell for corrosion or damages, such as dents or cracks.
b. Check the pressure gauge to ensure that the pressure is correct for the fire extinguishers that have exterior
pressure gauges.
NOTE: You must recharge dry chemical fire extinguishers if the pressure gauge shows a 10-percent loss of the
extinguishing agent.
c. Weigh the fire extinguisher to ensure that its weight is within the prescribed limit for that type of fire
extinguisher.
NOTE: You must recharge carbon dioxide fire extinguishers if the weight loss is greater than 10 percent of the
weight listed on the face place or stamped on the fire extinguisher shell. On a cartridge-operated fire
extinguisher, you must remove the gas cartridge, weigh it, and replace it if the loss is equal to or greater than 10
percent.
d. Ensure that a seal is fastened to the fire extinguisher.
NOTE: The seal should be fastened to the fire extinguisher to avoid accidental operation of the fire
extinguisher. The seal is normally located in an area so the discharge handle (or the puncture handle for
cartridge operated fire extinguishers) cannot be depressed.
e. Check the horn or nozzle for cracks, dirt, or blockage.
f. Check the hydrostatic test date, which is stamped or stenciled on the fire extinguisher shell. Hydrostatic
testing should be conducted for all fire extinguishers at the following intervals:
NOTE: Perform a hydrostatic test on those fire extinguishers that do not have a hydrostatic test date. If the fire
extinguisher is relatively new, you can determine when the last hydrostatic test was conducted based on the
issue date listed on the fire extinguisher. However, it is safer and more reliable to perform the hydrostatic test.
(1) Five-year test. If you do not have the available facilities or equipment to perform the test, send the
fire extinguisher to a commercial facility for testing. Fire extinguishers that require testing every five
years are-(a) Cartridge-operated water.
(b) Pressurized water.
(c) Dry chemical with soldered brass or stainless steel shells.
(d) Carbon dioxide.
NOTE: Carbon dioxide fire extinguishers with a cylinder made to Department of
Transportation (DOT) specifications will be tested according to DOT requirements.
(2) Twelve-year test. Fire extinguishers that require testing every twelve years are-(a) Cartridge-operated, dry powder.
(b) Pressurized dry chemical with aluminum, brazed brass or mild steel shells.
(c) Cartridge operated, dry chemical with mild-steel shell.
CAUTION
If a fire extinguisher fails the hydrostatic test or if the shell or cylinder threads are damaged, the fire
extinguisher has been burned in a fire or pitting exists from corrosion. You must destroy the fire
extinguisher.
2. Perform maintenance and a service test on the fire extinguisher.
NOTE: You should service and maintain fire extinguishers according to the manufacturers' specifications.
a. Pressurized water fire extinguisher.
(1) Service test. Perform the following service test if the fire extinguisher has been in service for one
year without being discharged or if you doubt the fire extinguisher's operational readiness:
(a) Operate the extinguisher according to the manufacturers' instructions listed on the face
plate.
(b) Operate the fire extinguisher and discharge the agent.
(c) Ensure the fire extinguisher operates properly and note any operating deficiencies.
(d) Periodically, stop and start discharging the agent to ensure that the nozzle and nozzle
shutoff work properly.
(2) Maintenance. Perform maintenance annually or when the fire extinguisher has been
discharged. Required maintenance follows:
(a) Expel any remaining water and bleed off any residual pressure.
(b) Unscrew the nut and remove the siphon-tube assembly.
(c) Examine the interior of the shell for foreign material. Remove material, as necessary.
(d) Check the siphon tube for cracks or obstructions. Clean or replace, as required.
(e) Disengage the siphon tube from the neck (handle), inspect the gasket (in the neck) for
cracks or brittleness, and replace, as necessary.
(f) Clean the exterior of the shell. Refill the shell with the correct amount of water.
NOTE: Hydrostatically test the fire extinguisher if the fire extinguisher shows signs of
physical damage or light surface corrosion, or if the extinguisher has not been tested in the
last five years. Conduct these tests only if you have the available facilities and equipment. If
you do not have the available facilities or equipment to test the fire extinguisher, replace it.
(g) Perform the following hydrostatic test, if required: - Refill the fire extinguisher with water.
- Increase the liquid pressure in the shell using a pump. - Destroy the fire extinguisher if it
fails the hydrostatic test. (Distortion of the shell, leaking, or rupture are signs of failure.)
WARNING
Do not use compressed gas or compressed air to perform the hydrostatic test because the fire extinguisher
could explode.
NOTE: You may have to turn in a fire extinguisher to supply or clear a hand receipt. If
so, drill a hole through the shell and stencil "Destroy" on the fire extinguisher.
Conditions warranting the destruction of a fire extinguisher include the following: large
dents or creases in the shell, damaged cylinder threads, fire exposure, or pits due to
corrosion.
(h) Add any additives, as required.
NOTE: If an extinguisher is subjected to freezing temperatures, add antifreeze. Also, you can
add wet water to increase the penetrating ability of the water.
(i) Reassemble the siphon-tube assembly and reattach it to the fire extinguisher.
(j) Attach a seal through the hole in the handle to prevent discharging the fire extinguisher
accidentally.
(k) Pressurize the fire extinguisher until the pressure gauge registers the prescribed limits.
b. Carbon dioxide fire extinguisher.
(1) Service test. Perform the following service test if the fire extinguisher has been in service for one
year without being discharged:
(a) Operate the extinguisher according to the manufacturers' instructions listed on the face
plate.
(b) Operate the fire extinguisher and discharge the agent.
(c) Ensure the fire extinguisher operates properly and note any operating deficiencies.
(d) Periodically, stop and start discharging the agent to ensure that the nozzle and nozzle
shutoff work properly.
(2) Maintenance. Perform maintenance annually or when the fire extinguisher has been
discharged. Required maintenance follows:
(a) Expel any remaining carbon dioxide.
(b) Unscrew the discharge horn and inspect it for obstructions. Remove them as necessary.
NOTE: Replace the horn and hose assembly if yoy find any cracks in the hose or discharge
horn.
(c) Examine the exterior of the shell for foreign material. Remove material, as necessary.
NOTE: Hydrostatically test the fire extinguisher if the fire extinguisher shows signs of
physical damage or light surface corrosion, or if the extinguisher has not been tested in the
last five years. Conduct these tests only if you have the available facilities and equipment. If
you do not have the available facilities or equipment to test the fire extinguisher, replace it.
(d) Perform the following hydrostatic test if required: - Refill the fire extinguisher with water.
- Increase the liquid pressure in the shell using a pump. - Destroy the fire extinguisher if it
fails the hydrostatic test. (Distortion of the shell, leaking, or rupture are signs of failure.)
WARNING
Do not use compressed gas or compressed air to perform the hydrostatic test because the fire extinguisher
could explode.
NOTE: You may have to turn in a fire extinguisher to supply or clear a hand receipt. If
so, drill a hole through the shell and stencil "Destroy" on the fire extinguisher.
Conditions warranting the destruction of a fire extinguisher include the following: large
dents or creases in the shell, damaged cylinder threads, fire exposure, or pits due to
corrosion.
(e) Drain the water from the fire extinguisher and let the fire extinguisher dry completely.
(f) Refill the fire extinguisher with the correct amount of agent. (Follow the manufacturer's
weight specifications listed on the face place.)
(g) Attach a seal through the hole in the handle to prevent discharging the fire extinguisher
accidentally.
(h) Reattach the hose assembly and discharge horn.
c. Pressurized and cartridge-operated, dry chemical fire extinguisher.
(1) Service test. Perform the following service test if the fire extinguisher has been in service for one
year without being discharged:
(a) Operate the extinguisher according to the manufacturers' instructions listed on the face
plate.
(b) Operate the fire extinguisher and discharge the agent.
(c) Ensure the fire extinguisher operates properly and note any operating deficiencies.
(d) Periodically stop and start discharging the agent to ensure that the nozzle and nozzle shutoff work properly.
(2) Maintenance. Perform maintenance annually or when the fire extinguisher has been
discharged. Required maintenance follows:
(a) Expel any remaining dry chemical agent.
(b) Bleed off any residual pressure.
CAUTION
Before you remove the cap and refill the fire extinguisher with dry chemical agent, you must invert the fire
extinguisher and bleed off any remaining pressure.
(c) Examine the exterior of the shell for foreign material. Remove material, as necessary.
(d) Unscrew the cap and inspect the interior of the fire extinguisher for any hardened, caked,
or packed dry chemical. Remove dry chemical, as necessary.
(e) Inspect the gasket for cracks, brittleness, or misshapen form. Replace the gasket, as
necessary.
(f) Check the hose and nozzle for obstructions. Remove them, as necessary.
NOTE: Replace the nozzle and hose assembly if you find any cracks in the nozzle or hose
assembly.
NOTE: Hydrostatically test the fire extinguisher if the fire extinguisher shows signs of
physical damage or light surface corrosion, or if the extinguisher has not been tested in the
last five years. Conduct these tests only if you have the available facilities and equipment. If
you do not have the available facilities or equipment to test the fire extinguisher, replace it.
(g) Perform the following hydrostatic test, if required: - Refill the fire extinguisher with water.
- Increase the liquid pressure in the shell using a pump. - Destroy the fire extinguisher if it
fails the hydrostatic test. (Distortion of the shell, leaking, or rupture are signs of failure.)
WARNING
Do not use compressed gas or compressed air to perform the hydrostatic test because the fire extinguisher
could explode.
NOTE: You may have to turn in a fire extinguisher to supply or clear a hand receipt. If
so, drill a hole through the shell and stencil "Destroy" on the fire extinguisher.
Conditions warranting the destruction of a fire extinguisher include the following: large
dents or creases in the shell, damaged cylinder threads, fire exposure, or pits due to
corrosion.
(h) Drain the water from the fire extinguisher and let the fire extinguisher dry completely.
NOTE: When you refill the fire extinguisher with the dry chemical agent, make sure that
water or moisture does not mix with the dry chemical agent. Caking or packing can occur
causing the fire extinguisher to function improperly or not function at all.
(i) Refill the fire extinguisher with the correct amount of agent. (Follow the manufacturer's
weight specifications listed on the face place.)
WARNING
Make sure you use the correct dry chemical agent to refill the fire extinguisher. You must refill multipurpose
dry chemical fire extinguishers with a multipurpose ammonium phosphate based agent and normal dry
chemical fire extinguishers with sodium bicarbonate or potassium bicarbonate based agents. Do not mix the
agents. Serious injury or death could occur from the ineffective fire extinguisher. Also, do not refill or mix
dry chemical fire extinguishers with a dry powder agent. Serious injury or death could occur.
(j) Replace the cap; seal the fire extinguisher.
(k) Attach a seal through the hole in the handle to prevent discharging the fire extinguisher
accidentally.
(l) Replace the gas cartridge, if required.
NOTE: Freezing temperatures can affect the pressure of the carbon dioxide cartridge.
Replace the carbon dioxide cartridge with a nitrogen cartridge for fire extinguishers that will
be subjected to freezing temperatures.
(m) Attach the seal on the fire extinguisher puncture plate to prevent premature operation of
the plate and subsequent charging of the fire extinguisher.
(n) Reattach the hose assembly and nozzle.
d. Cartridge-operated, dry powder and dry powder fire extinguishers.
(1) Service test. Perform the following service test on the cartridge operated, dry powder fire
extinguisher if it has been in service for one year without being discharged:
(a) Operate the extinguisher according to the manufacturers' instructions listed on the face
plate.
(b) Operate the fire extinguisher and discharge the agent.
(c) Ensure the fire extinguisher operates properly and note any operating deficiencies.
(d) Periodically, stop and start discharging the agent to ensure that the nozzle and nozzle shutoff work properly.
(2) Maintenance. Perform maintenance annually or when the fire extinguisher has been
discharged. Required maintenance follows:
NOTE: Some types of dry powder chemicals are stored in containers, such as sealed buckets or
pails, and are scooped on a fire. Annual maintenance requires ensuring that the containers are
airtight and free of holes. Open the container and ensure that the dry powder chemical flows freely
and is not clumped or packed.
(a) Expel any remaining dry powder agent.
(b) Bleed off any remaining pressure.
CAUTION
Before you remove the cap and refill the fire extinguisher, you must invert the fire extinguisher and bleed off
any remaining pressure.
(c) Examine the exterior of the shell for foreign material. Remove material, as necessary.
(d) Unscrew the cap and inspect the interior of the fire extinguisher for any hardened, caked,
or packed dry chemical. Remove dry chemical, as necessary.
(e) Inspect the gasket for cracks, brittleness, or misshapen form. Replace the gasket, as
necessary.
(f) Check the hose and nozzle for obstructions. Remove them, as necessary.
NOTE: Replace the nozzle and hose assembly if you find any cracks in the nozzle or hose
assembly.
NOTE: Hydrostatically test the fire extinguisher if the fire extinguisher shows signs of
physical damage or light surface corrosion, or if the extinguisher has not been tested in the
last five years. Conduct these tests only if you have the available facilities and equipment. If
you do not have the available facilities or equipment to test the fire extinguisher, replace it.
(g) Perform the following hydrostatic test, if required: - Refill the fire extinguisher with water.
- Increase the liquid pressure in the shell using a pump. - Destroy the fire extinguisher if it
fails the hydrostatic test. (Distortion of the shell, leaking, or rupture are signs of failure.)
WARNING
Do not use compressed gas or compressed air to perform the hydrostatic test because the fire extinguisher
could explode.
NOTE: You may have to turn in a fire extinguisher to supply or clear a hand receipt. If
so, drill a hole through the shell and stencil "Destroy" on the fire extinguisher.
Conditions warranting the destruction of a fire extinguisher include the following: large
dents or creases in the shell, damaged cylinder threads, fire exposure, or pits due to
corrosion.
(h) Drain the water from the fire extinguisher and let the fire extinguisher dry completely.
NOTE: When you refill the fire extinguisher with the dry chemical agent, make sure that
water or moisture does not mix with the dry chemical agent. Caking or packing can occur
causing the fire extinguisher to function improperly or not function at all.
(i) Refill the fire extinguisher with the correct amount of agent. (Follow the manufacturer's
weight specifications listed on the face place.)
WARNING
Ensure the proper dry powder agent is used when refilling the fire extinguisher. Some are designed to be
stored i cartridge-operated dry powder fire extinguishers while others are limited to sealed containeers and
hand scooped when needed. Do not intermix the dry powder agents, as serious injury or death could occur
from the ineffectiveness of the fire extinguisher. Also, do not refill or mix dry powder fire extinguishers with
a dry chemical agent. Serious injury or death could occur.
(j) Replace the cap; seal the fire extinguisher.
(k) Attach a seal through the hole in the handle to prevent discharging the fire extinguisher
accidentally.
(l) Replace the gas cartridge, if required.
NOTE: Freezing temperatures can affect the pressure of the carbon dioxide cartridge.
Replace the carbon dioxide cartridge with a nitrogen cartridge for fire extinguishers that will
be subjected to freezing temperatures.
(m) Attach the seal on the fire extinguisher puncture plate to prevent premature operation of
the plate and subsequent charging of the fire extinguisher.
(n) Reattach the hose assembly and nozzle.
SELECT AND OPERATE A FIRE EXTINGUISHER
051-249-1109
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a firefighting crew that has responded to a fire scene. You have been tasked to identify and use
the appropriate fire extinguisher to extinguish a small fire. You are given a fire scene, protective clothing and
equipment, self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), and the following fire extinguishers: carbon dioxide,
pressurized water, Halon 1211, Halon 1301, multipurpose dry chemical, pressurized dry chemical, cartridgeoperated dry chemical, pressurized dry powder, and a pail or barrel of dry powder.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Correctly identify the class of fire and the best fire extinguisher to use to extinguish the fire.
b. Operate the fire extinguisher according to established safety procedures.
c. Operate the fire extinguisher and extinguish the fire using correct procedures.
d. Operate the fire extinguisher without injuring yourself or other crew members and without damaging the fire
extinguisher.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Identify the burning materials for each fire class.
a. Class A. These fires involve ordinary combustible materials primarily composed of vegetable fibers, such as
wood, paper, cotton, straw, grain or grass, and combustible minerals, such as coal and coke. Class-A fires are
the most common type of fire you will encounter.
b. Class B. These fires are composed of flammable liquids, such as gasoline, fuel oils, lubricating oils and
greases; animal fats such as butter, lard, and tallow; vegetable compounds, such as shortenings and margarines;
and natural and compressed gases, such as butane, propane, hydrogen and acetylene. Class-B fires produce
intense heat and are very difficult to contain and extinguish.
c. Class C. These are electrical fires and involve materials, such as computer equipment and electrical motors,
appliances, and machinery. Class-C fires usually include Class A and Class B materials, separately or
collectively, and can include Class D materials.
WARNING
Electrical shock is an added danger in Class-C fires. You must be extremely careful when selecting an
extinguishing agent to combat Class-C fires to ensure that the extinguishing agent is not a conductor of
electricity.
d. Class D. These fires involve combustible metals, alloys or metal compounds, such as sodium, titanium,
uranium, magnesium, sodium potassium, iron, aluminum, steel, copper and brass. These metals usually exist in
a solid, semisolid, or liquid state. They can also be found in a reduced state of shavings, grindings, granules or
dust.
WARNING
Applying an incorrect extinguishing agent on a Class D fire could result in a violent explosion.
2. Identify the proper extinguishment method and most effective agent for each fire class.
a. Class A. Either lowering the temperature of the burning material or interrupting the chemical chain reaction
are the most effective ways to extinguish Class-A fires. The most effective extinguishing agents are-(1) Water, wet water, or aqueous film-forming foam (AFFF) because they lower the temperature of the
burning material.
(2) Multipurpose dry chemical, Halon 1211, or Halon 1301, because they interrupt the chemical chain
reaction. Halon agents and AFFF are expensive to replace. Try to use other agents before choosing
AFFF or Halon.
b. Class B. Smothering the fire, interrupting the chemical chain reaction, or removing the fuel are the most
effective ways of extinguishing Class-B fires. The most effective extinguishing agents include the
following:
(1) Carbon dioxide, which smothers the fire.
(2) Halon 1211 and 1301 which could interrupt the chemical chain reaction.
(3) Dry chemical and multipurpose dry chemical, which interrupt the chemical chain reaction.
(4) AFFF, which reduces the heat of the burning material and seals the fuel's surface to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping and causing flashbacks.
(5) Removing the fuel is another way of extinguishing a Class B fire. To remove the fuel, shut off the
valves or plug the holes in the ruptured lines to stop the flow of fuel.
NOTE: You can use water to extinguish a Class B fire if you can apply the water in large qualities.
Applying water either reduces the heat in the burning material or displaces the oxygen and smothers
the fire. However, water is not considered an effective agent because Class B fires burn hotter than
Class A fires, requiring larger quantities of water.
c. Class C. If possible, try to shut off the power to the equipment, room or building. Then treat and
extinguish the fire depending on the burning material. Use the extinguishing agent that corresponds to the
class of burning material. The most effective extinguishing agents are those that are not conductors of
electricity. These extinguishing agents include the following:
(1) Carbon dioxide, which smothers the fire and displaces the oxygen.
(2) Halon 1211 and 1301, which interrupt the chemical chain reaction.
(3) Dry chemical and multipurpose dry chemical, which interrupt the chemical chain reaction.
WARNING
Do not use water or AFFF to extinguish Class C fires. Such agents are excellent conductors of electricity.
CAUTION: Do not use dry chemical agents to extinguish Class C fires unless absolutely necessary. The
chemicals damage equipment. Also, it is expensive to clean the dry chemical agent off the equipment.
d. Class D. Smothering the fire and reducing the temperature are the most effective ways of extinguishing
Class D fires. The most effective extinguishing agent is dry powder. The G-1 and Met-L-X powders are
available in pails or barrels. Scoop these powders onto the fire. The Met-L-X powder is also available in a
cartridge-operated fire extinguisher that is similar to the cartridge-operated, dry chemical extinguisher.
However, do not confuse the dry chemical fire extinguisher with the dry powder extinguisher. Serious
injury could result.
WARNING
Use G-1 powder only on fires involving magnesium and magnesium alloy. You can use Met-L-X powder on
various types of metal fires. Read the manufacturers instruction plate fastened to the front of the fire
extinguisher. Using the wrong powder on a fire involving metals could result in a serious explosion, the
release of toxic gases, or both.
3. Select the fire extinguisher best suited for extinguishing the fire.
4. Make sure the fire extinguisher is charged.
5. Carry the fire extinguisher to a location where you can effectively combat the fire. Put the extinguisher on the
ground.
NOTE: If you are outdoors, approach the fire with the wind at your back, whenever possible. The extinguishing
agent will go further and the wind will not blow the agent back to you.
6. Break and remove the seal from the fire extinguisher.
NOTE: If the fire extinguisher is the cartridge-operated type, break the seal over the puncture handle and depress it.
The substance in the cartridge should flow into the fire extinguisher and charge it.
7. Grab the discharge handle and aim the nozzle at the front and base of the fire.
WARNING
When operating a carbon dioxide fire extinguisher, grab the discharge horn by the wooden or insulated
handle. Do not place your bare hand on the noninsulated or wooden part of the horn. You could be injured
because carbon dioxide is extremely cold when discharged.
8. Depress the discharge handle and discharge the agent at the fire.
CAUTION
When using a carbon dioxide fire extinguisher on a Class C fire, ensure that the fire extinguisher remains in
contact with the ground. Doing so reduces the possibility of static electricity buildup.
9. Sweep the agent across the fire from right to left or left to right by moving the nozzle back and forth.
10. Continue to discharge the agent until you extinguish the fire.
11. Check the area to ensure the fire is completely extinguished. Apply the extinguishing agent to any areas with
glowing embers or smoldering hot spots.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the fire class of the burning material, the most effective extinguishing agent to
use (from the choices listed in the CONDITIONS), and the method of extinguishment. Then tell the soldier to select
and operate the fire extinguisher and to extinguish the fire.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Correctly identifies the fire class.
2. Correctly identifies the most effective extinguishing agent to extinguish the fire.
3. Correctly identifies the method of extinguishment.
4. Selects the correct fire extinguisher to extinguish the fire.
5. Ensures the fire extinguisher is charged.
6. Positions the fire extinguisher at a location where he can effectively combat the fire.
7. Operates the fire extinguisher and extinguishes the fire by doing the following:
a. Places the fire extinguisher on the ground.
b. Breaks and removes the seal over the discharge handle.
c. Breaks and removes the seal over the puncture handle (for cartridge-operated fire extinguisher).
d. Grabs the discharge handle and aims the nozzle at the front base of the fire.
e. Grasps only the insulated or wooden portion of the discharge horn when using a carbon dioxide fire
extinguisher.
f. Leaves the fire extinguisher on the ground when using a carbon dioxide fire extinguisher.
g. Sweeps the nozzle back and forth across the fire until he extinguishes it.
h. Checks the fire for hot spots or smoldering embers and ensures the fire is completely extinguished.
Result
s
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measures. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform the it
correctly. The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can
perform it correctly.
REFERENCE
INSPECT AND OPERATE A SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS
051-249-1110
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a firefighting crew and have been directed to perform a daily inspection of the SCBA. You are
also required to don the SCBA within 60 seconds. You are given an SCBA, spare bottles, necessary tools, and full
protective clothing.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Inspect the SCBA and identify all deficiencies.
b. Properly don the SCBA and secure all fastening devices in 60 seconds.
c. Identify emergency procedures when using the SCBA.
d. Properly don the SCBA without injuring yourself or other crew members and without damaging the SCBA.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Inspect the SCBA. Inspect the SCBA daily and after each use. Check the following items:
a. Cylinder and backpack harness.
(1) Examine the exterior of the SCBA for foreign material or dirt. Clean the exterior, as necessary.
(2) Check the cylinder pressure gauge to ensure that the cylinder is fully charged.
(3) Check the cylinder to ensure that it is securely fixed to the backpack harness.
(4) Check all the straps to ensure that they are fully extended and that the fastening devices work.
(5) Check the demand regulator (on demand-type SCBA) to ensure the main line valve is fully open
and the bypass Regulated Pressure Gauge (RPG) valve is completely closed.
NOTE: The positive-pressure SCBA units are activated by opening the cylinder valve. These units
function based on pressure. Do not open the cylinder valve unless you have your mask on and it is
connected to the regulator; otherwise, the air will freely flow out of the cylinder.
NOTE: Some SCBA models are equipped with a switch. You can use these SCBA models in the
demand or pressure mode.
b. Mask.
(1) Check for cleanliness and foreign material. Clean the mask, as necessary.
(2) Inspect the straps to ensure they function properly and are fully extended.
(3) Check for damages, such as cracks in the face piece and holes, tears, or dry rot on the mask. Check
the straps of the head harness for fraying or tears.
2. Don the SCBA.
a. Place the SCBA unit on your back and adjust all straps.
NOTE: You may use the coat method or the over-the-head method for donning the backpack and cylinder.
b. Don the mask and tighten the head harness.
c. Check the seal of the mask by covering the breathing tube with your thumb and slowly inhaling. The mask
should collapse against your face. Be alert for leaks. Readjust the mask if you detect leaks.
d. Check the exhalation valve by inhaling, covering the end of the breathing tube, and exhaling. If the
exhalation tube does not function properly, keep the end of the breathing tube sealed and press the mask against
your face and blow forcibly to free the exhalation valve.
e. Open the cylinder valve fully.
NOTE: If the SCBA is a positive-pressure unit, do not open the cylinder valve until you connect the breathing
tube to the regulator.
f. Connect the hose to the regulator.
g. Fully open the main line valve mounted on the regulator.
h. Check for leaks and readjust the mask, as necessary.
3. Identify emergency procedures when using the SCBA. Most SCBA are equipped with a low-air warning device
which alerts the user to the fact that his air supply is running out. If you are actively performing firefighting
operations in a structure and your low air warning device activates, perform the following:
a. Stop breathing momentarily and, if possible, check your pressure gauge to determine how much air you have
left or to determine if your SCBA is malfunctioning.
b. Slowly open the bypass valve until you are breathing a small amount of air.
c. Completely close the main line valve.
d. Readjust the bypass valve until a small amount of air enters the face piece.
NOTE: On positive-pressure SCBAs, close the cylinder valve until you are breathing only a small amount of
air.
e. Exit the structure as quickly as possible.
f. If you have not reached the outside area before your air is completely exhausted, do the following:
(1) Disconnect the breathing tube from the regulator and put it inside of your turnout coat. This will
provide a limited filter as you breathe. However, you are likely to become unconscious.
WARNING
Do not remove the face mask from your face. Someone may be able to revive you if your lungs are not
exposed to the heated smoke and gas. Breathing a small amount of the high heated smoke and gas can cause
severe damage to your lungs.
(2) Try to locate an exterior window if you are too far away from the point where you entered the
structure.
(3) If you find an exterior opening and you entered the area through a doorway, close the door behind
you.
(4) Open the window and straddle the window sill. If you can exit safely to the ground, do so.
(5) Alert other fire fighters below that you need assistance.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with the items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to inspect his
SCBA and identify all deficiencies, don the SCBA in 60 seconds, and ensure it is functioning properly. Also tell the
soldier to identify the emergency procedures he should take if the low air warning device activates.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Inspects the SCBA and identifies all deficiencies.
P F
a. Cylinder and backpack harness.
(1) Examines the exterior of the SCBA for foreign material or dirt. Cleans the exterior, as
necessary.
(2) Checks the cylinder pressure gauge to ensure that the cylinder is fully charged.
(3) Checks the cylinder to ensure that it is securely fixed to the backpack harness.
(4) Checks all the straps to ensure that they are fully extended and that the fastening devices
work.
(5) Checks the demand regulator (on demand-type SCBA) to ensure the main line valve is fully
open and the bypass (RPG) valve is completely closed.
b. Mask.
(1) Checks for cleanliness and foreign material. Cleans the mask, as necessary.
(2) Inspects the straps to ensure they function properly and are fully extended.
(3) Checks for damages, such as cracks in the face piece and holes, tears, or dry rot on the mask.
Checks the straps of the head harness for fraying or tears.
2. Dons the SCBA in 60 seconds.
P F
a. Places the SCBA unit on your back and adjusts all straps.
b. Dons the mask and tightens the head harness.
c. Checks the seal of the mask by covering the breathing tube with his thumb and slowly inhaling. The
mask should collapse against his face. He is alert for leaks, and he readjusts the mask if he detects leaks.
d. Checks the exhalation valve by inhaling, covering the end of the breathing tube, and exhaling. If the
exhalation tube does not function properly, keeps the end of the breathing tube sealed and presses the mask
against his face and blows forcibly to free the exhalation valve.
e. Opens the cylinder valve fully (on-demand type units).
f. Waits until the face mask is connected to the regulator (positive-pressure units) before opening the
cylinder valve.
g. Connects the hose to the regulator.
h. Fully opens the main line valve mounted on the regulator.
i. Checks for leaks and readjusts the mask, as necessary.
3. Identifies emergency procedures when using the SCBA.
P F
a. Stops breathing momentarily and, if possible, checks his pressure gauge to determine how much air he
has left or to determine if his SCBA is malfunctioning.
b. Slowly opens the bypass valve until he is breathing a small amount of air.
c. Completely closes the main line valve.
d. Readjusts the bypass valve until a small amount of air enters the face piece.
e. Exits the structure as quickly as possible.
f. If he has not reached the outside area before his air is completely exhausted, he does the following:
(1) Disconnects the breathing tube from the regulator and puts it inside his turnout coat.
(2) Does not remove the face mask from his face.
(3) Tries to locate an exterior window if he is too far away from the point where he entered the
structure.
(4) If he finds an exterior opening and had entered the area through a doorway, closes the door
behind him.
(5) Opens the window and straddles the window sill. If he can exit safely to the ground, does so.
(6) Alerts other firefighters below that he needs assistance.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
LOAD HOSE
051-249-1111
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a firefighting team assigned to load hose line into the empty hose bed of a fire apparatus. You
have been directed to load hose on the fire apparatus. You have been given a fire apparatus with an empty hose bed,
600 feet of 2 1/2-inch hose, 300 feet of 1 1/2-inch hose, necessary tools and appliances, and two firefighters to assist
with the loading of the hose line. You are told the type of hose loads to load.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Ensure that damaged, wet, or unserviceable hose line is not loaded into the hose bed.
b. Ensure that damaged or unserviceable couplings are not loaded into the hose bed.
c. Load the hose line so that it will not bind during payout.
d. Finish the hose load so that you will have sufficient hose line available for quick removal.
e. Load the hose line without damaging it or appliances and without injuring yourself or other crew members.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Determine the type of hose load and lay for the 2 1/2-inch hose line.
2. Lay out the hose line and inspect it and couplings. If you find any of the following deficiencies, do not load the
hose line. Use a different hose line.
a. Inspect the hose line for the following deficiencies:
(1) Wetness.
(2) Mildew, mold, petroleum, or chemical stains on the hose jacket.
(3) Abrasions, tears, holes, cracks, or chafing on the hose jacket.
(4) Separation of the inner lining from the outer jacket.
(5) Heat or fire damage to the outer jacket.
(6) Deformities, such as lumps, bubbles, or blisters.
b. Inspect the couplings as you couple the sections together. If you find any of the following deficiencies,
do not load the hose section. Use a different hose section.
(1) Damaged threads.
(2) Bent couplings.
(3) Binding swivels on the female coupling.
(4) Broken or missing lugs.
(5) Cracked, broken, or poorly fitted gaskets.
(6) Damaged expansion rings or sleeves.
3. Inspect and place the first coupling in the hose bed.
NOTE: Load hose line into the hose bed according to the type of lay. When loading hose line for a straight lay, put
a female coupling into the hose bed first. When loading hose line for a reverse lay, put the male coupling in first.
4. Form hose loads, rolls, and finishes.
a. Accordion load (Figure 1111-1). Using this load, you can easily load hose sections into a hose bed or onto
your shoulders for hand stretching lines. However, the accordion load places many sharp bends and turns in the
hose line. Remove the hose line from the hose bed and reload it at least once a month. Form the accordion load
as follows:
(1) Place a coupling (male or female) in any corner of the hose bed (Step 1).
(2) Lay the hose line on edge. Place the hose line in the hose bed from front to rear or from rear to
front depending on the type of hose lay (Step 2).
NOTE: Load hose couplings so they do not turn or flip over in the hose bed. Use a reverse bend or
dutchman to change the direction the coupling will pay out or to change the location of the coupling.
To form a reverse bend or dutchman for the accordion load, place a short fold in the hose. When
completed, the hose coupling should not turn around, but pay out straight.
(3) Connect the hose sections by threading the male and female hose couplings together and rotating
the swivel on the female end until the couplings join. Hand tighten the swivel.
(4) When you complete the bottom load, start the second layer by gradually raising the last portion of
the bottom load until it reaches the front (end of the hose bed toward the cab) and top of the bottom
load (Step 3).
(5) Continue laying the second layer using the same method as the bottom load (Step 4).
(6) Complete the load by constructing the appropriate hose load finish for the lay (forward or reverse)
you just loaded on the fire apparatus.
NOTE: Finishes are designed to either provide additional working line when using a reverse lay or to
provide sufficient line to connect the hose line to the hydrant when using a forward lay.
(a) Donut-roll finish (Figure 1111-2). Use this finish mainly on straight lay loads. Form the
finish as follows: - Lay the last 50-foot section back parallel onto itself (Step 1). - Roll the
section into the shape of a donut (Step 2). - Place the female coupling at the end of the hose
bed. Fasten a hydrant wrench to the end of the female coupling (Step 3).
(b) Double donut roll. Use this roll on a forward or reverse lay. Form the roll as follows: - Lay
the last two 50-foot sections parallel to each other. - Roll the two sections into the shape of a
donut. - Fasten a hydrant wrench or a nozzle (depending on the type of lay) on the open end
of the hose (male or female coupling).
(c) Riprap (cross fold). Use this fold only on forward lays. Form the fold as follows: - Lay the
last section of hose back and forth across the width of the hose bed rear to front. - Place the
female coupling at the end of the hose bed with a hydrant wrench fastened to it.
(d) Skid load finish. Use only on reverse lays. Use the last three or four 50-foot sections to
form this finish as follows: - Extend the line from the rear of the hose bed until the hose line
clears the front (tailboard end) of the hose bed. - Fold the hose line back on itself leaving a 6to 8-inch overhang at the front of the bed. - Lay the hose on itself from front to rear of the
hose bed to make the first leg. - Lay the hose line across the rear of the hose bed about 2 feet
perpendicular to the first leg. - Bend and turn the hose so you can make the second leg. - Lay
the hose from rear to front the same as the first leg. - Leave a 6- to 8-inch overhang at the
front end of the hose bed. Fold the hose back on itself until it is at the point where you started
the second leg. - Lay the remaining hose back and forth across the two legs. Leave a 2- to 3inch clearance (on both sides) between the hose and the hose bed side boards. - Connect the
nozzle to the hose and lay it on top of the skid load.
NOTE: Place all couplings directly on one of the legs to support the couplings.
b. Flat load (Figure 1111-3). This load pays out easier and produces a straighter lay than the accordion load.
The flat load also places many sharp turns and bends in the hose line. Remove the hose line from the hose
bed and reload the hose line at least once a month. Form this load as follows:
(1) Place a coupling (male or female) in any corner of the hose bed (Step 1).
(2) Lay the hose line parallel with the long axis of the fire apparatus, front to rear or rear to front of the
hose bed.
(3) Load the hose at a slight angle (Step 2).
(4) Continue laying the hose line until the bed is full.
NOTE: Load hose couplings so they do not turn or flip over in the hose bed. Use a reverse bend or
dutchman to change the direction the coupling will pay out or to change the location of the coupling.
To form a reverse bend or dutchman for the accordion load, place a short fold in the hose. When
completed, the hose coupling should not turn around, but pay out straight.
(5) Complete the hose load using the appropriate finish [4a(6)(a)-(d)] for the type of lay you just
loaded.
NOTE: Finishes are designed to either provide additional working line when using a reverse lay or to
provide sufficient line to connect the hose line to the hydrant when using a forward lay.
c. Horseshoe load (Figure 1111-4). This load reduces the number of sharp bends and turns in the hose line,
but makes hand stretching lines very difficult. Unload and reload the horseshoe load at least once a month.
Form this load as follows:
(1) Place a coupling (male or female) in any corner of the hose bed.
(2) Lay the hose against the interior of the hose bed wall and lay the hose line completely around the
hose bed to the corner directly opposite the starting point (Step 1).
(3) Bend the hose back and continue laying the hose into the hose bed in the opposite direction (Step
2).
NOTE: Load hose couplings so they do not turn or flip over in the hose bed. Use a reverse bend or
dutchman to change the direction the coupling will pay out or to change the location of the coupling.
To form a reverse bend or dutchman for the accordion load, place a short fold in the hose. When
completed, the hose coupling should not turn around, but pay out straight.
(4) Continue laying the hose line until the bed is full.
(5) When you complete the bottom load, start the second layer by bringing the hose to the rear of the
bed, across the end half of the layer. Then gradually raise it as it is being brought to the front of the bed
(Step 3).
(6) Complete the hose load using the appropriate finish [4a(6)(a)-(d)] for the type of lay you just
loaded (Step 4).
NOTE: Finishes are designed to either provide additional working line when using a reverse lay or to
provide sufficient line to connect the hose line to the hydrant when using a forward lay.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with the items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier what type of
hose lay the hose bed should be set up for and what type of hose load to load.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Determines the type of hose load and lay for the 2 1/2-inch hose line.
P
2. Lays out the hose line and inspects it and couplings. If he find any of the following deficiencies, does not
P
load the hose line. He uses a different hose line.
a. Inspects the hose line for the following deficiencies:
(1) Wetness.
(2) Mildew, mold, petroleum, or chemical stains on the hose jacket.
(3) Abrasions, tears, holes, cracks, or chafing on the hose jacket.
(4) Separation of the inner lining from the outer jacket.
(5) Heat or fire damage to the outer jacket.
(6) Deformities, such as lumps, bubbles, or blisters.
b. Inspects the couplings as he couples the sections together. If he finds any of the following
deficiencies, does not load the hose section. Uses a different hose section.
(1) Damaged threads.
(2) Bent couplings.
(3) Binding swivels on the female coupling.
(4) Broken or missing lugs.
(5) Cracked, broken, or poorly fitted gaskets.
(6) Damaged expansion rings or sleeves.
3. Inspects and places the first coupling in the hose bed.
P
4. Forms hose loads, rolls, and finishes.
P
a. Accordion load. Forms the load as follows:
(1) Places a coupling (male or female) in any corner of the hose bed.
(2) Lays the hose line on edge. Places the hose line in the hose bed from front to rear or from rear
to front depending on the type of hose lay.
(3) Connects the hose sections by threading the male and female hose couplings together and
rotating the swivel on the female end until the couplings join. Hand tightens the swivel.
(4) Starts the second layer after completing the bottom load by gradually raising the last portion
of the bottom load until it reaches the rear (end of the hose bed toward the cab) and top of the
bottom load.
(5) Continues laying the second layer using the same method as the bottom load.
(6) Completes the load by constructing the appropriate hose load finish for the lay (forward or
reverse) he just loaded on the fire apparatus.
(a) Donut roll finish. Forms the finish as follows: - Lays the last 50-foot section back
parallel onto itself. - Rolls the section into the shape of a donut. - Places the female
coupling at the end of the hose bed. Fastens a hydrant wrench to the end of the female
coupling.
(b) Double donut roll. Forms the roll as follows: - Lays the last two 50-foot sections
parallel to each other. - Rolls the two sections into the shape of a donut. - Fastens a
hydrant wrench or a nozzle (depending on the type of lay) on the open end of the hose
(male or female coupling).
(c) Riprap (cross fold). Forms the fold as follows: - Lays the last section of hose back
and forth across the width of the hose bed rear to front. - Places the female coupling at
the end of the hose bed with a hydrant wrench fastened to it.
(d) Skid-load finish. Uses the last three or four 50-foot sections to form this finish as
follows: - Extends the line from the rear of the hose bed until the hose line clears the
front (tailboard end) of the hose bed. - Folds the hose line back on itself leaving a 6- to
8-inch overhang at the front of the bed. – Lays the hose on itself from front to rear of the
hose bed to make the first leg. - Lays the hose line across the rear of the hose bed about 2
feet perpendicular to the first leg. - Bends and turns the hose so he can make the second
leg. - Lays the hose from rear to front the same as the first leg. - Leaves a 6- to 8-inch
overhang at the front end of the hose bed. Folds the hose back on itself until it is at the
point where he started the second leg. – Lays the remaining hose back and forth across
the two legs. Leaves a 2- to 3-inch clearance (on both sides) between the hose and the
F
F
F
F
hose bed side boards. - Connects the nozzle to the hose and lays it on top of the skid
load.
b. Flat load. Forms the load as follows:
(1) Places a coupling (male or female) in any corner of the hose bed.
(2) Lays the hose line parallel with the long axis of the fire apparatus, front to rear or rear to front
of the hose bed.
(3) Loads the hose at a slight angle.
(4) Continues laying the hose line until the bed is full.
(5) Completes the hose load using the appropriate finish [4a(6)(a)-(d)] for the type of lay he just
loaded.
c. Horseshoe load. Forms the load as follows:
(1) Places a coupling (male or female) in any corner of the hose bed.
(2) Lays the hose against the interior of the hose bed wall and lays the hose line completely
around the hose bed to the corner directly opposite the starting point.
(3) Bends the hose back and continues laying the hose into the hose bed in the opposite direction.
(4) Continues laying the hose line until the bed is full.
(5) When he completes the bottom load, starts the second layer by bringing the hose to the rear of
the bed, across the end half of the layer. Then gradually raises it as it is being brought to the front
of the bed.
(6) Completes the hose load using the appropriate finish [4a(6)
(a)(b)) for the type of lay he just loaded.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
CONDUCT HOSE LAYS
051-249-1112
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You a member of a structural firefighting crew responding to a fire. The crew chief has determined that you must
use either a forward or reverse lay. He has directed you to conduct the hose lay. You are given a fully equipped and
operational fire apparatus, a structural fire scene, fire hydrant, necessary tools and equipment, protective clothing
and equipment, and SCBA. You are to perform the duties of either the driver/operator, plugman, or nozzleman for a
forward or reverse lay.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Perform the duties of your assigned position according to established safety rules.
b. Conduct a forward lay and supply water to the fire apparatus.
c. Conduct a reverse lay and supply water to the attack line.
d. Supply water for a forward or reverse lay without damaging the tools, equipment, or fire apparatus, and
without injuring yourself or other crew members.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Forward lay. This lay involves laying hose line from a water source (usually a fire hydrant) to the fire scene to
supply the fire apparatus.
NOTE: Forward lays using hose lines with a diameter less than 3 inches should not exceed 400 feet. If the lay will
exceed 400 feet, lay two parallel hose lines at the same time or a combination forward and reverse lay.
a. Driver/operator.
(1) Stop the fire apparatus at the fire hydrant closest to the fire scene. Do not proceed to the fire scene
until signaled to do so.
(2) After the plugman signals, proceed to the fire scene and stop the fire apparatus between.
(3) Place a hose clamp on the supply line, which the plugman has connected to the fire hydrant. Signal
the plugman to charge the line.
(4) Place a chock block between the rear wheels of the fire apparatus.
(5) Remove more hose line from the hose bed. Doing so will give you enough hose line to reach the
supply intake port where the hose will be connected.
(6) Disconnect the hose coupling and place the loose end back into the hose bed.
(7) Connect the supply line to the supply intake.
(8) Remove the hose clamp.
(9) Open the supply intake. Water should flow from the fire hydrant into the fire apparatus.
(10)__‹@ Perform pumping operations according to tasks 051-249-1102 and 051-249-1124.
b. Plugman and hydrant man.
(1) When the fire apparatus has stopped at the fire hydrant, remove necessary tools (hydrant and
spanner wrenches) and extra hose line from the hose bed. Doing so will give you enough hose line to
reach the fire hydrant.
(2) Anchor the hose line by wrapping it one full turn around the fire hydrant and stepping on the hose
line with your foot.
(3) Signal the driver to proceed to the fire.
(4) Remove the cap of the 2 1/2-inch discharge port that is closest to the fire.
NOTE: If you have a hydrant gate, connect it to the 2 1/2-inch discharge port farthest from the fire. A
second company will be able to connect its supply line to the same fire hydrant without having to shut
down the fire hydrant.
(5) When the fire apparatus has stopped at the fire scene, unwrap the supply line from around the fire
hydrant and connect the supply line to the 2 1/2-inch discharge port.
(6) When the driver signals you to charge the hose line, use the hydrant wrench and fully open the
hydrant gate.
(7) Proceed to the fire scene and tighten any leaking hose couplings, as needed.
(8) Don you SCBA and report to the crew chief.
c. Nozzleman and hoseman.
(1) Stay on the fire apparatus until it stops at the fire scene.
(2) Dismount and remove a 1 1/2-inch attack line. Proceed to the fire involved structure where you will
make entry. (The crew chief will determine where the entry will be made).
(3) Straighten the hose line as you return to the fire apparatus.
(4) Don your SCBA.
(5) Remove forcible entry tools and ladders and, if the crew chief directs, another 1 1/2-inch attack
line.
2. Reverse lay. This lay involves laying the hose line from the fire scene to the fire hydrant or water source. Use this
lay when the fire hydrant has insufficient pressure, when you want to use the full capacity of the fire apparatus
pump, or in combination with a forward lay.
NOTE: Conducting a reverse lay requires more time. However, having consistent pressure from the fire apparatus
compensates for the additional time.
a. Driver/operator.
(1) Stop the fire apparatus at the fire scene.
NOTE: Stop the fire apparatus about 75 to 100 feet before the fire scene. This will provide you extra
working line at the fire scene.
(2) Help the plugman and crew chief remove all necessary firefighting tools, equipment, SCBA, and
ladders and if the crew chief directs, additional attack liens.
(3) Remount the fire apparatus and make sure the plugman has remounted.
NOTE: When conditions permit, the plugman should remount the fire apparatus and ride in the cab
with the driver.
(4) Wait until the crew chief signals you to proceed to the fire hydrant.
WARNING
Once the crew chief signals you, proceed to the fire hydrant. Pull away slowly because the nozzleman will be
anchoring the hose line. If you do not proceed slowly, you could severely injure the nozzleman while he is
anchoring the hose line. Continuously watch the nozzleman as you pull away.
(5) Stop the fire apparatus at the fire hydrant.
(6) Place a chock block between the rear wheels of the fire apparatus.
(7) Disconnect the hose line and place the loose end coupling back into the hose bed.
(8) Connect the hose line to a 2 1/2-inch discharge outlet.
(9) Perform pumping operations according to tasks 051-249-1102 and 051-249-1124.
b. Plugman.
(1) Wait until the fire apparatus stops at the fire scene.
(2) Help the driver and crew chief remove all necessary firefighting tools, equipment, and ladders and,
if the crew chief directs, additional attack lines.
(3) Remount the fire apparatus.
NOTE: When conditions permit, the plugman should remount the fire apparatus and ride in the cab
with the driver.
(4) Wait until the fire apparatus stops before dismounting the fire apparatus.
(5) Remove enough hose line so you can reach the discharge port where the hose will be connected.
(6) Uncouple the hose and place the loose end back in the hose bed.
(7) Proceed to the fire scene tightening any leaking hose couplings.
(8) Don your SCBA and report to the crew chief.
c. Nozzleman.
(1) Wait until the fire apparatus stops before dismounting.
(2) Remove the 1 1/2-inch attack line and proceed to the fire.
(3) Straighten the hose line as you return to the fie apparatus.
(4) Help remove all necessary firefighting tools, SCBAs, equipment, and ladders and, if the crew chief
directs, additional 1 1/2-inch attack lines.
(5) Anchor the hose line when the crew chief directs you to.
(6) Don your SCBA and perform other duties the crew chief directs you to do.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier which position he will be evaluated on and the type of hose lay to perform.
NOTE: The soldier is not required to be tested on all duty positions. He is only required to be tested on one duty
position the evaluator selects. If the soldier receives a NO-GO for the selected task, he will not be tested on a
different position until he passes the failed duty position.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Performs a forward hose lay.
Resu
lts
P F
a. Driver/operator.
(1) Stops the fire apparatus at the fire hydrant nearest the fire scene.
(2) Proceeds to the fire scene after the plugman signals.
(3) Proceeds to the fire scene and stops the fire apparatus between.
(4) Dismounts the fire apparatus and places a hose clamp on the supply line.
(5) Signals the plugman to charge the supply line.
(6) Places a chock block between the rear wheels.
(7) Removes more hose line from the hose bed, uncouples the hose, and places the loose end back
into the hose bed.
(8) Conects the supply line to the supply intake and removes the hose clamp.
(9) Performs pumping operations according to task 051-249-1102 and 051-249-1124.
b. Plugman and hydrant man.
(1) Waits until the fire apparatus stops before dismounting.
(2) Removes necessary tools (hydrant and spanner wrenches) and extra hose line to reach the fire
hydrant.
(3) Anchors the hose line by wrapping it one full turn around the fire hydrant and stepping on the
hose line with his foot.
(4) Signals the driver to proceed to the fire.
(5) Removes the hydrant cap closest to the fire.
(6) When the fire apparatus has stopped at the fire scene, unwraps the hose line from around the
fire hydrant.
(7) Connects the hose line to the discharge port.
(8) When the driver signals him, he charges the hose line.
(9) Uses the hydrant wrench and fully opens the hydrant gate.
(10)__‹@ Proceeds to the fire scene and tightens any leaking hose couplings, as needed.
(11)__‹@ Dons his SCBA and reports to the crew chief.
c. Nozzleman and hoseman.
(1) Waits until the fire apparatus stops before dismounting.
(2) Removes a 1 1/2-inch attack line. Proceeds to the structure where he will make entry.
(3) Straightens the hose line as he returns to the fire apparatus.
(4) Dons his SCBA.
(5) Removes forcible entry tools and ladders and, if the crew chief directs, another 1 1/2-inch
attack line.
2. Performs a reverse lay.
P F
a. Driver/operator.
(1) Stops the fire apparatus 75 to 100 feet from the fire scene.
(2) Dismounts and helps remove firefighting tools, equipment, SCBAs, and ladders and, if the
crew chief directs, additional attack lines.
(3) Remounts the fire apparatus and makes sure the plugman has remounted.
(4) Waits for the crew chief's signal before proceeding to the fire hydrant.
(5) Pulls away slowly to make sure he does not injure the nozzleman who will be anchoring the
hose line.
(6) Stops the fire apparatus at the fire hydrant.
(7) Places a chock block between the rear wheels of the fire apparatus.
(8) Connects a 4 1/2-inch soft suction hose line between fire apparatus supply intake and the fire
hydrant discharge port.
(9) Performs pumping operations according to tasks 051-249-1102 and 051-249-1124.
b. Plugman.
(1) Waits until the fire apparatus stops at the fire scene before dismounting.
(2) Helps the driver and crew chief remove all necessary firefighting tools, equipment, SCBAs,
and ladders and, if the crew chief directs, additional attack lines.
(3) Removes and places all tools and equipment on the fire side of the fire apparatus off the road.
(4) Remounts the fire apparatus.
(5) Waits until the fire apparatus stops before dismounting the fire apparatus.
(6) Removes enough hose line so he can reach the discharge port. Uncouples the hose and places
the loose end back in the hose bed.
(7) Proceeds to the fire scene tightening any leaking hose couplings.
(8) Dons his SCBA and reports to the crew chief.
c. Nozzleman.
(1) Waits untils the fire apparatus stops before dismounting.
(2) Removes the 2 1/2-inch attack line and proceeds to the fire.
(3) Straightens the hose line as he returns to the fire apparatus.
(4) Helps remove firefighting tools, SCBAs, equipment, and ladders and, if the crew chief directs
additional 1 1/2-inch attack lines.
(5) Anchors the hose line.
(6) Dons his SCBA and reports to the crew chief.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measures. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it
correctly. The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can
perform it correctly.
REFERENCE
ADVANCE A HOSE LINE
051-249-1113
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the nozzleman of a structural firefighting crew. You have just arrived at a fire scene. The crew chief has
directed you to remove an attack line from the fire apparatus, to lay the line, to lay the hose line (after it is charged)
to the fire location, and to control or extinguish the fire. You have been given a structural fire scene, SCBA,
protective clothing and equipment, a fully functional and equipped fire apparatus, extension ladder, an assistant
firefighter to serve as the backup lineman, and a hose line with a nozzle.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Remove the attack line from the fire apparatus without damaging the hose line, nozzle, or other equipment.
b. Lay the hose-lien to the entry point or specified location so it will not be twisted or tangled when charged.
c. Uncharge the hose line before advancing it up a ladder.
d. Anchor the hose line to the ladder before recharging the hose line. e. Uncharge the hose line, when you can,
before advancing it up a stairwell.
f. Replace ruptured or damaged hose line by uncharging it and replacing any damaged section.
g. Extend the length of the hose line, when required, by uncharging it and adding additional sections until you
reach the desired length. h. Perform all actions without injuring yourself or other crew members.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Removing the hose line from the apparatus.
a. Stand on the tailboard and face the preconnected load of 1 1/2-inch attack line.
b. Grab several folds of the hose. The number of folds you grab will depend on the hose load and the type of
nozzle.
NOTE: Grab the hose with one hand and carry the nozzle in your other hand.
c. Slide the hose forward. Grab the nozzle and turn 180? as you load the hose on your shoulder. You should
now be facing away from the hose bed with several layers of hose on your shoulder and the nozzle in your hand.
d. Step off the tailboard and advance the lien to the point where you will enter the structure.
CAUTION
Make sure the 1 1/2-inch attack hose line does not pass under any 2 1/2-inch supply lines or any 2 1/2-inch
attack lines. When the hose lines are charged, the weight of the 2 1/2-inch hose line makes it impossible to
advance the line.
e. Drop the hose off of your shoulder, when the rest of the hose line you are advancing has paid out from the
hose bed.
f. Grab the nozzle and place the hose line across your chest and over your shoulder with the nozzle resting in the
small of your back (Figure 1113-1).
NOTE: As you advance the hose line to the fire, you should hold the hose against your hip with the hand on the
same side as the hose on your hip. Grab the hose with the opposite hand where the hose line crosses your chest.
With this method, you use less upper-body strength, your arms are less weary, and you use more of your body
weight and larger leg muscles to advance hose line.
g. Place the nozzle at the structure's entry point and return to the fire apparatus.
h. Straighten and untwist the hose line as you return to the fire apparatus.
i. Don your SCBA.
j. Perform any other duties according to local fire department standing operating procedures (SOP).
k. Return to the entry point and secure the charged 1 1/2-inch attack line.
WARNING
Check the structure for signs of back draft, flashover or possible structural instability, which may cause the
structure to collapse.
2. Advancing the hose line into the structure while standing.
a. Place one hand directly behind the nozzle and one hand directly on the nozzle.
NOTE: The hand directly behind the nozzle should be the one on the same side where the hose will be against
your rib area and hip. Using this method provides better grip, balance, and strength when advancing the hose
line and better balance and maneuverability when discharging the agent.
b. Hold the hose against your rib area or hip by pressing the hose line with your forearm or upper arm.
CAUTION
Open the nozzle and bleed off any air pressure before you enter the structure. You will be able to use the
nozzle to immediately discharge the agent. This procedure also verifies the functioning capability of the
nozzle.
c. Advance the hose line into the structure and stay alert. You may have to open the nozzle immediately.
NOTE: If a backup lineman is available, he should be positioned on the same side as the nozzleman, about 6- to
8-feet behing him when advancing the hose line.
3. Advancing the hose line into the structure while crawling.
a. Grab the hose line with one hand directly behind the nozzle.
b. Reach out with the hand opposite the one holding the nozzle and pull the hose line.
c. Stay alert. Watch for conditions requiring you to immediately employ the hose line.
NOTE: The hose line may become too difficult to drag while crawling. If so, twist your body in the opposite
direction after you have pulled your body forward. You should be able to use your body weight to help move
the hose line.
4. Advancing the hose line up a stairwell.
a. Uncharged hose line. If you have to carry the hose line up a stairway, do not charge the hose line until you
have reached the final level. To advance uncharged hose line up a stairwell, use the following carries:
(1) Shoulder (Figure 1113-2).
(a) Place several folds of hose line on your shoulder opposite the shoulder the nozzleman is
using to carry his load.
(b) You can begin to pay off the hose line from your shoulder when the hose line becomes
taut.
NOTE: Try to keep the hose line as taut as possible while advancing it up the stairwell. The
hose line is less likely to bind or bend in the stairwell.
(c) When you have reached the level where you will use the hose line, carry any extra hose
line to the next higher level before charging the line. Doing so will reduce the strength and
energy you need to advance the hose line. The weight of the water in the hose line will cause
it to slide downward. You will not have to pull the hose line upward.
(2) Underarm (Figure 1113-3).
(a) Grab sevral layers of hose in a scooping motion using the hand and forearm opposite the
hand and arm the nozzleman is using to carry his load.
(b) As the hose becomes taut, pay it out as you continue up the stairwell.
NOTE: Try to keep the hose line as taut as possible while advancing it up the stairwell. The
hose line is less likely to bind or bend in the stairwell.
(c) When you have reached the level where you will use the hose line, carry any extra hose
line to the next higher level before charging the line. Doing so will reduce the strength and
energy you need to advance the hose line. The weight of the water in the hose line will cause
it to slide downward. You will not have to pull the hose line upward.
b. Charged hose line. Depending on the situation, use any of the following methods to advance a charged
hose line up a stairway.
(1) Applying a hose clamp.
(a) Contact the driver/operator and tell him to put a hose clamp on the line.
(b) Advance the hose line up the stairwell to where you will use the hose line. Make sure you
have extra hose line.
(c) Contact the driver/operator and tell him to remove the hose clamp.
(2) Discharge a valve control or gate of a gated wye.
(a) Contact the driver/operator and tell him to close the discharge port on the fire apparatus or
the gate on the gated wye.
(b) Advance the hose line up the stairway to where you will use the hose line. Make sure you
have extra hose line.
(c) Contact the driver/operator and tell him to open the discharge control valve or the gate on
the gated wye.
(3) Extending the line.
(a) Have additional hose line brought to your location.
(b) Apply a hose clamp, have the discharge control valve or gate on the gated wye closed, or
have a backup lineman bend back the hose. Any of these methods will stop the water flow.
(c) Remove the nozzle and connect the extra hose line.
(d) Advance the hose line up the stairwell before the hose line is recharged.
(4) Running a parallel hose line.
(a) Lay a second hose line longer than the first to either take the place of the first hose length
or to provide cover so you can shut down the first hose line.
(b) Shut down the first hose line and lengthen it to the desired length.
(c) Advance the first hose line to the new level and recharge the line.
5. Advancing a hose line up a ladder. A hose line should be uncharged when you advance it up a ladder. If the line
has been charged, depressurize it before transporting the line up the ladder.
a. Uncharged hose line (Figure 1113-4).
(1) Carry the hose line over your shoulder and across your chest with the nozzle resting on your back.
The carry is identical to the carry for advancing hose line on a flat, level surface.
(2) Climb up the ladder using normal ladder climbing procedures.
NOTE: The nozzleman and the second firefighter should have the hose on opposite shoulders with
about 20- to 25-feet of hose line between them.
(3) The second firefighter passes the hose line over his shoulder. Before he climbs the ladder, he makes
sure that there is 10- to 12-feet between him and the nozzleman.
NOTE: If additional firefighters are available, one firefighter should steady the ladder while the other
firefighters climb the ladder. One or two firefighters should pass the hose line up the ladder.
b. Charged hose line. If possible, do not advance a charged line up a ladder. However, you will need extra
firefighters to do so. Use this method only under extreme conditions and only with 1 1/1-inch hose line.
(1) Grab the hose line just below the coupling that joins the nozzle and hose.
(2) Start climbing the ladder. Slider the nozzle along the beam of the ladder.
(3) A second firefighter should start passing or lifting the hose line up the ladder by sliding it along the
beam.
(4) A third firefighter climbs the ladder and stops about 10- to 12-feet behind you and slides the hose
line along the beam and up the ladder. After you advance the hose line a few feet up the ladder, the
third firefighter moves up the ladder and continues to slide the hose-line up the ladder.
(5) If you need a fourth firefighter, he performs the same duties as the third firefighter. How high you
must raise the hose line determines the need for a fourth firefighter.
(6) Additional firefighters are positioned and used as necessary.
6. Replacing ruptured or damaged hose line as soon as possible. Hose line that ruptures during firefighting
operations puts firefighting crews in serious danger.
NOTE: If the firefighting crews are inside the structure, they should either be notified to withdrawal or brought
additional attack lines.
a. Remove replacement hose line from the fire apparatus.
NOTE: For every 50-foot section of ruptured hose line, two 50-foot sections must be utilized to replace the
damaged section.
b. Carry the replacement hose line to a safe distance of the ruptured hose line.
c. Shut down the hose line by using one of the following methods:
(1) Method 1. Prepare to apply a hose clamp to a hose line section preceding the ruptured hose line.
(2) Method 2. Tell the pump operator to prepare to close the discharge valve control.
(3) Method 3. Prepare to close the gate of the gated wye, if you used one.
d. Notify the firefighting crews that the hose line is about to be shut down.
e. Shut down the hose line using one of the three methods listed in 6c.
f. Uncouple the damaged hose line and couple the replacement hose line into the main hose line.
g. Restore water flow to the hose line.
h. Notify the firefighting crews that the water has been restored.
7. Extending a hose line. Extend a hose line as follows:
a. Add hose line to the existing hose line.
b. Place a hose clamp about 3 feet behind the nozzle.
c. Open the nozzle and release the pressure.
d. Uncouple and remove the nozzle.
e. Couple the additional hose line to the existing hose line.
f. Recouple the nozzle to the hose line.
g. Remove the hose clamp.
h. Slowly open the nozzle.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier to advance a hose line on a flat, level surface while standing or crawling, to advance a hose
line up a stairwell or ladder, to replace a ruptured hose line, and to extend the length of the hose line.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Removes the hose-line from the apparatus.
a. Stands on the tailboard and faces the preconnected load of 1 1/2-inch attack line.
Res
ults
P F
b. Grabs several folds of the hose.
c. Slides the hose forward. Grabs the nozzle and turns 180? as he loads the hose on his shoulder. He should
now be facing away from the hose bed with several layers of hose on his shoulder and the nozzle in his
hand.
d. Steps off the tailboard and advances the line to the point where he will enter the structure.
e. Makes sure that the 1 1/2-inch attack line does not pass under the supply line or any 2 1/2-inch attack
lines.
f. Drops the hose off his shoulder when the rest of the hose line he is advancing has paid out from the hose
bed.
g. Grabs the nozzle and places the hose line across his chest and over his shoulder with the nozzle resting
in the small of his back.
h. Places the nozzle at the structure's entry point and returns to the fire apparatus.
i. Straightens and untwists the hose line as he returns to the fire apparatus.
j. Dons his SCBA.
k. Performs any other duties according to local fire department SOP.
l. Returns to the entry point and secures the charged 1 1/2-inch attack line.
2. Advances the hose line into the structure while standing.
P F
a. Places one hand directly behind the nozzle and one hand directly on the nozzle.
b. Holds the hose against his rib area or hip by pressing the hose line with his forearm or upper arm.
c. Bleeds off any air pressure from the hose line by opening the nozzle before entering the structure.
d. Advances the hose line into the structure and stays alert because he may have to open the nozzle
immediately.
3. Advances the hose line into the structure while crawling.
P F
a. Grabs the hose line with one hand directly behind the nozzle.
b. Reaches out with the hand opposite the one holding the nozzle and pulls the hose line.
c. Stays alert. Watches for conditions requiring him to immediately employ the hose line.
4. Advances the hose line up a stairwell.
P F
a. Advances an uncharged hose line up a stairwell using the following carries:
(1) Shoulder.
(a) Places several folds of hose line on his shoulder opposite the shoulder the nozzleman
uses to carry his load.
(b) Starts paying off the hose line from his shoulder when the hose line becomes taut.
(c) When he reaches the level where he will use the hose line, he carries any extra hose
line to the next higher level before charging the line.
(2) Underarm
(a) Grabs several layers of hose in a scooping motion using the hand and forearm
opposite the hand and arm the nozzleman is using to carry his load.
(b) As the hose becomes taut, pays it out as he continues up the stairwell.
(c) When he reaches the level where he will use the hose line, carries any extra hose line
to the next higher level before charging the line.
b. Advances a charged hose line up a stairway using the following methods:
(1) Applying a hose clamp.
(a) Contacts the driver/operator and tells him to put a hose clamp on the line.
(b) Advances the hose line up the stairwell to where he will use the hose line. Makes
sure he has extra hose line.
(c) Contacts the driver/operator and tells him to remove the hose clamp.
(2) Discharge valve control or gate of a gated wye.
(a) Contacts the driver/operator and tells him to close the discharge port on the fire
apparatus or the gate on the gated wye.
(b) Advances the hose line up the stairway to where he will use the hose line. Makes sure
that he has extra hose line.
(c) Contacts the driver/operator and tells him to open the discharge control valve or the
gate on the gated wye.
(3) Extending the line.
(a) Has additional hose line brought to his location.
(b) Applies a hose clamp, has the discharge control valve or gate on the gated wye
closed, or has a backup lineman bend back the hose.
(c) Removes the nozzle and connects the extra hose line.
(d) Advances the hose line up the stairwell before the hose line is recharged.
(4) Running a parallel hose line.
(a) Lays a second hose line longer than the first to either take the place of the first hose
length or to provide cover so he can shut down the first hose line.
(b) Shuts down the first hose line and lengthens it to the desired length.
(c) Advances the first hose line to the new level and recharges the line.
5. Advances a hose line up a ladder.
P F
a. Uncharged hose line.
(1) Carries the hose line over his shoulder and across his chest with the nozzle resting on his back.
(2) Climbs up the ladder using normal ladder climbing procedures.
(3) The second firefighter passes the hose line over his shoulder. Before he climbs the ladder, he
makes sure that there is 10- to 12-feet between him and the nozzleman, with about 20- to 25-feet
of hose line between them.
b. Charged hose line.
(1) Grabs the hose line just below the coupling that joins the nozzle and hose.
(2) Starts climbing the ladder. Slides the nozzle along the beam of the ladder.
(3) A second firefighter should start passing or lifting the hose line up the ladder by sliding it
along the beam.
(4) A third firefighter climbs the ladder and stops about 10- to 12-feet behind him and slides the
hose line along the beam and up the ladder. After he advances the hose line a few feet up the
ladder, the third firefighter moves up the ladder and continues to slide the hose line up the ladder.
(5) If a fourth firefighter is needed, he performs the same duties as the third firefighter. How high
the hose line is raised determines the need for a fourth firefighter.
(6) Additional firefighters are positioned and used as necessary.
6. Replaces ruptured or damaged hose line.
P F
a. Notifies firefighting crews inside the structure to withdraw or sends additional attack lines to the crews.
b. Removes replacement hose line from the fire apparatus.
c. Carries the replacement hose line to a safe distance of the ruptured hose line.
d. Shuts down the hose line by using one of the following methods:
(1) Method 1. Prepares to apply a hose clamp to a hose line section preceding the ruptured hose
line.
(2) Method 2. Tells the pump operator to prepare to close the discharge valve control.
(3) Method 3. Prepares to close the gate of the gated wye, if he used one.
e. Notifies the firefighting crews that the hose line is about to be shut down.
f. Shuts down the hose line using one of the three methods listed in 6d.
g. Uncouples the damaged hose line and couples the replacement hose line into the main hose line.
h. Restores water flow to the hose line.
i. Notifies the firefighting crews that the water has been restored.
7. Extends a hose line.
P F
a. Adds hose line to the existing hose line.
b. Places a hose clamp about 3 feet behind the nozzle.
c. Opens the nozzle and releases the pressure.
d. Uncouples and removes the nozzle.
e. Couples the additional hose line to the existing hose line.
f. Recouples the nozzle to the hose line.
g. Removes the hose clamp.
h. Slowly opens the nozzle.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he failes (F)
any performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it
correctly. The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can
perform it correctly.
REFERENCE
OPERATE A NOZZLE
051-249-1114
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the nozzleman of a structural firefighting crew at a fire scene. The crew chief has directed you to use a
charged 1 1/2-inch attack line inside the structure. He has directed you to attack and control and, possibly,
extinguish the fire. You have been given a structural fire scene, SCBA, protective clothing and equipment, a fully
functional and equipped fire apparatus, and sufficient hose line with a nozzle.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Ensure the hose line is charged and the nozzle is operational before entering the structure.
b. Operate the nozzle by slowly opening and closing the nozzle to reduce the possibility of a water hammer.
c. Operate the nozzle inside the structure only when you extinguish an actual fire, when you must advance
behind a water curtain, or when you provide forced ventilation using a fog pattern.
d. Operate the nozzle inside the structure without causing excessive water damage to the structure or the
contents of the structure. e. Operate the handline so you can control or extinguish the fire without injuring
yourself or other crew members.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
NOTE: Remove the hose line from the fire apparatus and position it at the scene as the crew chief directs you and
according to the procedures outlined in task 051-249-1113.
1. Make sure that the hose line is charged and the nozzle is operational before entering the structure.
WARNING
Notify the crew chief or pump operator if the nozzle discharge pressure is not correct. Operating a nozzle
with too much pressure can cause serious injuries to firefighters, damage firefighting equipment, or cause
unnecessary damage to the structure. Insufficient nozzle pressure can impede firefighting operations. Fire
fighters will have to work harder to combat, contain, and extinguish the fire.
2. Select the desired discharge pattern from the type of nozzle you are using.
3. Enter the structure and locate the fire.
NOTE: You may have to advance behind a water-fog pattern, if the heat is too intense or if you have to drive away
dense smoke. You may also have to perform forced stream ventilation with the hose line to clear away the dense
smoke or intense heat so you can locate or contain the fire. You should advance behind a water-fog pattern only
when absolutely necessary because the additional discharged water could damage the structure.
4. Use the following nozzles appropriately. Slowly open the nozzle and direct the nozzle at the fire.
a. Solid-stream nozzle.
(1) Advantages.
(a) Produces a compact stream.
(b) Can be effectively employed over long distances.
(c) Has great penetrating power through loose or porous material.
(d) Can change the tip to increase the flow.
(2) Disadvantages.
(a) Heat-absorbing capabilities are poor.
(b) High velocity of the water stream causes damage to the structure and the contents of the
structure.
(c) Rough surface in the tip lessens the effectiveness of the nozzle.
(d) Strong backward thrust makes handling difficult.
b. Adjustable fog nozzle.
(1) Advantages.
(a) Minimizes water damage to the structure or the contents.
(b) Emits finely dispersed water particles that have high heat-absorbing capabilities.
(c) Produces steam or vapor in large quantities, which displaces more heat and smoke.
(d) Can be adjusted to a variety of patterns (from a wide-angle fog pattern to a straight stream
pattern).
NOTE: Do not confuse a straight stream pattern with a solid stream nozzle. The straight
stream pattern (from the fog nozzle) imitates the pattern of a solid stream nozzle in
appearance only. The straight stream pattern does not have the reach or penetrating power of a
solid stream nozzle. However, the straight stream pattern does have more penetrating power
and reach than an ordinary fog nozzle.
(e) Can be handled more easily.
(f) Can be adjusted to emit a limited straight stream pattern.
(2) Disadvantages.
(a) Has limited reach compared to a solid stream nozzle.
(b) Has very little penetrating power through loose or porous material.
(c) Can adversely affect the effectiveness of the fog pattern, if you use the incorrect nozzle
pressure.
NOTE: Nozzle type, design, and use determine the effectiveness of the nozzle. Use nozzles to
take advantage of their characteristics while minimizing their disadvantages. WARNING:
Failure to slowly open or close the nozzle can cause a water hammer. This dangerous
condition occurs when the water flow stops suddenly, which results in a redirection of the
water energy. The buildup of the water energy pressure causes an enormous amount of stress
on the fire pump and hose line. The fire pump or hose line could fail.
5. Properly apply the water stream to the fire. You can deflect the stream off a wall, ceiling, or other stationary
object, if you want a broken stream or if it is impractical to apply the water stream directly.
6. Control or extinguish the fire without damaging the structure or the contents and without injuring yourself or
other crew members.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier to operate the nozzle and combat or extinguish the fire while minimizing water damage to
the structure or the contents and without injuring himself or other crew members.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Makes sure that the hose line is charged and the nozzle is operational before entering the structure.
2. Selects the desired discharge pattern from the type of nozzle he is using.
3. Enters the structure and locates the fire.
4. Slowly opens the nozzle to discharge the water.
5. Properly applies the water to the fire.
6. Uses only the necessary amount of water to extinguish the fire or when advancing behind a water curtain.
7. Properly closes the nozzle when he has extinguished the fire or when he is not using the nozzle.
8. Performs all measure without causing unnecessary damage to the structure or the contents and without
injuring yourself or other crew members.
Resul
ts
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measures. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform the task
correctly. The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can
perform it correctly.
REFERENCE
SELECT, USE, AND MAINTAIN FIREFIGHTING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
051-249-1115
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a firefighting crew. You are directed to select and use structural, crash, or brush tools and
equipment at a fire scene. You are given a fully equipped and operational fire apparatus, protective clothing and
equipment, and all necessary firefighting tools and equipment.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Select the correct tools or equipment for the assigned task.
b. Use the tools or equipment for its intended purpose.
c. Use the tools or equipment without injuring yourself or other crew members or without damaging the tools or
equipment.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. The tools and equipment you use during firefighting operations are designed to accomplish many tasks, such as
prying open doors and windows, cutting holes in rooftops, combating and extinguishing fires, and rescuing victims.
2. Listed below are the tools and equipment available on the fire apparatus and their primary use:
a. Structural firefighting tools and equipment.
(1) Spanner wrench. Use this wrench to tighten and untighten hose couplings. The wrench comes in a
variety of sizes to accommodate hose line of all sizes. You can use the long tapered end to remove
door hinge pins or to pry open light objects. Some handles are designed to close gas cocks.
(2) Hydrant wrench. Use this wrench to open or close fire hydrants and to remove fire hydrant caps.
Hydrant wrenches may be fixed or adjustable. You can use these wrenches to tighten or untighten hose
coupling connections.
(3) Rubber mallet. Use this mallet to tighten the connection of the suction hose line to pumper intake
connections, which will enhance the pump's priming ability. You can also use the mallet to untighten
the suction hose-line from the pumper intake connections.
(4) Pike pole. This pole is one of the most versatile tools available on the fire apparatus. It is usually
available in 6-, 8-, or 12-foot lengths. You can use the pike pole to pull plaster and lath from a ceiling,
to open windows, to punch holes through subceilings for ventilation, and to separate burned or burning
material.
(5) Bolt cutters. These cutters are designed to cut any rod or bolt up to 5/8-inch diameter except
specially hardened bolts or rods.
WARNING
Do not use bolt cutters on any material carrying a live electrical load. You could be electrocuted.
(6) Pick-head ax. This ax is one of the most used tools during firefighting operations. Like the pike
pole, you can use the pickhead ax to pry open windows and doors, cut flooring or roofing material,
remove door hinge pins, smash windows, or pull lath and plaster.
(7) Door opener (claw tool). The design of this tool is a hook and bettering knob at one end and a claw
at the other end. The tool is very effective in prying doors and windows, removing door hinge pins, or
battering down a door. Use the claw end to remove nails or spikes. Do not use the tapered hook (tip)
for heavy prying.
CAUTION
The tapered hook is very sharp. Be very careful when working with it.
(8) Crowbar (wrecking bar). This tool is constructed of heavy steel with a long, round handle and a
tapered end. Use the crowbar primarily for heavy-duty prying. You can also use the crowbar to tear
away lath and plaster or the metal from composition roofs or ceilings.
(9) K-12 rescue saw. This saw is a multipurpose cutting tool that has three blades designed to cut
wood, hard plastics, metal, or concrete. The fuel tank has a special suction felt, so you can run the saw
dry.
(10)__‹@ Hose strap. This strap comes in a variety of sizes, but it is usually a 36-inch cloth or leather
strap with a handle on one end and a hook on the other end. The hose strap is useful in moving charged
hose line, anchoring hose line to stationary objects, or helping to hold a nozzle.
(11)__‹@ Solid stream nozzle. This nozzle consists of a playpipe, shut-off valve, and various sized
nozzle tips. The nozzle is designed to provide hose streams of large quantities or project the hose
stream over a long distance. With the shut-off valve, you can shut off the nozzle and change the tip
quickly without shutting off the water in the line. Hose streams from solid stream nozzles have very
little heat-absorbing capabilities and are seldom used inside a structure.
(12)__‹@ Adjustable fog nozzle. This nozzle is the most common and most used nozzle. It can be
adjusted from a straight stream to a full fog stream. One of its best features is its ability to absorb heat
rapidly. When used properly, you can reduce the amount of water damage. The only negative feature
of this nozzle is its limited reach and penetrating ability.
(13)__‹@ Hose clamp. These clamps come in various designs. They stop the water flow in a hose line.
When you apply or release the hose clamp, use a smooth steady motion.
(14)__‹@ Wye connection. The two types of wye connections are a plain (nongated) wye and a gated
wye. With a gated wye, you can charge or shut down one hose line at a time. The gated wye splits one
hose line into two hose lines. The wye is designed with one female thread (intake) and two male
threads (outlets).
(15)__‹@ Siamese. This connection is the opposite of a wye connection. The siamese receives two or
more lines (intake) and supplies a single line. The siamese has one male thread and two female threads
and comes with or without a clapper valve. With the clapper valve, you can hook up and charge one
line before you connect and charge a second line.
(16)__‹@ Double male or double female couplings. These couplings are designed with like threads on
opposite ends. The only purpose of the couplings is to connect two male or female hose sections
together.
(17)__‹@ Hose jacket. This jacket is a hollow, cylindrical, barrel-shaped device that opens lengthwise
by a set of hinges. The jacket is rubber-lined to provide a watertight seal. Use the jacket to stop a
leaking coupling or ruptured hose line and to prevent the shut down of a vital attack line.
CAUTION
Be very careful when attempting to apply a hose jacket to a ruptured hose line. Approach the ruptured hose
line from the opposite side of the leak. Lift the hose line and place the hose jacket under the hose line. Set the
hose line in the hose jacket. Use your foot to lower the top half of the hose jacket over the hose line. The
spring-loaded lock is easily locked and presents the least amount of danger to you.
b. Crash firefighting tools and equipment.
(1) Metal cutting saw. This saw is designed to cut light metal and rods. The saw consists of a blade and
handle. Use the saw as you would a conventional saw.
(2) Linesman pliers. These pliers are the same as electrician's pliers. Use linesman pliers to cut small
wires.
(3) Cable cutters. These cutters are not bolt cutters. Cable cutters have rubber insulated handles to
protect you from electrical shocks up to 20,000 volts. The jaws open and you can cut electrically
charged cables up to 3/8-inch diameter.
(4) V-blade rescue knife (harness cutter). This knife is designed with a handle on one end and encased
razor sharp blades that converge in a V on the other end. Use the blade to cut seat belts and harnesses.
Slide the seat belts or harness between the two blades and pull smoothly toward you.
(5) Hacksaw frame and blades. The hacksaw is designed with a handle and blade and is used as a
standard handsaw. You can use blades to cut light metal and rods.
(6) Dzus key (wrench). This key is designed so you can easily open and access various compartments
and panels on an aircraft.
(7) Crash ax. Use this ax to cut through the metal skin of an aircraft. The ax is designed with a short
insulated handle to protect you from electrical shock up to 20,000 volts. The blade end is shaped so
that the blade cannot stick or jam in the aircraft skin. Use a long stroke to make the initial cut into the
skin and then short strokes to complete the cutting operations.
(8) K-12 rescue saw. See 1a(9) of this task for the description and use of this saw.
(9) Wooden and rubber pegs. These pegs are flat at one end and are gradually tapered to a dull,
rounded point at the other end. Use these pegs to impede or stop the flow of fuel, hydraulic fluid, or
engine oil. Insert the plugs into the ruptured fuel or oil line or the damaged area and then drive the
plugs in until the flow stops.
c. Brush firefighting tools and equipment.
(1) Shovel. The shovel consists of a long, wooden handle with a metal spade tip (pan). Use the shovel
to uncover fire in roots, peat, or moss or to scoop and shovel dirt onto a burning grass fire.
(2) Brush hook. This hook consists of a long, wooden handle with a blade in the shape of a hook. You
can use this hook to cut down small trees. You should use this hook to cut and clear heavy brush,
bushes, or grass.
(3) Fire broom. This broom consists of a long, wooden handle with replaceable metal bristles on the
end. You can use this broom effectively to knock down grass and weed fuels, to retard the spread of
fire, and to beat out the flames in grass or weed fires.
(4) Water pack. This pack is designed to be mounted on the back, but you can hand carry the pack. The
water pack is hand pump operated and contains small quantities of water. You can use the water pack
to extinguish slow moving grass or brush fires and small spot fires. Because of the limited water
capacity, using a water pack is ineffective on fast moving or larger fires.
(5) Mattock. This is the best versatile, wildland firefighting hand tool. You can use the mattock to
chop, cut, clear, and dig. The tool consists of a medium-length wooden handle with an ax blade and
flat tip on one end. This is the best hand tool for constructing firebreaks and fire lines.
(6) Fire rake. This rake is the same as a regular garden rake. It has a long, wooden handle with metal
bristles on the end. You can use the rake to move dead leaves, grass, and weeds from a fire area.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with the items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to select the
best tool or equipment to accomplish any assigned task.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Resul
ts
1. Selects the correct structural firefighting tool or equipment to accomplish the task. Demonstrates proper use P
of the tool or equipment.
2. Selects the correct crash firefighting tool or equipment to accomplish the task. Demonstrates proper use of P
the tool or equipment.
3. Selects the correct brush firefighting tool or equipment to accomplish the task. Demonstrates proper use of P
the tool or equipment.
4. Performs the assigned task without damaging the tool or equipment from improper use.
P
5. Performs the task without injuring himself or other crew members.
P
F
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
REMOVE, CARRY, RAISE AND USE THE EXTENSION LADDER
051-249-1116
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a four-man, structural firefighting crew conducting firefighting operations at a fire scene. Your
crew has been assigned the task of employing the extension ladder for firefighting operations at a multistory
structure. You have been given a fully equipped 2500L or 530C fire apparatus, protective clothing, SCBA, fire
scene, and instructions to raise the ladder to the second floor.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Remove the ladder from the fire apparatus without damaging the ladder or injuring yourself or other crew
members.
b. Carry the ladder to where you will use it according to established safety rules.
c. Raise the ladder without damaging the ladder or the structure, injuring yourself or other crew members, or
contacting overhead obstructions.
d. Place the ladder the proper distance from the structure so you have the proper climbing angle. e. Secure the
ladder by locking the pawls and tying the halyard.
f. Climb the ladder according to established safety rules without injuring yourself or other crew members.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Removing the ladder.
a. Use the following procedures to remove the ladder from the 2500L (MACI):
(1) Position one man at each end of the ladder and one man at each ladder tie down.
CAUTION
Make sure that other equipment is out of the way and does not hinder you from removing the ladder. Also,
make sure that other personnel are clear of the area.
(2) Release the tie downs by grabbing the handles and pulling outward while rotating the handles to a
vertical position.
(3) Grab the ladder and pull it forward until it clears the ladder tie downs.
(4) Release the tie down handles and grab the ladder.
CAUTION
Lift and lower heavy equipment using your leg muscles not your back.
(5) Lower the ladder to the ground with the fly up.
b. Use the following procedures to remove the ladder from a 530-C:
(1) One firefighter mounts the truck and prepares to lift the head of the ladder.
(2) One firefighter stands on the ground at the rear of the apparatus, ready to guide the ladder to the
ground.
CAUTION
Make sure that other equipment is out of the way and does not hinder you from removing the ladder. Also,
make sure that other personnel are clear of the area. CAUTION: Lift and lower heavy equipment using your
leg muscles not your back.
(3) The firefighter at the head of the ladder lifts the top of the ladder and slides it toward the rear.
(4) The firefighter on the ground grabs the heel of the ladder as it clears the hose bed and guides it
toward the ground.
2. Carrying the ladder.
NOTE: Take the roof ladder off the extension ladder and place it in a safe place.
a. Four-man carry (35-foot ladder).
(1) Firefighters are positioned at each end and on each side of the ladder.
(2) All firefighters face the same direction and assume a kneeling position.
NOTE: The firefighters positioned at each end of the ladder should grab the same rung for even
lifting.
(3) Each firefighter reaches down and grabs a rung of the ladder with the hand closest to the ladder.
CAUTION
Lift and lower heavy equipment using your leg muscles not your back.
NOTE: To ensure that firefighters lift the ladder in unison, one firefighter should assume the
lead position. Generally, the firefighter at the left rear (when lifting) and right front (when
carrying) gives the commands to kneel, grab, and lift the ladder and the commands while
moving the ladder to the designated area. The leader is then responsible for the commands to
raise and secure the ladder.
(4) On the command "lift", the firefighters stand, raise the ladder straight up while rotating their bodies
180?, and place the ladder on the shoulder opposite the lifting hand.
(5) Firefighters carry the ladder to the designated area with the right front firefighter giving the
movement commands and acting as a safety guide.
(6) At the designated area, firefighters should place the ladder as close to the structure as possible.
(7) Firefighters lower the ladder with the right front firefighter facing the structure (heel of the ladder
toward the structure).
(8) Lower the ladder to the ground opposite the way you lifted it. Grab the rung with the hand opposite
the shoulder the ladder is resting on. On the command "lower", raise the ladder off your shoulder while
rotating your body 180?. As you lower the ladder to the ground, assume a kneeling position.
CAUTION
Lift and lower heavy equipment using your leg muscles not your back.
b. Two-man carry (24-foot ladder).
(1) One firefighter is positioned at each end of the ladder.
(2) Both firefighters face the same direction and assume a kneeling position.
(3) Both firefighters reach down and grab a rung of the ladder with the hand closest to the ladder.
NOTE: To ensure that firefighters lift the ladder in unison, one firefighter should assume the lead
position. Generally, the firefighter at the rear (when lifting) and front (when carrying) gives the
commands to kneel, grab and lift the ladder and the commands while moving the ladder to the
designated area. The leader is then responsible for the commands to raise and secure the ladder.
(4) On the command "lift", the firefighters stand, raise the ladder straight up while rotating their bodies
180?, and place their arm between two rungs and rest the rung on the shoulder opposite the lifting
hand.
(5) Firefighters carry the ladder to the designated area with the front firefighter giving the movement
commands and acting as a safety guide.
(6) At the designated area, firefighters should place the ladder as close to the structure as possible.
(7) Firefighters lower the ladder with the front firefighter facing the structure (heel of the ladder toward
the structure).
(8) Lower the ladder to the ground opposite the way you lifted it. Grab the rung with the hand opposite
the shoulder the ladder is resting on. On the command "lower", raise the ladder off your shoulder while
rotating your body 180?. As you lower the ladder to the ground, assume a kneeling position.
CAUTION
Lift and lower heavy equipment using your leg muscles not your back.
3. Raising the ladder.
a. Use the following procedures to raise a 35-foot extension ladder:
(1) Two firefighters are positioned at the heel to secure the ladder.
(2) Two firefighters are positioned at the top and on each side of the ladder to serve as the raisers.
(3) On the command "raise the ladder", the two firefighters at the top kneel down and grab the ladder
by the beam and raise the ladder upward. As the firefighters raise the ladder vertically, they position
themselves under the ladder.
(4) The two firefighters at the top of the ladder guide and steady the ladder, until it is perpendicular to
the ground.
(5) The two firefighters who raised the ladder now steady the front of the ladder, while the other
firefighters untie the halyard and prepare to raise the fly.
(6) The firefighters raise the fly to the desired height.
(7) They secure the ladder by locking the pawls and tying the halyard securely to a bottom rung on the
ladder.
(8) The firefighters move the ladder outward until they get the proper climbing angle. Use either of the
following methods to determine the correct climbing angle:
(a) Method
1. Divide the needed length by 5 and add
2. For example: (24 feet ? 5) + 2 = 6 feet
(b) Method 2. Divide the needed length by 4. For example: 35 feet ? 4 = 8 feet (rounded
down)
CAUTION
Regardless of which method you use to approximate the distance, place the heel from the building and
quickly check to verify that the climbing angle is correct. To verify the distance, stand on the ground with
your toes against the heel of the ladder. While standing straight up, extend your arms straight out. You
should be able to grab the rung immediately in front of you. You have a good climbing angle, if your hands
do not fall short or extend beyond the rung. WARNING: Once you have raised a ladder, be very careful if
you must move the ladder without lowering it. For a ladder raised under 20 feet, you can move the ladder
along the structure by grabbing the second and fifth rungs and by either sliding or carrying the ladder to the
new location. For ladders raised over 20 feet, roll the ladder to the new location. Stand on the side of the
ladder toward the direction you want to go. Reach across the ladder and grab the farthest beam. Pull that
beam up and towards you. Repeat this process until the ladder reaches the new location. Be very careful
when moving a raised ladder; it could topple over. Reposition the ladder the proper distance from the
structure and check the climbing angle.
b. Use the following procedures to raise the 24-foot extension ladder:
(1) The first firefighter is positioned at the heel to secure the ladder.
(2) The second firefighter is positioned at the top of the ladder to serve as the raiser.
(3) The second firefighter kneels down and grabs the ladder by the rungs and raises the ladder upward.
(4) The first firefighter guides and steadies the ladder until it is perpendicular to the ground.
(5) The second firefighter now steadies the front of the ladder, while the first firefighter unties the
halyard and prepares to raise the fly.
(6) The first firefighter raises the fly to the desired height.
(7) The first firefighter secures the ladder by locking the pawls and tying the halyard securely to a
bottom rung on the ladder.
(8) The firefighters move the ladder outward until they get the proper climbing angle. Use either of the
following methods to determine the correct climbing angle:
(a) Method
1. Divide the needed length by 5 and add
2. For example: (24 feet ? 5) + 2 = 6 feet
(b) Method 2. Divide the needed length by 4. For example: 35 feet ? 4 = 8 feet (rounded
down)
CAUTION
Regardless of which method you use to approximate the distance, place the heel from the building and
quickly check to verify that the climbing angle is correct. To verify the distance, stand on the ground with
your toes against the heel of the ladder. While standing straight up, extend your arms straight out. You
should be able to grab the rung immediately in front of you. You have a good climbing angle, if your hands
do not fall short or extend beyond the rung. WARNING: Once you have raised a ladder, be very careful if
you must move the ladder without lowering it. For a ladder raised under 20 feet, you can move the ladder
along the structure by grabbing the second and fifth rungs and by either sliding or carrying the ladder to the
new location. For ladders raised over 20 feet, roll the ladder to the new location. Stand on the side of the
ladder toward the direction you want to go. Reach across the ladder and grab the farthest beam. Pull that
beam up and towards you. Repeat this process until the ladder reaches the new location. Be very careful
when moving a raised ladder; it could topple over. Reposition the ladder the proper distance from the
structure and check the climbing angle.
4. Climbing the ladder. Use the following procedures to climb the ladder:
NOTE: Before climbing the ladder, make sure that the climbing angle is correct, that the pawls are locked, and the
halyard is securely fastened to the ladder.
a. Keep one hand in contact with the ladder at all times.
b. Keep your body upright with your eyes forward (Figure 1116-1).
c. Place your boot in the center of the rung to keep the ladder as steady as possible.
d. Climb the ladder using your legs not your hands.
e. Use the balls of your feet against the rung for better leverage.
CAUTION
When climbing the ladder during wet or icy conditions, you should place the arch of your boot against the
rung as an added safety measure. WARNING: As you climb the ladder, do not reach up for a rung. This
action will pull you into the ladder.
f. When performing firefighting operations on a ladder, you must lock into the ladder. Use the following
procedures to lock into a ladder:
(1) Stand with both feet on the same rung.
(2) Raise your leg opposite the side you want to work, upward two rungs and over the second rung.
(3) Pass your leg down one rung and wrap your leg around the rung or the beam (Figure 1116-2).
CAUTION
For safety and if time and conditions permit, anchor the ladder to the structure using a hose strap or rope.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier that he is a member of a firefighting crew assigned the task of removing the extension ladder
from the fire apparatus, carrying it to the location where they will use it, raising it to the proper height, and using the
ladder to perform firefighting operations.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Result
s
1. Removing the ladder.
P
a. Uses the following procedures to remove a ladder from the 2500L:
(1) Secures the ends of the ladder.
(2) Releases the ladder tie downs.
(3) Lowers the ladder to the ground.
b. Uses the following procedures to remove a ladder from the 530-C:
(1) Secures the top of the ladder.
(2) Guides the ladder off the fire apparatus.
(3) Lowers the ladder to the ground.
2. Carrying the ladder.
P
a. Uses the following procedures for a four-man carry:
(1) Positions himself at one end.
(2) On command, lifts the ladder and places it on his shoulder opposite the hand that he used to
lift the ladder.
(3) Carries ladder to where he will use it.
(4) Lowers ladder to the ground.
b. Two-man carry (24-foot ladder).
(1) One firefighter is positioned at each end of the ladder.
(2) Both firefighters face the same direction and assume a kneeling position.
(3) Both firefighters reach down and grab a rung of the ladder with the hand closest to the
ladder.
3. Raising the ladder.
P
a. Assumes one of the four positions.
b. Steadies the ladder while the ladder is being raised to a vertical position.
c. Raises the fly ladder to the desired height.
d. Locks the pawls on the fly ladder and ties the halyard to the bed ladder.
e. Determines the proper climbing angle.
4. Climbing the ladder.
P
a. Checks to ensure that the pawls are locked.
b. Checks to ensure that the halyard is securely fastened to the bed ladder.
c. Checks to ensure the ladder is the proper distance from the structure.
d. Keeps one hand on the ladder at all times while climbing or descending the ladder.
e. Keeps his body in an upright position with his eyes facing forward.
f. Places ball of foot or arch of boot in center of rung.
g. Locks into the ladder when performing firefighting operations from the ladder.
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
RESCUE A CONSCIOUS OR UNCONSCIOUS VICTIM FROM A MULTISTORY
STRUCTURE USING A LADDER
051-249-1117
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a structural firefighting crew at a multistory structure fire. You have been directed to rescue
victims from the upper levels of the structure using the extension ladder. You are given a multistory structure with a
fire, rope, extension ladder, protective clothing, SCBA, two assistant firefighters, and victims.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Rescue conscious and unconscious victims from the upper levels of the structure without injuring yourself,
other crew members, or the victims.
b. Conduct rescue operations according to established safety rules and procedures.
c. Perform rescue operations without damaging the structure or ladder.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
NOTE: When performing this type of rescue operation, three rescuers should be dedicated to the task. Two rescuers
should be inside the structure to help the victim on the ladder and one rescuer should be on the ladder to take the
victim down the ladder.
1. Position the ladder according to task 051-249-1116.
NOTE: The ladder should be positioned just below the windowsill.
2. Climb the ladder.
3. Perform rescue procedures on victims as follows:
a. A conscious victim.
(1) If available, two rescuers position themselves inside the structure to assist the victim on the ladder.
NOTE: If additional rescuers are not available, you should remain on the ladder, but step up to the
level and assist the victim onto the ladder.
(2) Position yourself on the ladder just below the level to receive the victim.
(3) Place your arms under the armpits of the victim and grab the beam (Figure 1117-1).
(4) Allow the victim to descend the ladder as you precede him.
(5) Reassure the victim as you descend.
CAUTION
Monitor the victim while descending the ladder. Be prepared to accommodate the victim's weight if he loses
consciousness.
b. A conscious victim who loses consciousness while descending the ladder.
(1) Press the victim into the ladder using your body.
(2) Raise one of your legs between the victim's legs and allow his body weight to rest on your knee.
(3) Move the victim's arms and legs outside of the beams.
(4) Descend the ladder by first lowering the leg that is not supporting the victim's weight. Then lower
the leg that is supporting the victim's weight.
(5) Grab the next lower rung.
NOTE: As you descend, make sure the victim's arms and legs do not get caught between the rungs.
c. An unconscious victim.
(1) The other firefighters pass the victim to you as you stand on the ladder.
(2) You can either lay the victim across your arms as you hold onto the rungs or you can use the
procedure as in 3b.
(3) You descend the ladder as the victim's weight rests on your arms.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier he is to rescue a victim from a multistory structure using a ladder without injuring himself or
the victim.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Positions the ladder just below the windowsill and according to task 051-249-1116.
2. Climbs the ladder.
3. Performs rescue procedures on victims as follows:
a. A conscious victim.
(1) Waits until two rescuers position themselves inside the structure to help the victim on the
ladder.
(2) Positions himself on the ladder just below the level to receive the victim.
(3) Places his arms under the armpits of the victim and grabs the beam. (3) Allows the victim to
descend the ladder as he precedes him.
(4) Reassures the victim as they descend.
(5) Monitors the victim for consciousness.
b. A conscious victim who loses consciousness while descending the ladder.
(1) Presses the victim into the ladder using his own body.
(2) Raises one of his legs between the victim's legs and lets the victim's body weight rest on his
knee.
(3) Moves the victim's arms and legs outside the beams.
(4) Descends the ladder by first lowering the leg that is not supporting the victim's weight and
then lowering the leg that is supporting the victim's weight.
(5) Grabs the next lower rung and continues down the ladder.
c. An unconscious victim.
(1) Waits until two rescuers position themselves inside the structure so they can place the victim
on the ladder.
(2) Positions himself on the ladder just below the level to receive the victim.
(3) Receives the victim as he is passed to him.
(4) Either lays the victim across his arms as he holds the rungs or lowers the victim according to
3b.
(5) Descends the ladder as the victim's weight rests on his arms.
4. Rescues the victim without injuring himself or the victim.
Resu
lts
P F
P F
P F
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier Go if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
CONDUCT VENTILATION PROCEDURES
051-249-1118
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a structural firefighting crew at a fire scene. You have been assigned to ventilate the structure
to relieve the smoke, heat, and gases. You are given a fully equipped and operational fire apparatus, all necessary
firefighting tools and equipment, hose line with nozzle, protective clothing and equipment, SCBA, rope, ladders,
two additional firefighters, and the requirement to horizontally (cross) or vertically ventilate the structure.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Determine, when required, the correct ventilation method (horizontal or vertical) and the correct location for
the opening.
b. Properly ventilate the structure according to established safety procedures and without injuring yourself or
other crew members.
c. Properly ventilate the structure without causing unnecessary damage to the structure.
d. Properly ventilate the structure without damaging firefighting tools or equipment.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
NOTE: The crew chief or senior fire official on the scene usually decides how and where to ventilate. However, you
may have to make this decision. You must know and understand the factors that affect the decision to ventilate.
1. Apply the factors listed below and determine whether to perform horizontal or vertical ventilation, unless
otherwise directed. Determine where to make the opening.
a. Location of the fire within the structure. If possible, determine the location of the fire. Ventilating the fourth
floor could be useless when the fire is confined to a room on the second floor.
b. Extent of the fire. The type of fuel and burning time will affect how far or fast the fire has progressed.
Determining the fire phase will provide you information for deciding whether to ventilate horizontally or
vertically. Also, determining the fire phase will provide insight into the possibility of a back draft.
c. Time of day and building occupancy. A fire in an office building at 0300 hours usually does not present
significant life hazards. You can be more deliberate in your evaluation. However, the need to ventilate is more
urgent when you respond to a fire in the barracks at 0300 hours because of the high life-loss potential.
NOTE: Rescue and extinguishment are the two most important facets of structural firefighting. Both depend on
ventilation for success. Often firefighters cannot enter a structure because of the intense heat and dense smoke.
Ventilation provides more favorable and safer conditions for firefighters to conduct extinguishment and rescue
operations. Ventilation also enhances the survival potential of the occupants and reduces the damage to the
structure.
d. Wind direction. Perform horizontal ventilation first from the leeward side and then the windward side. When
performing vertical ventilation, the wind should be at your back. (Wind direction will also indicate potential
exposure hazards.)
e. Structure layout. Focus on open stairways, corridors and rooms. A ventilation opening in the wrong location
can cause the fire to spread through open areas to areas that might not have been involved in the fire. For
instance, a fire on the first floor is carried to the third floor because the building is vertically ventilated. In this
instance, the intense heat and hot smoke rises and pulls the fire into the structure.
f. Structural age and type of construction materials. This information enables you to determine the difficulty of
ventilating the structure and how best to safely conduct vertical ventilation operations.
g. Exterior exposures. The escaping heat and hot smoke and gases could cause adjacent buildings to catch fire.
The occupants in adjacent buildings could be in danger.
h. Existing openings. These openings include rooftop skylights, and exhaust ventilators. Depending on the
location, these openings could provide the ventilation you need. Your efforts will be greatly reduced and you
can ventilate more quickly.
i. Evidence of a back draft. You must take extra precautions if back draft conditions exists. Improper ventilation
when back draft conditions are present, usually results in an explosion.
j. Roof type or pitch. The degree of pitch indicates the difficulty of conducting vertical ventilation and the time
involved to ventilate. The steeper the pitch, the easier the ventilation process. The flatter the pitch, the more
difficult the ventilation process.
2. Perform horizontal ventilation (Figure 1118-1). This method is most effective if the heat and smoke have been
confined to one floor or a few floors of a structure. Horizontal ventilation is a much faster method and, depending on
the wind, is much more effective and less expensive than vertical ventilation.
NOTE: If possible, start horizontal ventilation at the fire floor and move upward. The greatest concentration of heat,
smoke, and gases will be on the fire floor and upper floors because of the convection cycle. As air is heated it rises.
The cooler air recirculates back to the lower levels and is heated. This cycle continues as long as the fire burns
freely.
a. Wear full protective clothing and an SCBA.
b. Try to open a door or window normally on the leeward side as close as possible to the fire. If you cannot, use
forcible-entry tools to open the window or door on the leeward side as close as possible to the fire.
NOTE: If you make the opening close to the main fire area (seat), you must have a pre-positioned, charged
hose line for immediate attack on the fire and and for protection of the firefighters ventilating the structure.
Whenever possible, you should always have a charged hose line by the ventilation opening.
c. Stand to one side of a window on the leeward side and open the top half of the window. Open as many
windows as necessary to facilitate removal of the smoke and gas.
NOTE: The leeward side of the building is the nonwind side. When you open windows on the leeward side, the
hot smoke and gases escape because there is no wind to blow the hot smoke and gases back in.
d. After the hot smoke and gases escape, open the bottom half of windows on the windward side of the building.
WARNING
Always open the windward side after you have opened the leeward side. If you do not, a violent explosion can
occur.
e. Use smoke ejectors to help remove the heat, smoke and gasses from the structure, if time, situation and
manpower permit.
CAUTION
If you use mechanical smoke ejectors, remove all curtains, drapes, shades, and blinds from around the
window opening. These objects could reduce the effectiveness of the smoke ejector and could get drawn into
the smoke ejector and damage it.
f. Proceed to the next floor, if necessary, and continue horizontal ventilation.
3. Performs vertical ventilation (Figure 1118-2). This method is most effective if the heat, smoke, and gases have
completely filled the structure. Vertical ventilation is more difficult than horizontal ventilation and repair costs are
usually higher.
NOTE: Make vertical ventilation openings directly over the fire seat or as close as possible to the seat. Doing so
helps prevent the heat and smoke from being drawn into areas that would not have been involved in the fire, had you
not ventilated in that area.
a. Position and secure a ladder according to task 051-249-1116.
CAUTION
Whenever you perform vertical ventilation, you must have a charged hose line manned and positioned in an
area that will provide you the most protection. This hose line may also be used to help remove the heat and
smoke by directing the hose stream across the opening after you make the opening. However, the hose
stream should never be discharged directly into the opening. This would force the heat and smoke downward
inside the structure.
b. Tie a lifeline to yourself.
WARNING
If the rooftop is pitched or arched, a roof ladder must be laid on the roof and, when possible, secured to the
rooftop. A firefighter will have better footing support when he climbs on the roof or when he is making an
opening, if he is standing on the ladder. Never operate on a pitched or arched roof unless you use a roof
ladder.
c. If a hose line is available, make sure it is manned and positioned on the roof before you proceed.
d. Check the condition of the roof supports. Make sure that they have not been burned away or are so weak that
they may collapse under your weight.
WARNING
If the roof sags under your weight or feels spongy, do not go out on the roof. These conditions are strong
indicators that the roof supports have been severely weakened and are likely to collapse under your weight.
e. Plan an escape route from the roof. If you feel the roof shift or sag while you are on the roof, get off
immediately.
f. Use natural roof openings if they can provide the degree of ventilation necessary and are in the proper
location.
g. Step on the roof and locate the cut area. Whenever possible, make the opening directly over the fire seat.
h. Use the following factors when determining where to make the cut (Figure 1118-2):
(1) Location of the fire.
(2) Highest point of the roof.
(3) Direction of the wind.
(4) Existing exposures (property and life).
(5) Extent of the fire.
(6) Obstructions.
(7) Your safety.
i. Locate roof supports by sounding with the ax head.
NOTE: When you drop the ax head between joists the ax will noticeably bounce and you will hear a
hollow sound. When you drop the ax head on or near a joist, the ax will have little bounce and you will
hear a solid sound.
j. Mark off the cut area by scratching a line on the roof surface with the pick head of an axe.
NOTE: The cut area should be a 4-foot by 4-foot area to provide adequate ventilation and to facilitate
repairs after the fire.
k. Remove the built-up roofing material (felt paper, metal, shingles) by precutting the material with the ax
blade and pulling the material up and away using the pick head of the ax.
l. Cut the wood decking at a 60-degree angle, diagonally, along the sides of the joists using short, chopping
strokes.
WARNING
Never cut through the joists. You could seriously weaken the roof and the roof could collapse under your
weight.
m. Make the cut toward the center of the opening while keeping the wind at your back.
n. Pry up the roof boards with the pick end of the ax after making all the cuts.
o. Push the blunt end of a pike pole through the roof opening to open the ceiling below.
p. Remove all tools and equipment from the rooftop when you complete the opening.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the factors he should consider when determining the type of ventilation to
perform and where to ventilate. Tell him to ventilate the structure according to the governing factors and to facilitate
horizontal ventilation using a mechanical smoke ejector.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Identifies factors he must consider when determining where to ventilate and the type of ventilation to
P F
conduct, when required.
2. Performs horizontal ventilation using the following procedures:
P F
a. Wears full protective clothing and SCBA.
b. Tries to manually open windows before using forcible-entry techniques.
c. Stands along side a window with the wind at his back when opening or forcing the window.
d. Opens the top half of a window on the leeward side first and then the bottom half of the window on the
windward side.
e. Uses mechanical smoke ejectors to facilitate ventilation, when time, manpower and situation permit.
f. Proceeds to the next floor, as required.
3. Provides vertical ventilation.
P F
a. Positions, secures and climbs an extension ladder.
b. Ties a lifeline to himself.
c. Makes sure that a nozzleman, if available, with a hose line is in position.
d. Checks the roof supports before stepping on the roof.
e. Plans an escape route off the roof.
f. Uses natural roof openings, when possible.
g. Steps on the roof and locates the cut area.
h. Applies the following factors when determining where to make the cut or the suitability of natural roof
openings:
(1) Location of the fire.
(2) Highest point of the roof.
(3) Direction of the wind.
(4) Existing exposures.
(5) Extent of the fire.
(6) Obstructions (horizontal or overhead).
(7) His own safety.
i. Locates roof supports by sounding with the ax head.
j. Marks off the cut area using the pick end of the ax. The area should be approximately 4-feet by 4feet.
k. Removes the built-up roofing material by pre-cutting it and prying it away using the pick end of the
axe.
l. Cuts the wood decking, diagonally, at a 60-degree angle along the sides of the joists.
m. Makes the cut toward the center of the opening while keeping the wind at his back.
n. Pries up the roof boards using the pick end of the axe, after making all cuts.
o. Pushes the blunt end of the pike pole through the roof opening to open the ceiling below.
p. Removes all tools and equipment from the rooftop when he completes the ventilation opening.
4. Performs horizontal or vertical ventilation without injuring himself or other crew members, without causing P F
unnecessary damage to the structure, and without damaging firefighting tools or equipment.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
SEARCH FOR VICTIMS IN A STRUCTURE
051-249-1119
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a structural firefighting crew at a fire scene. The crew chief has assigned you the task of
searching for possible victims in the structure. You are given a structural fire scene, protective clothing and
equipment, SCBA with spare air bottles, rope, fully equipped and operational fire apparatus, and forcible-entry
tools.
STANDARDS
You will conduct a primary and secondary search of the structure according to established safety rules and without
injuring yourself, other crew members, or any victims located in the structure.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Don your SCBA.
NOTE: Make sure you are wearing all of your protective clothing and that your air bottle is full.
2. Make sure that ventilation has been completed and the firefighting effort has begun, before you enter the
structure.
CAUTION
Firefighters who conduct search-and-rescue operations should not be permitted to enter the structure until
ventilation has been completed and the firefighting effort has begun. However, search and rescue operations
should not be unreasonably delayed to attain ideal conditions for search and rescue. The crew chief or
rescuemen must determine when it is reasonably safe to enter the structure.
3. Gain entry to the structure using forcible-entry methods, if necessary.
NOTE: If search and rescue is in a fire involved structure, start searching on the fire floor because this area is the
most dangerous to victims.
4. Enter the structure and start a primary search.
NOTE: The main objective of a primary search is to rescue the victims you can easily find. Rescuers must cover the
entire fire area quickly. Time is the most critical factor when conducting a primary search. Rescue the victims you
can see and hear.
a. Start on the fire floor, as close as possible to the fire.
b. Proceed to the floor above the fire, after searching the fire floor.
NOTE: Search on your hands and knees if you cannot readily see the search area. A good rule of thumb is: if
you cannot see your feet while you are standing, search on your hands and knees until visibility improves.
5. Search in one direction and maintain contact with a wall.
NOTE: If you do not maintain contact with a wall, you could become disoriented and lose sense of your direction.
Maintaining contact helps you search unfamiliar areas quickly, identify areas that have been searched, locate doors
and windows for possible ventilation, and keep a sense of direction.
6. Search the entire room, area, or floor. Be especially alert in areas where you might find victims. Areas include the
following:
a. Under or on top of beds.
b. Inside closets or storage rooms.
c. In bathroom tub or shower stall.
d. Inside children's toy chest.
e. Behind or on furniture.
f. Under tables or behind curtains.
g. Immediately around doors and windows.
NOTE: Periodically, pause and listen for cries for help, coughing, or other sounds.
7. As you locate victims, remove them to the outside area. Make sure medical personnel or other firefighters are
present to take care of the victims before you leave.
NOTE: Search the entire structure using the above procedures. Later, a more deliberate search, emphasizing
thoroughness and accountability, is conducted.
8. Conduct a secondary search.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier to conduct a primary search of the structure and to locate victims and remove them to the
outside area.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Ensures his air bottle is full.
2. Dons his SCBA.
3. Before entering the structure, ensures that ventilation has been completed and the firefighting effort has
begun.
4. Gains entry to the structure, using forcible-entry methods, if necessary.
5. Enters the structure and begins a primary search.
a. Starts on the fire floor as close as possible to the fire.
b. Proceeds to the floor above the fire after searching the fire floor.
c. Conducts the search on his hands and knees, unless he can see the area he is searching.
6. Searches in one direction and maintains contact with a wall.
7. Searches the entire room, area or floor with emphasis on the following areas:
a. Under or on top of beds.
b. Inside closets or storage rooms.
c. In bathroom tub or shower stall.
d. Inside children's toy chest.
e. Behind or on furniture.
f. Under tables or behind curtains.
g. Immediately around doors and windows.
8. As he locates victims, removes them to the outside area. Makes sure medical personnel or other firefighters
take care of the victims.
9. Conducts a secondary search.
Resul
ts
P F
P F
P F
P F
P F
P F
P F
P F
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
PROTECT AND PRESERVE EVIDENCE AT A FIRE SCENE
051-249-1120
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a structural firefighting crew at the scene of a structural fire. You are required to protect and
preserve any evidence found at the fire scene. You are given a fire scene, paper, pen, pencil, tape, camera, rope,
protective clothing and equipment, containers, salvage covers, SCBA, hose line with nozzle, and a fully equipped,
operational, and manned fire apparatus.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify evidence at the fire scene that may have caused the fire.
b. Take appropriate measures to protect the evidence.
c. Properly identify any evidence that cannot be left in place at the fire scene, move the evidence to a safe
location, and safeguard the evidence.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Identifying evidence. Identify any evidence that could help determine the cause of the fire or possible arson.
Evidence that points to possible arson includes the following:
a. Gasoline cans or containers of other flammable liquids.
b. Matches or a lighter found at the main fire area.
c. Rearrangement of furniture in the main fire area.
d. Doors that lead to the outside area or the main fire area are propped open.
e. Fires inside the structure occurring in several different locations at the same time.
f. Odor of flammable liquids in unusual places.
g. Film or cotton trails.
h. Unusual smoke colors for the type of material burning.
2. Protecting and preserving evidence. Properly safeguard any evidence identified as contributing to the start of the
fire, including evidence of arson.
a. During extinguishment and overhaul, you could uncover evidence that indicates the cause or start of the fire.
You must protect and preserve this evidence to help determine the cause of the fire. Use the following measures
to help protect the evidence:
(1) Do not touch or disturb the evidence, unless absolutely necessary. Keep it where you found it.
(2) Identify any evidence you cannot leave at the scene. Remove the evidence to a safe location and
safeguard it.
NOTE: Any evidence you remove from the fire scene must be thoroughly documented with the name
of whomever has or had possession of the evidence.
(3) Avoid trampling over possible arson evidence while fighting a fire.
(4) Be careful to not destroy evidence while extinguishing the fire. Hose streams improperly applied to
extinguish the fire can destroy valuable evidence. Determining the cause of the fire could be extremely
difficult or impossible.
b. If not properly guarded, possible evidence could be useless. The fire investigator has a better chance of
determining the cause of a fire with untouched and undisturbed evidence. Unless absolutely necessary, do
not touch or move evidence. Take the following measures to protect evidence:
(1) Rope off the area to keep personnel away from the area.
(2) Post guards, if necessary, to prevent tampering with the evidence.
(3) Lock or secure a room or structure where the evidence is located.
c. Identify and remove the evidence. If you cannot leave the evidence at the fire scene, take the following
measures to properly remove the evidence:
(1) Take pictures of the evidence the way you found it.
(2) Place the evidence in a container or other suitable device so the evidence will not be damaged.
(3) Put paper ash between two sections of glass.
(4) Properly label all containers containing evidence and annotate the following information on each
label:
(a) Date the material was found.
(b) Time the material was found.
(c) Place the material was found.
(d) Initials of the person who found the evidence.
(e) Initials of the person who removed the evidence.
(5) Place the material in a safe location and lock it up.
(6) Maintain a record of all personnel who had or have possession of any evidence removed from
the fire scene.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify possible evidence of suspicious fire origins, to outline procedures to protect the
evidence, and to properly remove and safeguard the evidence.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Resu
lts
1. Identifies any evidence that could help determine the cause of the fire or possible arson.
P
2. Identifies evidence that points to possible arson, to include the following:
P
a. Gasoline cans or containers of other flammable liquids.
b. Matches or a lighter found at the main fire area.
c. Rearrangement of furniture in the main fire area.
d. Doors that lead to the outside area or the main fire area are propped open.
e. Fires inside the structure occurring in several different locations at the same time.
f. Odor of flammable liquids in unusual places.
g. Film or cotton trails.
h. Unusual smoke colors for the type of material burning.
3. Protects and preserves any evidence that has been determined as contributing to the start of the fire. Uses the P
following measures to help protect the evidence:
a. Keeps the evidence, if at all possible, where he found it.
b. Does not touch or disturb the evidence unless absolutely necessary.
c. Avoids trampling over possible arson evidence during extinguishment, salvage, and overhaul.
d. Does not destroy evidence by improperly applying hose streams while extinguishing the fire.
e. Ropes off the area to keep personnel away from the area.
f. Post guards, if necessary, to prevent tampering with the evidence.
g. Locks or secures a room or structure where the evidence is located.
4. Properly identifies the evidence. Moves the evidence to a safe location, when it cannot be left or safeguarded P
at the fire scene.
a. Avoids trampling over possible arson evidence while removing the evidence.
b. Takes pictures of the evidence before removing the evidence.
c. Carefully removes the evidence and places it in a clean, sealable container.
d. Puts paper ash between two sections of glass.
e. Properly labels all containers containing evidence and annotates the following information on each
label:
(1) Date the material was found.
(2) Time the material was found.
(3) Place the material was found.
(4) Initials of the person who found the evidence.
(5) Initials of the person who removed the evidence.
f. Removes the material, places it in a safe location, and locks it up.
g. Maintains a record of all personnel who had possession of any evidence.
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and perform the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
CONDUCT SALVAGE OPERATIONS
051-249-1121
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a structural firefighting crew tasked to salvage building contents and decrease the degree of
smoke and water damage to a structure. You are given a fully equipped and operational fire apparatus, all necessary
firefighting tools and equipment, smoke ejector, hose line with nozzle, protective clothing and equipment, SCBA,
salvage covers, rope, and a fire scene.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Reduce the degree of smoke damage by providing mechanical or hose-stream forced ventilation.
b. Protect the building contents from smoke and water damage by either using salvage covers or by moving the
contents to another location.
c. Reduce water damage by constructing drain chutes or catch basins.
d. Perform salvage operations without causing further damage to the structure or structure contents and without
injuring yourself or other crew members.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Determine where inside the structure your efforts will be the most valuable by considering the following factors:
a. Location of the fire.
b. Present extent of smoke and water damage.
c. Size and quantity of contents.
d. Available manpower.
e. Available salvage covers, smoke ejectors, sawdust, and pallets.
f. Value of the contents.
g. Location of the contents.
2. If possible, provide forced ventilation at locations where damage from the smoke and heat are the greatest.
WARNING
Be very careful when ventilating a structure or room to reduce smoke and heat damage. If you ventilate
improperly, you could cause heated smoke and gases to be drawn through the structure; you could interfere
with natural ventilation; and you could interfere with any ventilation openings already made.
a. Mechanical ventilation. Position the smoke ejector at the highest point possible of an outside opening on the
leeward side of the structure.
CAUTION
Remove all objects (curtains, clothing, or draperies) that could be drawn into the smoke ejector away from
the smoke ejector.
b. Hose stream ventilation. For best results, use a fog nozzle at a 45- to 60-degree angle and two feet from the
opening where you want to expel the smoke. The hose stream should cover about 85 to 90 percent of the
opening.
CAUTION
Hose-stream ventilation can cause additional water damage to the structure. Use this type of ventilation only
when removing heat and smoke from the structure is more important than the increased amount of water
damage.
3. Move contents to an outside area, if possible.
4. If you cannot move the contents outside, place the contents in a pile, stacking the items by degree of value and
vulnerability to water damage.
5. Cover the contents with a salvage cover. Use the following methods to employ a salvage cover:
a. One-man method.
(1) Pick up the folded cover and place it over either forearm.
(2) Firmly grab the bottom fold of the salvage cover with the hand of the forearm where the salvage
cover is resting.
(3) Reach in between the salvage cover and your body and grab (thumbs down) the top three folds.
(4) Swing the hand that is holding the top three folds up and over your shoulder and throw the cover as
you would a shot-put. The cover should pay out straight.
(5) Unroll the cover and tuck the edges in at the bottom.
b. Counter-payoff method (Figure 1121-1):
(1) One firefighter holds the salvage cover in his arms and extends his arms forward.
(2) The second firefighter grabs the top fold of the salvage cover and walks backwards.
(3) Both firefighters place the cover over the items they want protected after opening and extend the
salvage cover.
(4) Both firefighters tuck in the edges at the bottom.
6. Construct a stairway drain, window chute drain, or catch basin. Determine where the water is flowing and use the
following methods to hold or channel the water.
a. Stairway drain. Use this drain to channel water down stairways to the outside area (Figure 1121-2).
(1) Place the first salvage cover from the midpoint of the stairway downward over the bottom half of
the stairway (Step 1).
(2) Place the second salvage cover from the top of the stairway downward toward the top of the first
salvage cover (Step 2).
(3) Make sure the top salvage cover overlaps the bottom salvage cover by at least one foot.
(4) Roll the edges in toward the middle of the stairway.
b. Window chute drain. Use this drain to channel water out of a window to the outside area (Figure 11213).
(1) Open the salvage cover and attach rope through the grommets.
(2) Attach the rope to a stationary object or portion of the structure near the window opening.
(3) Raise the other end of the salvage cover by erecting a pike pole or ladder stand for the cover to rest
on or use the rope and attach the cover to a stationary object or portion of the structure.
(4) Make sure the end of the salvage cover extends through the window opening.
c. Catch basin (deep). Use this basin to catch large quantities of water leaking through a ceiling when you
cannot channel the water to an outside area (Figure 1121-4).
(1) Place some building contents, such as tables, desks, furniture, or boxes, in a circle or square under
the leak.
(2) Drape the salvage cover over the items and fasten the edge of the cover to the furniture, floor, or
building contents.
(3) Make sure the bottom of the salvage cover is touching the floor.
(4) Remove the water to an outside area after the fire is controlled.
d. Catch basin (shallow). Use this basin to catch small quantities of water leaking through a ceiling when
you cannot channel the water to an outside area.
(1) Open the salvage cover and place it under the leak.
(2) Roll all four edges of the salvage cover toward the center.
NOTE: The shallow catch basin is only a temporary measure because it cannot hold much water.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier to employ the smoke ejector in a location that will not impede natural or existing ventilation
openings. Tell him to salvage building contents by moving or covering them or constructing drains or chutes.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Considers certain factors to determine where to direct salvage efforts.
2. Performs mechanical or hose-stream ventilation, as required.
3. Moves the contents to an outside area, if possible.
4. Places the contents in a pile stacking the items by degree of value and vulnerability to water damage.
5. Covers the contents with a salvage cover using the one-man employment method. OR
6. Covers the contents with a salvage cover using the counter-payoff method.
7. Constructs any of the following, when necessary, to reduce the extent of water damage to the structure and
contents:
a. Stairway drain.
b. Window chute.
c. Catch basin (deep).
Result
s
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
d. Catch basin (shallow).
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
CONDUCT OVERHAUL OPERATIONS
051-249-1122
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a structural firefighting crew tasked to overhaul a structure to ensure that the fire has been
completely extinguished. You are given a fire scene, protective clothing and equipment, SCBA, fully equipped and
operational fire apparatus, necessary firefighting tools and equipment, rope, salvage covers, smoke ejector, and hose
line with nozzle.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Check the structure for signs of instability or evidence of severe weakening before conducting overhaul
procedures. Report any findings to the crew chief.
b. Check the entire structure and make sure that the fire has been completely extinguished.
c. Make the structure as safe as possible for personnel who are operating inside the structure.
d. Clean up the structure by removing water, debris, and burned material to the outside area.
e. Secure the structure by boarding up doors and windows, as necessary.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Identify factors that affect the stability of a fire involved structure and factors you must consider when conducting
overhaul operations.
NOTE: The crew chief or senior fire official at the scene usually determines if the structure is safe for conducting
overhaul operations. He bases his decision partially on information you provide him. Your knowledge of these
factors is also essential as a safety measure for yourself and other personnel entering the structure.
a. Fire intensity. Factors such as how long the fire burned and the type of materials involved contribute can
weaken the entire structure. The intense heat generated by a fire can severely affect the structural integrity even
if surface damage is not readily apparent.
b. Water weight and amount. One gallon of water weighs 8.34 pounds. The excess weight of the water and the
stress it places on the floors and walls is a key factor when determining structural integrity.
c. Material weight. Materials involved in the fire or near the main fire area that readily absorb water can
contribute to the load (weight) stress placed on the structural members. These materials could weigh as much as
three times their normal weight.
d. Structural exposures. Walls, ceilings, and floors close to the main fire area are usually severely weakened by
the intense heat and direct flame. The added water weight from extinguishing operations places stress on these
members and could cause imminent collapse of the entire structure.
e. Structural damage. Forcible entry, ventilation, or access to the fire area can damage the structure. Inspect
these areas to determine if the cuts affected the structural stability.
CAUTION
Be very careful when you inspect cut areas. Your weight around the cut areas could cause the structure to
collapse.
2. Identify conditions that would indicate the potential collapse of a structure.
a. Cracks in load-bearing concrete walls.
b. Structure leaning to one side.
c. Roof, ceiling, or floor sagging.
d. Noise.
e. Floor moves as you apply your weight.
f. Large cracks or severely charred and burned interior walls.
g. Separation of the floor from the wall.
h. Separation of stairs from the top sill.
WARNING
Do not enter any structure believed to be structural unstable. Section off the area and leave a firefighting
crew to contain any fire that may rekindle. This method should not jeopardize the lives of the firefighting
crew.
3. Conduct overhaul procedures. Start overhaul procedures once the crew chief determines it is safe to do so. You
must systematically inspect the entire structure for possible concealed fires in the main fire area or for fires that may
have been transmitted to other areas by convection, radiation or conduction.
a. Make sure the building utilities (electricity and gas) have been shut off or disconnected.
b. Check the following areas of the structure and contents:
WARNING
During interior overhaul, you should continue to wear your SCBA. Poisonous and toxic properties still exist
in the air. If a fire is still burning, these properties are still being produced. Death or injury can occur if you
breathe sufficient quantities of these gases.
(1) Concealed spaces between floor joists, ceiling beams, false or hanging ceilings, and walls and
partitions.
(2) Window or door casings.
(3) Light and air shafts, chutes, or vertical shafts (elevators).
(4) Pipe and wire recesses.
(5) Textiles, such as sofas, mattresses, or clothing.
(6) Piles, such as newspapers, boxes, or rags.
(7) Charred lumber for deep-seated heat and sparks.
(8) Adjacent rooms to the main fire area including the basement or attic.
c. Check the structure for the following:
(1) Hot spots. As you move through the structure, run the back of your hand along suspected surfaces
(floors, walls, or ceilings).
NOTE: If a surface feels overly warm to the touch or is unexplainably blackened, open it up and
investigate.
(2) Glowing embers or visible flame.
(3) Smoke escaping from concealed spaces.
d. Investigate an area if you suspect a hidden fire by doing the following:
(1) Locate the stud, rafter, or joist.
(2) Cut a small hole adjacent to the stud, rafter, or joist and inspect the area.
(3) If necessary, cut additional holes to determine if the area is free of fire.
(4) Make additional cuts to reach the seat of a fire if you locate a smoldering or free burning fire.
e. Extinguish the fire.
CAUTION
Always be extremely careful when handling burned materials. You may find poisonous, corrosive, or
explosives substances, containers or materials.
(1) Remove textile and paper products to the outside area and immerse the product in water.
NOTE: Add a wetting agent to the water to help the water penetrate the textile or paper material and
extinguish deep-seated fires. The wetting agent is also very effective in circumventing the normal
resistance charcoal has against water by allowing the water to penetrate into the wood.
(2) Move the wood used for flooring and walls and the wood that is in some of the contents of the
structure to an outside area, when possible.
WARNING
Removing floor or wall members can severely weaken a structure. Be very careful when determining
whether or not to remove the members.
f. Ensure building safety. When the fire has been completely extinguished, you must make sure that the
structure is safe for the personnel (fire inspector, firefighters) who must remain in the structure. These
safety measures include the following:
(1) Boarding up holes in floors or walls.
(2) Bracing load-bearing structural members damaged by the fire.
(3) Pulling down ceilings that have been weakened by the fire or water and appear ready to collapse.
(4) Blocking off approaches to weakened stairways or open elevator shafts.
(5) Pulling down severely weakened walls or blocking off the wall areas.
g. Clean up the structure.
(1) Remove debris to the outside area.
(2) Absorb any standing water using absorbent materials. Take the materials to the outside area.
(3) Separate burned and unburned material and place the unburned material in a safe area.
h. Secure the structure.
(1) Place boards over doors and windows that were destroyed by the fire. Secure the boards to the
structure.
(2) Cover the holes in the roof by nailing boards over the holes.
(3) Fasten a hasp and lock to doors or windows you forced open and cannot secure with the installed
door locks or window locks.
NOTE: The facility engineers usually help secure the structure. They supply the necessary materials
and manpower to secure the structure. If security guards are required, the military police usually
provide this support.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify factors that lead to structural instability and to cite indicators that identify the
possibility of structure collapse. The soldier is to conduct overhaul procedures by locating and extinguishing any
remaining fire and to clean up and secure the structure.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Resul
ts
1. Identifies factors that affect the stability of a fire-involved structure and factors he must consider when
P F
conducting overhaul operations.
a. Fire intensity. How long the fire burned and the type of materials involved.
b. Water weight and amount. How much water was used to extinguish the fire.
c. Material weight. Materials involved in the fire or near the main fire area that readily absorb water.
d. Structural exposures. Walls, ceilings, and floors close to the main fire area.
e. Structural damage. Forcible entry, ventilation, or access to the fire area can damage the structure.
2. Identifies conditions that would indicate the potential collapse of a structure.
P F
a. Cracks in load-bearing concrete walls.
b. Structure leaning to one side.
c. Roof, ceiling, or floor sagging.
d. Noise.
e. Floor moves as he applies his weight.
f. Large cracks or severely charred and burned interior walls.
g. Separation of the floor from the wall.
h. Separation of stairs from the top sill.
3. Conducts overhaul procedures.
P F
a. Makes sure the building utilities (electricity and gas) have been shut off or disconnected.
b. Checks the following areas of the structure and contents:
(1) Concealed spaces between floor joists, ceiling beams, false or hanging ceilings, and walls and
partitions.
(2) Window or door casings.
(3) Light and air shafts, chutes, or vertical shafts (elevators).
(4) Pipe and wire recesses.
(5) Textiles, such as sofas, mattresses, or clothing.
(6) Piles, such as newspapers, boxes, or rags.
(7) Charred lumber for deep-seated heat and sparks.
(8) Adjacent rooms to the main fire area including the basement or attic.
c. Checks the structure for the following:
(1) Hot spots. As he moves through the structure, runs the back of his hand along suspected
surfaces (floors, walls, or ceilings).
(2) Glowing embers or visible flame.
(3) Smoke escaping from concealed spaces.
d. Investigates an area if he suspects a hidden fire by doing the following:
(1) Locates the stud, rafter, or joist.
(2) Cuts a small hole adjacent to the stud, rafter, or joist and inspects the area.
(3) If necessary, cuts additional holes to determine if the area is free of fire.
(4) Makes additional cuts to reach the seat of a fire, if he locates a smoldering or free burning
fire.
e. Extinguishes the fire.
(1) Removes textile and paper products to the outside area and immerses the product in water.
(2) Moves the wood used for flooring and walls and the wood that is in some of the contents of
the structure, to an outside area, when possible.
f. Ensures building safety.
(1) Boards up holes in floors or walls.
(2) Braces load-bearing structural members damaged by the fire.
(3) Pulls down ceilings that have been weakened by the fire or water and appear ready to
collapse.
(4) Blocks off approaches to weakened stairways or open elevator shafts.
(5) Pulls down severely weakened walls or blocks off the wall areas.
g. Cleans up the structure.
(1) Removes debris to the outside area.
(2) Absorbs any standing water using absorbent materials. Takes the materials to the outside
area.
(3) Separates burned and unburned material and places the unburned material in a safe area.
h. Secures the structure.
(1) Places boards over doors and windows that were destroyed by the fire. Secures the boards to
the structure.
(2) Covers the holes in the roof by nailing boards over the holes.
(3) Fastens a hasp and lock to doors or windows he forced open and cannot secure, with the
installed door locks or window locks.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
COMMUNICATE WITH HAND SIGNALS
051-249-1123
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a firefighting crew at a structural fire scene. You have been tasked to communicate with other
firefighters using hand signals. You are given a flashlight and one assistant firefighter to communicate with.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Send the correct hand signal (day or night) for the task required.
b. Receive and correctly interpret the hand signals (day or night) sent to you.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Charge line. Use this signal when you need to have the hose line charged (Figure 1123-1).
a. Daytime. Raise both arms vertically over your shoulders, palms facing the direction of the receiver. Hold
your arms stationary until the receiver acknowledges the signal.
b. Nighttime. Hold the flashlight in one hand and raise that arm, vertically, over your head. Point the flashlight
in the direction of the receiver. Move the light horizontally over your head until the receiver acknowledges your
signal.
2. Shut off water in line. Use this signal when you need the hose line to be depressurized, so you can repair a
ruptured section. Also use this signal to indicate that you no longer need the hose line (Figure 1123-2).
a. Daytime. Extend both hands and arms downward to the front of your waist. Swing your hands across your
body until they cross each other. Continue this action until the receiver acknowledges your signal.
b. Nighttime. Place the flashlight in one hand and lower that hand to the front of your waist. Swing the light
across the front of your body at waist level and direct the light at the receiver.
3. Increase pressure. Use this signal when you need the pump pressure increased. One movement indicates a 10-PSI
increase (Figure 1123-3).
a. Daytime. Face the receiver and raise your arms horizontally to shoulder level, palms facing upward. Move
your hands upward toward head level while keeping your arms straight; return to the starting position.
b. Nighttime. Face the receiver and place the flashlight in one hand and direct the beam at the receiver. Raise
your arm horizontally from a position about waist level to shoulder level.
4. Decrease pressure. Use this signal when you need the pump pressure decreased (Figure 1123-4). One movement
indicates a 10-PSI decrease.
a. Daytime. Face the receiver and raise your arms horizontally to shoulder level, palms facing downward. Move
your arms in a downward motion about waist level and return them to shoulder level.
b. Nighttime. Face the receiver and place the flashlight in one hand and direct the beam at the receiver. Lower
your arm horizontally from a position about shoulder level to waist level.
5. Cease operations. Use this signal to indicate the end of the operation and for the hose lines to be depressurized
(Figure 1123-5).
a. Daytime. Face the receiver and extend your arm. Rotate your arm in a circle toward the front of the body.
b. Nighttime. Place the flashlight in one hand and face the receiver. Use the same maneuver as the daytime
movement only direct the beam at the receiver.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with the items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to send and
receive hand signals and communicate with another firefighter using the daytime or nighttime signal, as required.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Signals to charge line.
P
a. Daytime. Raises both arms vertically over his shoulders, palms facing the direction of the receiver.
Holds his arms stationary until the receiver acknowledges the signal.
b. Nighttime. Holds the flashlight in one hand and raise that arm, vertically, over his head. Points the
flashlight in the direction of the receiver. Moves the light horizontally over his head until the receiver
acknowledges his signal.
2. Signals to shut off water in line.
P
a. Daytime. Extends both hands and arms downward to the front of his waist. Swings his hands across his
body until they cross each other. Continues this action until the receiver acknowledges his signal.
b. Nighttime. Places the flashlight in one hand and lowers that hand to the front of his waist. Swings the
light across the front of his body at waist level and directs the light at the receiver.
3. Signals to increase pressure.
P
a. Daytime. Faces the receiver and raises his arms horizontally to shoulder level, palms facing upward.
Moves his hands upward toward head level while keeping his arms straight; returns to the starting position.
b. Nighttime. Faces the receiver and places the flashlight in one hand and directs the beam at the receiver.
Raises his arm horizontally from a position about waist level to shoulder level.
4. Signals to decrease pressure.
P
a. Daytime. Faces the receiver and raises his arms horizontally to shoulder level, palms facing downward.
Moves his arms in a downward motion about waist level and returns them to shoulder level.
b. Nighttime. Faces the receiver and places the flashlight in one hand and directs the beam at the receiver.
Lowers his arm horizontally from a position about shoulder level to waist level.
5. Signals to cease operations.
P
a. Daytime. Faces the receiver and extends his arm. Rotates his arm in a circle toward the front of his
body.
b. Nighttime. Places the flashlight in one hand and faces the receiver. Uses the same maneuver as the
daytime movement, only directs the beam at the receiver.
6. Correctly sends and receives proper communication signals.
P
F
F
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
CALCULATE PUMP OPERATING PRESSURE
051-249-1124
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
: You are the driver/operator of a structural firefighting apparatus. You have just arrived on the site of a structural
fire. The supply line and attack lines have been laid and connected to the fire apparatus. You are required to
calculate the pump operating pressure. You are given a fully equipped/operational fire apparatus, multistory
structure with basement, length and diameter of laid hose line, type and diameter of nozzle, type of appliances
connected to the hose line, and protective clothing.
STANDARDS
: 1. You will -a. Identify essential elements needed to calculate pump pressure.
b. Calculate and determine the correct pump operating pressure to support firefighting streams within 10 PSI.
c. Calculate and supply the correct pump pressure which will not endanger firefighting crew members or cause
damage to the fire apparatus pump, hose line, or firefighting appliances.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. You must know these essential elements in order to determine pump operating pressure:
a. Length, diameter, and configuration of employed hose line.
NOTE: Configuration of the hose line includes any appliances, such as wyes or siameses, used to branch lines.
b. Type and/or diameter of the nozzle.
c. Increase and/or decrease in elevation.
2. To determine the correct pump operating pressure (EP), use the following formula: EP = FL + NP + BP Where
EP = Engine pump operating pressure FL = Friction loss NP = Nozzle pressure BP = Increase or decrease in
elevation
a. Calculate friction loss (FL): Friction loss is the loss of pressure resulting from the friction between flowing
water and the inner lining of the hose line. Thus, if the amount of water flowing is increased, the friction loss
will be increased. The formula for computing friction loss in hose lines is based on gallon per minute (GPM)
flow through 2 1/2-inch hose line. This formula is as follows: FL = 2Qy + Q [or 2 * (Q * Q) + Q]
NOTE: The use of "*" indicates multiplication. Where FL = Friction loss Q = The quantity of water flowing in
hundreds of gallons per minute. The quantity in hundreds of GPM is determined by the following formula: Q =
GPM/100
NOTE: The use of "/" indicates division. Example: 200 GPM are flowing through a 2 1/2-inch hose. What is
the friction loss per 100 feet of hose? Determine Q. 200/100 = 2 hundreds of gallons Determine friction loss per
hundred feet of hose. 2Qy + Q = 2 (2 * 2) + 2 = 10 PSI loss per hundred feet.
NOTE: When the flow rate is less than 100 GPM, you will obtain more accurate results by adjusting the
formula to-FL = 2Qy + (1/2)Q. Example: 80 GPM are flowing through a 2 1/2-inch hose line. What is the
friction loss per 100 feet of hose? Determine Q. 80/100 = 0.8 hundreds of gallons. Determine friction loss per
hundred feet of hose. 2Qy + 1/2Q = 2 * (0.8 * 0.8) + 0.4 = 1.68 PSI loss per hundred feet.
NOTE: The formula must be adjusted when the diameter of the hose line is more or less than 2 1/2-inches. To
accomplish this, a conversion factor is figured into the end of the formula after the friction loss for 100 feet of 2
1/2-inch hose has been determined. The friction loss for 100 feet of 2 1/2-inch hose line is either divided or
multiplied by the conversion factor for the increased or decreased efficiency in the hose line. Example #1: You
are pumping into 200 feet of 2 1/2-inch hose line that has been wyed off into two 200 foot lengths of 1 1/2-inch
rubber-lined hose lines with a 100 GPM fog nozzle on the end of each 1 1/2-inch hose line. What is the friction
loss per 100 feet?
NOTE: Friction loss for wye appliances is usually computed at 15 PSI.
(1) First determine the friction loss for the 2 1/2-inch hose. Determine Q. 200/100 = 2 hundreds of
gallons (200 GPM is used because of the two 1 1/2-inch hose-lines with 100 GPM fog nozzles on each
line.) Determine the friction loss per 100 feet of hose line. 2Qy + Q = 2 * (2 * 2) + 2 = 10 PSI loss per
100 feet of hose line. Multiply the friction loss by the number of 100 foot lengths. 10 PSI * 2 = 20 PSI
loss in the 2 1/2-inch hose line.
(2) Determine the friction loss for the 1 1/2-inch hose line but compute the friction loss as if it were 2
1/2-inch hose line. Determine Q. 100/100 = 1 hundreds of gallons Determine the friction loss per 100
feet of hose line. 2Qy + Q = 2 * (1 * 1) + 1 = 3 PSI loss per hundred feet of hose line.
(3) Convert the friction loss from 2 1/2-inch hose line to 1 1/2-inch hose line. Go to Table 1-1 (Figure
1124-1) and determine the conversion factor for the 1 1/2-inch hose line. Read down the left hand
column until you find the size and type of hose line. Once you have found the correct hose size and
type in the left hand column, read down the right hand column to the same line and obtain the
conversion factor.
NOTE: Multiplication indicates an increase in the amount of friction loss in the 1 1/2-inch line when
compared to the 2 1/2-inch line or a decrease in efficiency in the hose line. Division then would
indicate the exact opposite of multiplication. Multiply the PSI loss per 100 feet of hose line by 13.5
which was obtained from Table 1-1 (Figure 1124-1). 13.5 * 3 = 40.5 PSI friction loss per 100 feet of 1
1/2-inch hose line. Multiply the friction loss by the number of 100 foot lengths. 40.5 PSI * 2 = 81 PSI
loss in the 1 1/2-inch hose line.
(4) Total friction loss = 20 + 81 + 15 (wye PSI) = 116 PSI friction loss. Example 2: You are pumping
into 200 feet of 3 inch hose line with 2 1/2-inch couplings that has been wyed off into two 200-foot
lengths of 1 3/4-inch hose line with 1/2 inch couplings, with a 100 GPM fog nozzle on the end of each
1 3/4-inch hose line. What is the friction loss per 100 feet?
(a) First determine the friction loss for the 3-inch hose by figuring it as if it were 2 1/2-inch
hose line. Determine Q. 200/100 = 2 hundreds of gallons (200 GPM is used because of the
two 1 3/4-inch hose lines with 100 GPM fog nozzles on each line.) Determine the friction loss
per 100-feet of hose line. 2Qy + Q = 2 * (2 * 2) + 2 = 10 PSI loss per 100-feet of hose line.
Convert the friction loss from 2 1/2-inch hose line to 3-inch hose line. Go to table 1-1 (Figure
1124-1) and determine the conversion factor for the 3-inch hose line. Read down the left hand
column until you find the size and type of hose line. Once you have found the correct hose
size and type in the left hand column, read down the right hand column to the same line and
obtain the conversion factor. Multiply the PSI loss per 100-feet of hose line by .4 which was
obtained from the Table 1-1 (Figure 1124-1). (0.4 * 10) = 4 PSI friction loss per 100-feet of 3inch hose line with 2 1/2-inch couplings. Multiply the friction loss by the number of 100-foot
lengths. 4 PSI * 2 = 8 PSI loss in the 3-inch hose line with the 2 1/2-inch couplings.
(b) Determine the friction loss for the 1 3/4-inch hose line with the 1 1/2-inch couplings, but
figure it first as if it were 2 1/2-inch hose line. Determine Q. 100/100 = 1 hundreds of gallons
Determine the friction loss per 100-feet of hose line. 2Qy + Q = 2 * (1 * 1) + 1 = 3 PSI loss
per hundred feet of hose line. Convert the friction loss from 2 1/2-inch hose line to 1 3/4-inch
hose line. Go to Table 1-1 (Figure 1124-1) and determine the conversion factor for the 1 3/4inch hose line. Read down the left hand column until you find the size and type of hose line.
Once you have found the correct hose size and type in the left hand column, read down the
right hand column to the same line and obtain the conversion factor. Multiply the PSI loss per
100-feet of hose line by 7.76 which was obtained from Table 1-1 (Figure 1124-1). 7.76 * 3 =
23.28 PSI friction loss per 100-feet of 1 3/4-inch hose line with 1 1/2 inch couplings. Multiply
the friction loss by the number of 100-foot lengths. 23.28 PSI * 2 = 46.56 PSI (round up to
47) loss in the 1 3/4-inch hose line.
(c) Total friction loss = 8 + 47 + 15 (wye PSI) = 70 PSI friction loss.
NOTE: If the fire streams require great volumes of water or if the hose lays are extremely
long, then the friction loss in the hose line will also be greater. To help reduce the degree of
pump pressure to overcome the friction loss, parallel lines should be laid and siamesed into a
single line near the point of discharge. There are several methods used to calculate the
advantage of laying two parallel lines which are then siamesed into one line, but the easiest
method is to divide the total flow by 2 and compute the friction loss using the formula above.
Example: You are pumping into 1,500 feet of 2 1/2-inch hose line which has been siamesed
off into a single 100-foot length of 2 1/2-inch hose line with a 250 GPM fog nozzle on the
end. What is the total friction loss for the 2 1/2-inch hose line?
(d) First determine the friction loss for the two parallel 2 1/2-inch hose lines. Determine Q.
Divide the total flow by 2. 250 GPM/2 = 125 GPM 125/100 =
1.25 hundreds of gallons Determine the friction loss per 100-feet of hose line. 2Qy +
Q = 2 * (1.25 * 1.25) + 1.25 = 6.25 PSI loss per 100-feet of hose line. Multiply the
friction loss by the number of 100-foot lengths. 6.25 PSI * 15 = 93.55 PSI friction
loss in the 2 1/2-inch hose line.
(e) Determine the friction loss for the 2 1/2-inch hose line after the siamese. Determine
Q. 250/100 = 2.5 hundreds of gallons. Determine the friction loss per 100-feet of hose
line. 2Qy + Q = 2 * (2.5 * 2.5) + 2.5 = 15 PSI loss per hundred feet of hose line.
(f) Add the friction loss for the siamese which is standardized at 10 PSI.
(g) Total friction loss = 93.55 + 15 + 10 (siamese) = 128.55 PSI friction loss.
b. Nozzle pressure: Nozzle pressure has been standardized at 50 PSI for solid stream nozzles and 100 PSI
for fog stream nozzles when affixed or used on hose lines.
c. Calculate for increased or decreased elevation:
(1) Increase in elevation: 5 PSI friction loss must be added to the pump operating pressure for every
10-feet (one floor) in elevation the nozzle is raised above ground level. This helps to overcome the
resistance of pushing water upward.
(2) Decrease in elevation: 5 PSI friction gain must be subtracted from the pump operating pressure for
every 10-feet (one floor) in elevation the nozzle is lowered below ground level. This allows for the
increased efficiency water gains as it flows downward.
d. The three elements, friction loss, nozzle pressure and elevation are then added together resulting in the
pump operating pressure.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with the items listed in the conditions. Brief the soldier: Tell the soldier to identify the
essential elements necessary to determine pump operating, and to determine the correct pump operating pressure for
the hose lay.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Identifies the essential elements necessary to determine pump operating pressure-a. Length, diameter, and configuration of employed hose line.
b. Type and/or diameter of the nozzle.
c. Increase and/or decrease in elevation.
2. Calculates and determines pump operating pressure to within 10 PSI.
Results
P
F
P
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier a GO if all of the performance measures are passed (P). Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F)
any performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it
correctly. The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can
perform it correctly.
REFERENCE
PERFORM ALARM DUTIES
051-249-1125
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You have been assigned as the alarm-room operator for the main fire department headquarters. You are given an
alarm room communications center with emergency receiving and recording equipment, telephone, two-way radio,
pencil, red and black pens, logbook, paper, emergency recording board, area or installation maps, firefighter with
radio to act as the distant engine company, and an emergency.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Perform normal alarm room operator duties. Conduct all required tests for the automatic alarm monitoring
systems and emergency receiving equipment. Maintain the fire department logbook without error.
b. Receive and record all pertinent emergency information without error.
c. Dispatch the engine company and notify the assistant chief.
d. Locate the emergency site on the map and direct the fire company to the site, as necessary.
e. Notify appropriate support agencies of the emergency.
f. Communicate using a two-way radio during normal and emergency situations.
g. Record in the logbook, with red ink, all essential information pertaining to the emergency.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Perform normal alarm-room duties. Your duties include the following: - Testing and monitoring all automatic
alarm monitoring devices, emergency telephone recording device, and two-way radios. - Maintaining the logbook. Updating installation and area maps. - Conducting roll call.
a. At the start of your tour, release the departing alarm room operator. He should brief you on any pertinent
information.
b. Make sure the departing operator closes out the logbook before you enter your name and rank and the time
your tour started in the logbook.
NOTE: During your tour, you are the only one responsible for maintaining the fire department headquarters
logbook. You must properly list all essential information relative to the activities, emergencies, and other
information specified in your fire department SOP. Log in all truck movements, engine company out-of-service
time, engine company out-of-primary response area, and the present location of all engine companies. The
logbook is an official military document used to record activities and events. Maintain accurate accounts
because the logbook could be useful when discrepancies arise.
c. Make sure all automatic alarm monitoring devices are operational at the beginning of your tour.
NOTE: If any of the automatic alarm-monitoring devices are not working, contact the appropriate agency
according to your local fire department SOP.
d. Check the emergency telephone recording system and make sure that the telephone and tape recording device
are functioning. Also, make sure that the tape recorder has sufficient tape.
e. Conduct roll call using the two-way radio according to your local fire department SOP. List all agencies and
satellite stations that did not respond to the radio check or which are experiencing poor station reception.
NOTE: Immediately contact by telephone any satellite fire station that did not respond to roll call to determine
why they did not respond. If they missed roll call, tell them to contact you using the two-way radio to make sure
the radio is working. If they did not respond because their radio is not working, notify the assistant chief and
report the required repair to the proper agency.
f. Test all automatic alarm-monitoring devices to make sure they are operational.
g. Maintain installation and area maps by annotating any temporary or permanent road blocks or closings.
h. Monitor all communications equipment, automatic alarm-monitoring devices, and emergency fire-reporting
telephones.
2. Conduct emergency procedures. Your duties include receiving and recording information relative to the
emergency, dispatching engine companies, notifying support agencies, monitoring traffic from the responding
company, and effecting support to the responding engine company for any requested assistance.
a. Telephonic receipt of an emergency. You will usually receive reported emergencies over the emergency
telephone reporting system. However, sometimes a caller is unfamiliar with the installation or does not know
the emergency number and will report an emergency using standard telephone system. Do the following when
you receive an emergency:
(1) Remain calm.
(2) Note the time of the call.
(3) Obtain the following information from the caller:
(a) Location of the emergency (building, street or area).
(b) Type of emergency (fire, rescue, vehicle accident).
(c) Life hazard involved (number of personnel trapped in the structure or vehicle).
(d) Name and telephone number of the caller.
(4) Keep reassuring the caller.
(5) Tell the caller not to hang up.
(6) Dispatch the appropriate engine company and other support agencies (military police,
ambulance), as required.
(7) Notify the assistant chief.
(8) Return to the phone and tell the caller that you dispatched help. Obtain any other necessary
information. Before you hang up, repeat the caller's name and phone number back to him to make
sure you have the correct information.
(9) Monitor transmissions from the on-scene fire officials and dispatch additional equipment or
notify other agencies the officials request.
(10)__‹@ When you can, annotate all essential information relative to the emergency in the
logbook. Use red ink to make the entries.
b. Alarms from automatic monitoring device. These devices include automatic sprinklers, fire alarm pull
boxes, and smoke detectors that are connected to transmit a signal to the fire department. When you receive
an emergency, you should-(1) Note the code as it is recorded on the tape or display window and record the time.
(2) Locate the building or area.
(3) Dispatch the appropriate engine company.
(4) Notify the assistant chief.
(5) Notify support agencies, as required.
(6) Monitor radio transmission from the responding engine company and assistant chief and provide
support, as required.
(7) When you can, annotate all essential information relative to the emergency in the logbook. Use red
ink to make the entries.
3. Perform other duties. At the end of your tour, you should-a. Review the logbook to make sure you have properly and legibly recorded all essential information.
b. Provide any information to the arriving alarm room operator that he may need to know.
c. Close out the logbook by signing your name directly after the last entry you made.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated emergency scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier. Tell the soldier to perform normal alarm room operator duties, test all communication and automatic
alarm monitoring devices, monitor all automatic alarm devices, maintain a logbook, receive an emergency call, and
perform emergency support procedures.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Performs normal alarm-room operator duties.
a. Initiates the daily log.
b. Checks automatic alarm-monitoring devices to make sure they are operational.
c. Checks the emergency telephone recording device and makes sure it is operational.
d. Conducts roll call.
e. Tests all automatic alarm-monitoring devices to make sure they are operational.
f. Updates installation or area maps, as required.
g. Monitors all automatic alarm-monitoring devices, communications equipment, and emergency fire
reporting telephones.
Resul
ts
P F
2. Performs emergency support alarm room procedures.
a. Remains calm.
b. Notes the time of the call.
c. Obtains the following essential information:
(1) Location of the emergency.
(2) Type of emergency.
(3) Life hazard involved.
(4) Name and phone number of the caller.
d. Reassures the caller and tells the caller not to hang up.
e. Dispatches the engine company and support agencies and notifies the assistant chief.
f. Returns to the phone and confirms the caller's name and phone number and obtains other
information, as required.
g. Monitors transmissions from the on-scene units and provides support, as requested.
h. Properly annotates in the daily log book all essential information pertaining to the emergency.
Uses red ink to make annotations.
3. Monitors automatic alarm-monitoring devices and takes appropriate action when the alarm is activated.
4. Properly annotates all required entries in the logbook.
5. Closes out the logbook at the end of his shift.
P F
P F
P F
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show the soldier how to perform it
correctly. The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can
perform it correctly.
REFERENCE
OPERATE THE TURRET OF A 530-C
051-249-1126
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a crash firefighting crew at an aircraft crash site. The crew chief has tasked you to attack and
control (or extinguish) the fire on and around the aircraft and to open and maintain a rescue path. You are given a
fully equipped and operational 530-C, an aircraft crash scene, and protective clothing.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Operate the turret and apply the extinguishing agent according to proper safety procedures.
b. Discharge the turret at the aircraft and control or extinguish the fire around the fuselage.
c. Discharge the turret and open and maintain a rescue path to the aircraft.
d. Apply the extinguishing agent properly.
e. Operate the turret without injuring yourself or other crew members.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Make sure you are wearing a complete set of protective clothing before mounting the fire apparatus.
2. Mount the fire apparatus and man the turret.
3. Place the FOAM/WATER control in the desired position [left for WATER, right for FOAM (Figure 1126-1)].
NOTE: To reduce the possibility of backflash and for easier control and quicker extinguishment of the fire, use
foam during the initial attack and throughout the entire rescue operation and subsequent overhaul of the aircraft.
AFFF was specifically designed to reduce the possibility of backflash because it provides a vapor seal over the
surface of the fuel. However, if you apply AFFF incorrectly or in an improper concentration, the possibility of
backflash increases. Also, AFFF will lose its effectiveness in about 20 to 40 minutes (sooner, if the wind is strong).
Reapply AFFF as often as necessary and as long as someone stays in the immediate vicinity of the aircraft.
4. Loosen the rotation lock so you can move the turret horizontally.
5. Make sure the driver/operator has engaged the pump for PUMP AND ROLL operation.
NOTE: After engaging the pump, the driver/operator will usually signal you by sounding the horn. When you are
ready to operate the turret, signal the driver/operator by tapping your foot on the cab of the vehicle.
6. Slowly open the turret nozzle discharge control valve.
7. Loosen the elevation lock so you can move the turret vertically.
WARNING
Maintain a firm grip on the turret pattern control handle when you loosen the elevation lock. The turret is
discharging at about 225 to 250 PSI and will flip upward when you release the elevation lock. If you do not
maintain a firm grip on the pattern control handle, you could lose your balance and fall off the vehicle or lose
control of the turret.
8. Select desired discharge pattern by rotating the pattern control handle counterclockwise to the stop for a full
dispersed pattern, clockwise to the stop for a straight stream pattern, or any point in between the two stops for a
combined pattern.
NOTE: During the initial attack, set the pattern for a straight stream with the turret discharging at full capacity. This
method is called mass application. With this method, you can use the maximum discharge distance of the turret. As
the fire apparatus approaches the aircraft, you should adjust the pattern so that the fire stream stays aimed at the
main fuselage and the fire immediately around the fuselage.
9. Apply the extinguishing agent on or directly around the fuselage to control or extinguish the fire.
NOTE: The fire on or around the fuselage is the most dangerous to the survivors of an aircraft crash. Cooling,
controlling, or extinguishing the fire on or around the fuselage significantly enhances the survival potential of the
people trapped in the aircraft. Opening and maintaining a rescue path lets the rescue crews gain access to the aircraft
and remove victims. Because of the limited extinguishing agent on the fire apparatus, use the agent wisely.
10. Open a rescue path to the aircraft.
NOTE: If you properly discharged the agent at the fuselage during the initial attack and properly adjusted the
pattern as you moved closer to the aircraft, you already established the rescue path. You need only maintain the
rescue path until the handline operator is in position or until the rescue operation has been completed. WARNING:
Be very careful when discharging from the turret when you are close to other crew members or victims escaping
from the aircraft. If you strike anyone with the stream, you could severely injure the person.
11. Continue discharging the agent at the aircraft fuselage and the rescue path until you use up the agent, the crew
chief directs you to stop, or until the fire has been completely extinguished and the aircraft is completely cooled.
12. Close the turret nozzle discharge control valve.
13. Reposition the turret and lock the rotation and elevation locks.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated aircraft crash scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier. Tell the soldier to mount the fire apparatus and operate the turret to control or extinguish an aircraft fire.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Operates the turret and controls or extinguishes the fire on and around the fuselage.
P F
a. Dons a complete set of protective clothing before mounting the fire apparatus.
b. Mounts the fire apparatus and mans the turret.
c. Places the FOAM/WATER control in the desired position (left for WATER, right for FOAM).
d. Loosens the rotation lock so he can move the turret horizontally.
e. Makes sure the driver/operator has engaged the pump for PUMP AND ROLL operation.
f. Slowly opens the turret nozzle discharge control valve.
g. Loosens the elevation lock so he can move the turret vertically.
h. Selects desired discharge pattern by rotating the pattern control handle counterclockwise to the stop for
a full dispersed pattern, clockwise to the stop for a straight stream pattern, or any point in between the two
stops for a combined pattern.
i. Applies the extinguishing agent on or directly around the fuselage to control or extinguish the fire.
j. Opens a rescue path to the aircraft, as necessary.
k. Continues discharging the agent at the aircraft fuselage and the rescue path until he uses up the agent,
the crew chief directs him to stop, or the fire has been completely extinguished and the aircraft is
completely cooled.
l. Closes the turret nozzle discharge control valve.
m. Repositions the turret and locks the rotation and elevation locks.
2. Performs performance measures 1a-j in sequence.
P F
3. Accomplishes the task without injuring himself or other crew members.
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
INSPECT, MAINTAIN AND OPERATE THE K-12 RESCUE SAW
051-249-1127
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a firefighting crew. You have been tasked to inspect, maintain, and operate the K-12 rescue
saw. You are given clean rags, soapy water, clean water, oil, necessary tools, K-12 rescue saw, a fire apparatus with
K-12 saw mounted on the apparatus, one assistant firefighter to help remove the saw from the fire apparatus and DA
Form 2404.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Inspect the K-12 rescue saw and storage box and identify and correct all discrepancies.
b. Properly record the daily inspection and complete DA Form 2404, as required.
c. Check the fluid levels of the K-12 rescue saw and make sure the levels are within manufacturers'
specifications.
d. Operate the K-12 rescue saw according to established safety rules and procedures and the manufacturers'
specifications.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Remove the K-12 storage box from the fire apparatus and place the box on the ground.
2. Remove the K-12 saw from the box and place the saw on the ground.
NOTE: Use the manufacturer's operator's manual when conducting the inspection.
3. Check the fuel and oil levels; refill levels as necessary.
NOTE: Most K-12 saws require that oil be added to the gasoline to lubricate the engine. Use the oil and the proper
ratio as outlined in the manufacturer's instructions. CAUTION: If you do not use the proper mixture of oil to
gasoline or the correct oil or gasoline, the engine could overheat and damage the engine parts.
4. Remove the air cleaner intake cover and inspect the paper element or filter. Replace the cleaner according to the
manufacturer's specifications, if the element is torn or damaged.
5. Remove the spark plug wire and the spark plug. Replace the plug according to the manufacturer's specificationsif
it is fouled or has lead deposits.
6. Check the exterior of the saw and make sure all nuts, screws, and bolts are tight. Tighten as necessary.
7. Check the saw blade for chips, cracks, or evidence of stress damage from pressure or overheating. Replace the
blade, if necessary.
8. Use warm, soapy water to remove dirt, grease, gasoline, or oil from the exterior of the saw.
9. Check the K-12 storage box and make sure the following items are in the box:
a. Spare saw blades. The box should contain at least one blade of each different type.
NOTE: Saw blades should be color coded for easy identification during emergency conditions. Paint a 2-inch
wide strip on each blade to indicate the type of blade as follows: white for masonry, red for metal cutting, and
silver for wood cutting.
b. Spare gas can. Make sure the gas can has the correct grade of gasoline and oil and mixed according to the
manufacturer's specifications.
c. Spark plug wrench.
d. Manufacturer's operating instructions (in your hand).
e. One can of two-cycle engine oil. The oil must meet the manufacturer's specifications.
f. Spare spark plug.
g. Spare air filter.
h. Two pairs of safety goggles (one required, one optional).
i. Adjustable wrench (optional).
j. DA Form 2404.
10. Keep the K-12 on the ground to start it. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for starting the saw.
WARNING
Make sure the saw blade is not resting on the ground or in contact with anything. Starting the saw with the
blade touching something could damage the saw or seriously injure you.
11. Record the inspection on DA Form 2404 and report the status of the saw according to DA Pamphlet (Pam) 738750 (operational or, if nonoperational, the disposition or corrective action initiated).
12. Put the saw in the storage box and place the box back on the fire apparatus if the saw is operational and
serviceable.
NOTE: Make sure the saw is completely dry before returning it to the storage box.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with the items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier that he is
required to inspect the K-12 rescue saw and make sure it is operational and serviceable. Tell the soldier to start the
saw without damaging the saw or injuring himself or other crew members.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Removes the K-12 storage box from the fire apparatus and places the box on the ground.
2. Removes the K-12 saw from the box and places it on the ground.
3. Checks the fuel and oil levels and refills the levels as necessary.
4. Removes the air intake cover, inspects the air filter or element, and replaces them, as necessary.
5. Removes the spark plug and inspects the plug for evidence of fouling or lead deposits. Replaces the spark
plug, as necessary.
6. Checks the exterior of the saw and makes sure that all nuts, bolts, and screws are tight. Tightens items, as
necessary.
7. Inspects the saw blade for chips or cracks or evidence of stress damage.
8. Cleans the exterior of the saw and removes all grease, gasoline, oil and dirt.
9. Inspects the K-12 storage box and makes sure the the box contains the following items:
a. Spare saw blades with appropriate color codes.
b. Spare gas can filled with the correct oil to gas ratio.
c. Spark plug wrench.
d. Manufacturer's operating instructions.
e. Extra can of two-cycle engine oil.
f. Spare spark plug.
g. Spare air filter.
h. Safety goggles.
i. Adjustable wrench.
j. DA Form 2404.
10. Starts the K-12 saw by holding it on the ground and following the manufacturer's operating instructions.
11. Records the inspection on DA Form 2404 according to DA Pam 738-750.
12. Notifies the crew chief if the saw is unserviceable or nonoperational.
13. Makes sure that the saw is dry before returning it to the storage box.
14. Places the storage box back on the fire apparatus.
Resul
ts
P
P
P
P
P
F
F
F
F
F
P F
P F
P F
P F
P
P
P
P
P
F
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DA Form 2404
Equipment Inspection And Maintenance Worksheet
GAIN ACCESS TO AN AIRCRAFT USING FORCIBLE ENTRY TECHNIQUES
051-249-1128
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a crash rescue firefighting crew at an aircraft crash site. The initial attack on the fire with the
extinguishing agent from the fire apparatus has completely extinguished the fire on the exterior of the aircraft. The
crew chief has directed you to gain entry into the aircraft so you can check inside the aircraft for fire and survivors.
You are given a fully equipped and operational fire apparatus, protective clothing, necessary forcible entry tools,
hose line with nozzle, an aircraft crash site, and one assistant firefighter to operate the hose line.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify the correct forcible entry procedures for gaining access to the aircraft.
b. Correctly apply the forcible entry techniques and gain access to the aircraft without causing unnecessary
damage to the aircraft or the firefighting tools.
c. Gain access to the aircraft without injuring yourself, survivors, or other firefighting crew members.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
NOTE: When an aircraft hits the ground, openings are sometimes created. If you can use these openings, do not
perform forcible entry into the aircraft. If necessary, make the openings larger or more suitable. Also, you should try
to open crew and passenger doors normally before you perform forcible entry. Often the doors will still function
normally regardless of the exterior structural damage to the door or aircraft.
1. Identify forcible entry points on an aircraft. Identify and use forcible entry procedures for entering the aircraft.
a. Doors and Hatches. Try to enter the aircraft through these areas because they are the best. Apply forcible
entry through doors and hatches using any of the following methods:
NOTE: Some doors are equipped with an external or internal emergency-door jettison release. When activated,
the door will be released from the aircraft and move away.
(1) Method 1. Pull the external-door jettison handle and remove the door.
(2) Method 2. Place a door opener alternately above and below the door handle and try to pry the door
away from the aircraft frame.
(3) Method 3. Place a crash ax along the edge of the door window frame and cut through the window.
Open a hole large enough so you can reach inside and activate the door jettison handle.
CAUTION
When using the crash ax, or similar cutting tool, to remove the acrylic plastic, be careful not to injure the
crew members or passengers in the immediate area. WARNING: Some aircraft doors and canopies are
equipped with an explosive charge. Be very careful trying to gain entry into the aircraft through these doors
and canopies.
b. Canopies. Some aircraft only have canopies as a means of entry. These canopies are usually equipped
with an explosive charge to jettison the canopy. Use either of the following methods to remove the canopy:
WARNING
Be very careful when approaching an aircraft that is equipped with an explosive canopy. Approach the
aircraft in a crouching position while keeping your eyes fixed on the cockpit. Unconscious crew members
could regain consciousness and activate the canopy firing device.
(1) Method 1. Drive a pointed edge of a crash ax, or similar cutting tool, through the corner of the
canopy along the edge of the frame. After you make a hole, insert the cutting edge of the tool into the
hole. Use a second tool or rubber mallet to drive the blade of the cutting tool along the frame edge and
cut the acrylic plastic. Remove the canopy after completing the cut.
(2) Method 2. Use a K-12 rescue saw and cut the acrylic plastic along the frame edge and remove the
canopy.
CAUTION
Cover the area immediately around the canopy with AFFF or similar foam agent before using the K-12 saw.
A charged hose line or turret should also be pre-positioned and ready to discharge the agent in case of a fire.
c. Fuselage area. Areas along the fuselage suitable for forcible entry are identified by yellow or black dash
lines and are labeled CUT HERE FOR EMERGENCY RESCUE (or something similar). Cut a rectangular
opening into the aircraft using a crash ax or K-12 rescue saw as follows:
NOTE: These areas may be obscured because of the fire. You should be familiar with the aircraft at your
location and the CUT-IN before an emergency occurs.
(1) Cut along three sides and bend back the fourth side.
NOTE: If the opening is high on the fuselage, use the top portion as a hinge. After making the three
cuts, bend the portion outward and upward. If the opening is low on the fuselage, cut the three sides
and use the bottom as a hinge bending it outward and downward.
(2) After completing the opening, cover the sharp areas with a blanket or other covering so you do not
injure yourself on the sharp edges.
2. Identify emergency entries for the following Army aircraft:
a. OH-6 (Figure 1128-1).
(1) Emergency entry.
(a) Cut or break door window.
(b) Leave the door handle in OPEN.
(c) Reach inside of the aircraft and pull the internal door jettison handle to disengage the
hinge pins.
(2) Cut in. Cut cabin enclosure, as required.
b. OH-58 (Figure 1128-2).
(1) Emergency entries.
(a) Cut windows in the crew doors. Reach inside and pull the crew door jettison handles (on
the crew door forward support) rearward to release the door. Pull the door out.
(b) Cut the windows in the passenger doors. Reach inside and rotate the passenger-door
jettison handles (on the passenger forward door support). Pull the door out.
(2) Cut in. Cut windows and windshields, as necessary.
c. UH-1 (Figure 1128-3).
(1) Emergency entry.
(a) Slide, break, or cut crew door windows.
(b) Reach inside and pull the door jettison handles (forward of the right and left crew door
frames) rearward. Remove the doors.
(2) Cut in. Cut windows and windshield, as necessary.
d. CH-47 (Figure 1128-4).
(1) Emergency entry.
(a) Push the trigger button that is mounted in the center of the handle and rotate the
emergency release handle (below and aft of the pilot's and copilot's jettison doors). Pull the
doors out and remove them.
(b) Pull the emergency release tab that is mounted in the lower left corner of the escape
hatches (upper cabin door on the left forward side of the fuselage and the cargo door) out.
Push the panels in.
(2) Cut in. Cut the areas as marked in the center of the upper fuselage portion between both
windows on both sides.
e. CH-54 (Figure 1128-5).
(1) Emergency entries.
(a) Rotate the emergency jettison release handle (forward lower corner of the pilot's and
copilot's entrance doors). Pull the door out.
(b) Rotate the emergency jettison release handle (forward lower corner and rear of the cockpit
entrance door on the right side of the crew compartment). Pull the doors out.
(c) Pull the exit release tab (lower aft corner of each pod window) out. Remove the window.
(2) Cut in. Cut area around the windows and access doors of the pod, as marked.
f. AH-1G (Figure 1128-6).
(1) Emergency entries.
WARNING
The windows are equipped with an explosive charge to blow out the windows. Approach the aircraft very
carefully.
(a) Rotate the pilot's external canopy handle (right-hand side of the aircraft beneath and aft the
canopy) downward. Raise the canopy.
NOTE: If the external canopy handles are inoperable, break the canopy, as necessary, to
reach the jettison handle.
(b) Reach inside the cockpit and rotate the canopy jettison release handle (top center of the
canopy) inboard. Pull the canopy out.
(c) Rotate the gunner's canopy handle (left-hand side of the aircraft beneath and forward of
the canopy) upward. Raise the canopy.
(d) Reach inside and rotate the canopy jettison release handle (top center of the canopy)
inboard. Pull the canopy out.
(2) Cut in. Cut in the canopies, as required.
g. C-12.
(1) Emergency entry.
(a) Pull the handle on the emergency exit hatch (right side of the fuselage) outward.
NOTE: On the D and F models, the cargo door can only be opened from the inside.
(b) Push in on the hatch and remove the door from the fuselage.
(2) Cut in. Cut the cabin enclosure, as required.
h. U-21 (Figure 1128-7).
(1) Emergency entry.
(a) Cut in or break the window in the escape hatch to gain access to the jettison handle (inside
aft edge of the door).
(b) Pull the yellow cover over the jettison handle downward.
(c) Press the release button (beneath the jettison handle) inward.
(d) Pull the jettison handle upward. Pull the hatch out.
(2) Cut in.
(a) U-21-A, RU-21A, B, and C. Cut in the area forward of the aft window on the right-hand
side of the fuselage, as marked.
(b) U-21G, RU-21D, and E. Cut in the area aft of the aft window on the right-hand side of the
fuselage, as marked.
i. OV-1 (Figure 1128-8).
(1) Emergency entry.
(a) Lift the exit release lock ring (bottom forward corner of the pilot's and observer's entrance
hatch) and rotate to unlock.
(b) Push the forward end of the hatch handle (bottom edge of the hatch) inward and pull the
aft end of the handle outward.
(c) Lift the entrance hatch to FULL OPEN.
(2) Cut in. Cut in around the entrance hatch frames, as necessary.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated aircraft crash site and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify emergency forcible-entry procedures for aircraft and to identify the
emergency forcible-entry procedures for Army assigned aircraft.
NOTE: You can substitute scale or pictured models to train or test the soldier. However, use actual aircraft when
you can.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Identifies forcible-entry points on an aircraft. Identifies and uses forcible-entry procedures for entering the P F
aircraft.
a. Applies forcible entry through doors and hatches using any of the following methods:
(1) Method 1. Pulls the external-door jettison handle and removes the door.
(2) Method 2. Places a door opener alternately above and below the door handle and tries to pry
the door away from the aircraft frame.
(3) Method 3. Places a crash ax along the edge of the door window frame and cuts through the
window. Opens a hole large enough so he can reach inside and activate the door jettison handle.
b. Applies forcible entry through canopies using one of the following methods:
(1) Method 1. Drives a pointed edge of a crash ax, or similar cutting tool, through the corner of
the canopy along the edge of the frame. After he makes a hole, inserts the cutting edge of the tool
into the hole. Uses a second tool or rubber mallet to drive the blade of the cutting tool along the
frame edge and to cut the acrylic plastic. Removes the canopy after completing the cut.
(2) Method 2. Uses a K-12 rescue saw and cuts the acrylic plastic along the frame edge and
removes the canopy.
c. Applies forcible entry through the fuselage area.
(1) Cuts a rectangular opening into the aircraft using a crash ax or K-12 rescue saw as follows:
(a) Cuts along three sides and bends back the fourth side.
(b) If the opening is high on the fuselage, uses the top portion as a hinge. After making
the three cuts, bends the portion outward and upward. If the opening is low on the
fuselage, cuts the three sides and uses the bottom as a hinge bending it outward and
downward.
(c) After completing the opening, covers the sharp areas with a blanket or other covering
so he does not injure himself on the sharp edges.
2. Identifies emergency entries for the following Army aircraft:
P F
a. OH-6.
(1) Emergency entry.
(a) Cuts or breaks door window.
(b) Leaves the door handle in OPEN.
(c) Reaches inside of the aircraft and pulls the internal door jettison handle to disengage
the hinge pins.
(2) Cut-in. Cuts cabin enclosure, as required.
b. OH-58.
(1) Emergency entries.
(a) Cuts windows in the crew doors. Reaches inside and pulls the crew door jettison
handles (on the crew door forward support) rearward to release the door. Pulls the door
out.
(b) Cuts the windows in the passenger doors. Reaches inside and rotates the passengerdoor jettison handles (on the passenger forward door support). Pulls the door out.
(2) Cut in. Cuts windows and windshields, as necessary.
c. UH-1.
(1) Emergency entry.
(a) Slides, breaks, or cuts crew door windows.
(b) Reaches inside and pulls the door jettison handles (forward of the right and left crew
door frames) rearward. Removes the doors.
(2) Cut in. Cuts windows and windshield, as necessary.
d. CH-47.
(1) Emergency entry.
(a) Pushes the trigger button that is mounted in the center of the handle and rotates the
emergency release handle (below and aft of the pilot's and copilot's jettison doors). Pulls
the doors out and removes them.
(b) Pulls the emergency release tab that is mounted in the lower left corner of the escape
hatches (upper cabin door on the left forward side of the fuselage and the cargo door)
out. Pushes the panels in.
(2) Cut in. Cuts the areas as marked in the center of the upper fuselage portion between both
windows on both sides.
e. CH-54.
(1) Emergency entries.
(a) Rotates the emergency jettison release handle (forward lower corner of the pilot's and
copilot's entrance doors). Pulls the door out.
(b) Rotates the emergency jettison release handle (forward lower corner and rear of the
cockpit entrance door on the right side of the crew compartment). Pulls the doors out.
(c) Pulls the exit release tab (lower aft corner of each pod window) out. Removes the
window.
(2) Cut-in. Cuts area around the windows and access doors of the pod, as marked.
f. AH-1G.
(1) Emergency entries.
(a) Identifies that the windows are equipped with an explosive charge to blow out the
windows.
(b) Rotates the pilot's external canopy handle (right-hand side of the aircraft beneath and
aft the canopy) downward. Raises the canopy.
(c) Reaches inside the cockpit and rotates the canopy jettison release handle (top center
of the canopy) inboard. Pulls the canopy out.
(d) Rotates the gunner's canopy handle (left-hand side of the aircraft beneath and
forward of the canopy) upward. Raises the canopy.
(e) Reaches inside and rotates the canopy jettison release handle (top center of the
canopy) inboard. Pulls the canopy out.
(2) Cut-in. Cuts in the canopies, as required.
g. C-12.
(1) Emergency entry.
(a) Pulls the handle on the emergency exit hatch (right side of the fuselage) outward.
(b) Pushes in on the hatch and removes the door from the fuselage.
(2) Cut-in. Cuts the cabin enclosure, as required.
h. U-21.
(1) Emergency entry.
(a) Cuts in or breaks the window in the escape hatch to gain access to the jettison handle
(inside aft edge of the door).
(b) Pulls the yellow cover over the jettison handle downward.
(c) Presses the release button (beneath the jettison handle) inward.
(d) Pulls the jettison handle upward. Pulls the hatch out.
(2) Cut in.
(a) U-21-A, RU-21A, B, and C. Cuts in the area forward of the aft window on the righthand side of the fuselage, as marked.
(b) U-21G, RU-21D, and E. Cuts in the area aft of the aft window on the right-hand side
of the fuselage, as marked.
i. OV-1.
(1) Emergency entry.
(a) Lifts the exit release lock ring (bottom forward corner of the pilot's and observer's
entrance hatch) and rotates to unlock.
(b) Pushes the forward end of the hatch handle (bottom edge of the hatch) inward and
pulls the aft end of the handle outward.
(c) Lifts the entrance hatch to FULL OPEN.
(2) Cut in. Cuts in around the entrance hatch frames, as necessary.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
PERFORM AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES
051-249-1129
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a crash and rescue firefighting crew at the scene of a aircraft crash or emergency incident. The
crew chief has directed you to perform emergency shutdown necessary tools, fully equipped and operational fire
apparatus, hose line with nozzle, one assistant firefighter to operate the hose line, and an aircraft with an emergency.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Perform emergency shutdown procedures and shut down the aircraft in sequence without error.
b. Complete all performance measures without injuring yourself or other crew members.
c. Shut down the aircraft without damaging the aircraft.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
WARNING
Be very careful when approaching rotary aircraft and when performing firefighting operations around the
aircraft. Pay specil attention to the main rotor blades and the tail rotor blade. Enter from the side of the
aircraft and approach the aircraft from a crouching position.
1. OH-6 (Figure 1129-1).
a. Entry procedures. Enter the aircraft through normal openings or use forcible entry according to task 051-2491128, as necessary.
WARNING
Do not pass in front of the guns if they are mounted on the aircraft unless absoulutely necessary. Do not
touch the gun barrels because any rotation of the gun barrels will cause the gun to fire.
b. Shutdown procedures.
(1) Rotate the throttel control (on the pilot's and co-pilot's collective levers) to FUEL CUT OFF.
(2) Place battery switch (on the electrical control console) to OFF.
(3) Disconnect the battery leads from the battery terminals (in the nose of the aircraft) when you can.
2. OH58 (Figure 1129-2).
a. Entry procedures. Enter the aircraft through normal openings or use forcible entry according to task 051-249128, as necessary.
WARNING
Do not pass in front of the guns if they are mounted on the aircraft unless absolutely necessary. Do not touch
the gun barrels because any rotation of the gun barrels will cause the gun to fire.
b. Shutdown procedures.
(1) Rotate the throttle (on the pilot's collective pitch stick) to OFF.
(2) Pull the fuel shutoff valve (on the overhead panel) aft to OFF.
(3) Place the battery switch (on the overhead switch panel) to OFF.
(4) Disconnect the battery leads from the battery terminals (in the nose of the aircraft) when you can.
3. UH-1 (Figure 1129-3).
a. Entry procedures. Enter the aircraft through normal opeanings or use forcible entry according to task 051249-128, as necessary.
WARNING
Do not pass in front of the guns if they are mounted on the aircraft unless absolutely necessary. Do not touch
the gun barrels because any rotation of the gun barrels will cause the gun to fire.
b. Shutdown procedures.
(1) Rotate the throttle (on the pilot's collective pitch stick) to OFF.
NOTE: If the throttle has a detent button, rotate the throttle until it stops. Press the detent button and
rotate the throttle to OFF.
(2) Pull the fuel switch (on the floor pedestal) to OFF.
NOTE: Placing the fuel switches to OFF on the UH-1 depends on the model. On some models, you
must push the fuel switches downward to OFF while on other models you must push the fuel upward
to OFF. Also, some UH-1s have two fuel switches that you must place at OFF when shutting down the
aircraft. You should be familiar with the aircraft at your installation.
(3) Place the battery switch (on the overhead control panel) to OFF.
(4) Disconnect the battery leads from the battery terminals (in the nose or rear compartmnt of the
aircraft) when you can.
4. CH-47 (Figure 1129-4).
a. Entry procedures. Enter the aircraft through normal openings or use forcible entry according to task 051-2491128, as necessary.
WARNING
Do not pass in front of the guns if they are mounted on the aircraft unless absolutely necessary. Do not touch
the gun barrels because any rotation of the gun barrels will cause the gun to fire.
b. Shutdown procedures.
(1) Place the engine condition levers (on the floor console pedestal or the overhead switch panel) to
STOP.
(2) Place the fuel valves or pump switches (on the overhead switch panel) to CLOSE or OFF.
(3) Place the battery switch (on the overhead switch panel) to OFF.
(4) Disconnect the battery leads from the battery terminals (in the left side compartment of the aircraft)
when you can.
5. CH-54 (Figure 1129-5).
a. Entry procedures. Enter the aircraft through normal openings or use forcible entry according to task 051-2491128, as necessary.
WARNING
Do not pass in front of the guns if they are mounted on the aircraft unless absolutely necessary. Do not touch
the gun barrels because any rotation of the gun barrels will cause the gun to fire.
b. Shutdown procedures.
(1) Place N1 levers (on the overhead control quadrant) to SHUT-OFF.
NOTE: The N1 levers have a detent in the GRD/IDLE position. To pass through the detent to SHUTOFF, pull out on the levers.
(2) Place the fuel valve shut-off handle (on the overhead control quadrant) in CLOSED.
(3) Place the fuel booster pump switches (on the upper panel of the center console) to OFF.
(4) Place the ignition switches (on the center panel of the center console) to OFF.
(5) Place the battery switch (on the center panel of the center console) to OFF.
(6) Disconnect the battery leads from the battery terminals (in the nose of the aircraft) when you can.
6. AH-1G (Figure 1129-6).
a. Entry procedures. Enter the aircraft through normal openings or use forcible entry according to task 051-2491128, as necessary.
WARNING
Do not pass in front of the guns if they are mounted on the aircraft unless absolutely necessary. Do not touch
the gun barrels because any rotation of the gun barrels will cause the gun to fire. Also, be very careful when
passing in front of the rockets mounted on the wings.
b. Shutdown procedures.
(1) Depress the idle release stop button (on the pilot's collective pitch stick) and rotate the throttel to
FULL OFF.
(2) Place the fuel switch (on the engine control panel, pilot's left side) to OFF.
(3) Place the generator switch (on the power panel, pilot's left side) to OFF.
(4) Place the battery switch (beside the generator switch) to OFF.
(5) Disconnect the battery leads from the battery terminals (in the nose of the aircraft) when you can.
WARNING
Be very careful when approachng fixed-wing aircraft and when performing firefighting operations around
the aircraft. Pay special attention to aircraft equipped with propellers. Enter from the side of the aircraft
behind the wings to avoid the propeller area.
7. U-21 (Figure 1129-7).
a. Entry procedures. Enter the aircraft through normal openings or use forcible entry according to task 051-2491128, as necessary.
b. Shutdown procedures.
(1) Position the fuel fire-wall valve switches (below the fuel management panel) downward to OFF.
(2) Push the master switch gang bar (on the left subpanel) downward to OFF.
(3) Pull the propeller levers (in the center of the control pedestal) aft to FEATHER.
(4) Disconnect the battery leads from the batters terminals (left forward compartment) when you can.
8. C-12 (Figure 1129-8).
a. Entry procedures. Enter the aircraft through normal openings or use forcible entry according to task 051-2491128, as necessary.
b. Shutdown procedures.
(1) Retard condition levers (on the right side of the pilot's control pedestal) to FUEL CUT-OFF.
(2) Pull the engine fire-shutoff T-handles (on the upper portion of the pilot's instrument panel).
NOTE: If the fire T-handles are illuminated, actuate the fire extinguisher push button (between the fire
T-handles).
(3) Place the master switch (on the pilot's overhead control panel) to OFF.
9. OV-1 (Figure 1129-9).
a. Entry procedures. Enter the aircraft through normal openings or use forcible entry according to task 051-2491128, as necessary.
b. Shutdown procedures.
(1) Retard power levers (on the control pedestal) to IDLE.
(2) Pull the propeller levers (on the control pedestal) aft to FEATHER.
(3) Position the engine master switches (on teh overhead control panel) downward to OFF.
(4) Position fuel pump switches (below the master switches) to OFF.
(5) Position the battery switch (on the left overhead control panel) to OFF.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated aircraft emergency and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier. Tell teh soldier to perform the emergency shutdown procedures in sequence and without error. The
soldier is to perform the procedures without unnecessarily damaging the aircraft or injuring himself or other crew
members.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Performs emergency shutdown procedures on an OH-6.
a. Enters the aircraft through normal openings or uses forcible entry according to task 051-249-1128, as
necessary.
b. Does not pass in front of the guns or cause the gun barrel to rotate.
c. Shuts down the aircraft by performing the following:
(1) Rotates the throttle control to FUEL CUT-OFF.
(2) Places the battery switch to OFF.
(3) Disconnects the battery leads from the battery terminals when possible.
2. Performs emergency shutdown procedures on an OH-58.
a. Enters the aircraft through normal openings or use forcible entry according to task 051-249-1128, as
necessary.
b. Does not pass in front of the guns or cause the gun barrel to rotate.
c. Shuts down teh aircraft by performing the following:
(1) Rotates the throttle to OFF.
(2) Pulls the fuel shutoff valve aft to OFF.
(3) Places the battery switch to OFF.
(4) Disconnects the battery leads from the battery terminals when possible.
3. Performs emergency shutdown procedures on a UH-1.
a. Enters the aircraft through normal openings or uses forcible entry according to task 051-249-1128, as
necessary.
b. Does not pass in front of the guns or rocket pods unless absolutely necessary.
c. Shuts down the aircraft by performing the following:
(1) Rotates the throttle to OFF.
(2) Places the fuel switches to OFF.
(3) Places the battery switch to OFF.
(4) Disconnects the battery leads from the battery terminals when possible.
4. Performs emergency shutdown procedures on a CH-47.
a. Enters the aircraft through normal openings or uses forcible entry according to task 051-249-1128, as
necessary.
Result
s
P F
P F
P F
P F
b. Shuts down the aircraft by performing the following:
(1) Places the engine condition levers to STOP.
(2) Places the fuel valves or pump switches to CLOSE or OFF.
(3) Places the battery switch to OFF.
(4) Disconnects the battery leads from the battery terminals when possible.
5. Performs emergency shutdown procedures on a CH-54.
a. Enters the aircraft through normal openings or uses forcible entry according to task 051-249-1128, as
necessary.
b. Shuts down the aircraft by performing the following:
(1) Places the N1 levers to SHUT OFF.
(2) Places the fuel valve shutoff handle to CLOSED.
(3) Places the fuel booster pump switches to OFF.
(4) Places the ignition switches to OFF.
(5) Places the battery switch to OFF.
(6) Disconnects the battery leads from the battery terminals when possible.
6. Performs emergency shutdown procedures on an AH-1G.
a. Enters the aircraft through normal openings or uses forcible entry according to task 051-249-1128, as
necessary.
b. Does not pass in front of the guns or rocket unless absolutely necessary.
c. Shuts down the aircraft by performing the following:
(1) Depresses the idle release stop button and rotates the throttle to FULL OFF.
(2) Places the fuel switch to OFF.
(3) Places the generator switch to OFF.
(4) Places the battery switch to OFF.
(5) Disconnects the battery leads from the battery terminals when he can.
7. Performs emergency shutdown procedures on a U-21.
a. Enters the aircraft through normal openings or uses forcible entry according to task 051-249-1128, as
necessary.
b. Shuts down the aircraft by performing the following:
(1) Positions the fuel fire-wall valve switches downward to OFF.
(2) Pushes the master switch gang bar downward to OFF.
(3) Pulls the propeller levers aft to FEATHER.
(4) Disconnect the battery leads from the battery terminals when possible.
8. Performs emergency shutdown procedures on a C-12 aircraft.
a. Enters the aircraft through normal openings or uses forcible entry according to task 051-249-1128, as
necessary.
b. Shuts down the aircraft by performing the following:
(1) Retards the condition levers to FUEL CUT OFF.
(2) Pulls the engine fire-shutoff T-handles.
(3) Actuates the fire extinguisher push button if the fire T-handles are illuminated.
(4) Places the master switch to the OFF position.
9. Performs emergency shutdown procedures for a OV-1 aircraft.
a. Enters the aircraft through normal openings or uses forcible entry according to task 051-249-1128, as
necessary.
b. Shuts down the aircraft by performing the following:
(1) Retards the power levers to IDLE.
(2) Pulls the propeller levers aft to FEATHER.
(3) Positions the engine master switches downward to OFF.
(4) Positions the fuel pump switches to OFF.
(5) Positions the battery switch to OFF.
P F
P F
P F
P F
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
RESCUE SURVIVORS FROM AN AIRCRAFT
051-249-1130
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a crash and rescue firefighting team at an aircraft crash site. Firefighters made the initial attack
using extinguishing agent from the fire apparatus and have extinguished the main fire around the fuselage. The crew
chief has directed you to conduct rescue operations and remove survivors from the aircraft and place them in a safe
area away from the crash site. You are given a fully equipped and operational fire apparatus, protective clothing,
necessary firefighting tools, aircraft with an emergency and survivors on board, hose line with nozzle, and one
assistant firefighter to operate the hose line.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Gain access to the aircraft and locate all survivors inside the aircraft without injuring yourself, other crew
members, or the survivors.
b. Gain access to the aircraft and remove the survivors from the aircraft without causing unnecessary damage to
the aircraft.
c. Perform the appropriate carry when removing survivors from the aircraft without injuring yourself or the
survivors.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Wait until a rescue path has been opened to the aircraft.
NOTE: Normally, the turret operator establishes a rescue path to and from the aircraft during the initial attack on
the fire.
2. Gain entry to the aircraft.
NOTE: The turret and/or a hose line should be positioned to provide coverage to the rescue crews and for any
passengers who may be escaping from the aircraft.
a. Try to open crew or passenger doors on the rescue side of the aircraft, as required, and to gain access to the
aircraft.
NOTE: Openings into the aircraft may already exist from structural damage resulting from the impact. Do not
waste time trying to access the aircraft through normal entry points if you can enter through other openings.
b. If normal entry points are inaccessible or not operational and other openings are not available, you may have
to use forcible entry procedures. Use forcible entry techniques, as required, according to task 051-249-1128.
3. Extinguish any fire inside the aircraft.
NOTE: Once you have entered the aircraft, position a hose line so you can attack and extinguish any fire you find
inside the aircraft. Normally, the firefighting crew is responsible for extinguishing the fire. However, the situation
and available manpower dictates the responsibility.
4. Perform aircraft ventilation.
NOTE: The greatest danger to surviving crew members or passengers is from interior fire, smoke, heat, and gas.
You must extinguish the fire and ventilate to increase the survival potential of the crew members and passengers and
to increase the success of the overall rescue effort. If necessary, and if time and manpower permit, use mechanical
smoke ejectors to help remove the heat and smoke from inside the aircraft. WARNING: Make sure the fire around
the fuselage has been completely extinguished before ventilating the aircraft. Ventilating before complete
extinguishment results in the smoke and fire being drawn into the aircraft and jeopardizing the safety of trapped
crew members and passengers.
5. Locate survivors and take them to a safe area. Perform the appropriate rescue carry according to task 051-2491131.
NOTE: Remove survivors closest to the entry points or who can be easily rescued first. Remove those requiring
more involved rescue efforts last.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated aircraft emergency and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier: Tell the soldier to locate and rescue survivors from the aircraft and take them to a safe area without
injuring the survivors.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Resul
ts
1. Waits until a rescue path has been opened to the aircraft.
P
2. Gains entry to the aircraft.
P
a. Tries to open crew or passenger doors on the rescue side of the aircraft, as required, and gains access to
the aircraft.
b. If normal entry points are inaccessible or not operational and other openings are not available, uses
forcible entry into the aircraft.
3. Extinguishes any fire inside the aircraft.
P
4. Performs aircraft ventilation after ensuring the fire around the fuselage has been completely extinguished. P
5. Locates victims and takes them to a safe area.
P
a. Rescues survivors closest to the entry points first.
b. Rescues survivors who can be easily rescued before trying to rescue survivors requiring more involved
rescue efforts.
c. Correctly performs the appropriate rescue carry, when required, and takes the survivors to a safe area.
F
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
PERFORM RESCUE CARRIES
051-249-1131
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are at a aircraft crash or structural fire scene. The crew chief has directed you to perform rescue operations and
remove victims from the structure or survivors from the aircraft using the appropriate rescue carry. You are given an
aircraft crash or structural fire scene, victims, protective clothing, SCBA, lifeline, fully equipped and operational fire
apparatus, hose line with nozzle, and one assistant firefighter to operate the nozzle.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Locate victims trapped inside the structure or aircraft, rescue them using the appropriate rescue carry, and
relocate them to a safe area.
b. Perform the rescue carry without injuring yourself or the victims.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Locate victims inside the structure or aircraft according to tasks 051-249-1119 and 051-249-1130.
2. Determine the extent of any injuries.
WARNING
Make a quick survey of the victims to determine if any victims have life-threatening injuries. Even though
time is critical, you must conduct an initial survey. Improperly moving an injured victim cause further
injury or result in death.
3. Perform the appropriate carry depending on the injuries. Relocate the victim to a safe area.
NOTE: When you locate numerous victims at the same time, first rescue the victims closest to egress points and
ones you can easily free. Then rescue trapped victims with serious injuries or victims requiring more involved
rescue efforts.
a. One firefighter carries.
(1) Drag. Use this carry when the victim is extremely heavy, when the victim is near an exit, or when
you do not have overhead room to use other carries.
(a) Place the victim on his back.
(b) Grab the victim under his arms.
(c) Move backward and drag the victim to safety.
CAUTION
Always pull the victim in the direction of the long axis of the body. Do not pull him sideways and do not drag
a victim up or down stairs.
NOTE: You can also place a victim on a blanket or coat and drag him to safety.
(2) Back-strap carry. Use this carry if the victim does not have serious injuries and if the victim's
weight is equal to or less than your own. Also, use this carry on unconscious victims.
(a) Position the victim on his back.
(b) Lie down with your back on the victim's chest.
(c) Reach over and grab one of the victim's arms, pull it over your shoulder, and hold his arm
against your chest with the opposite hand. For example, if the victim's arm passes over your
right shoulder, hold his arm with your left hand.
(d) Grab the victim's clothing at his hip area with your free hand and roll over until the victim
is on your back.
(e) Raise yourself to both knees while holding the victim on your back.
(f) Slide one of your feet forward and balance yourself on the ball of your foot.
(g) Slide your second foot forward as you rise to a standing position.
NOTE: You cannot perform this carry if the victim has broken bones or if you are wearing an
SCBA.
(3) Fireman's carry. Use this carry to rescue victims from a burning structure.
NOTE: The fireman's carry lets you carry a victim a considerable distance without becoming
fatigued. You also have a free hand to perform actions such as opening a door.
(a) Place the victim face down with his head resting on his arm.
(b) Straddle the victim's back and place your hands under his armpits.
(c) Lift the victim to a standing position.
(d) Support the victim by placing your arm around his waist.
(e) Step in front of the victim with one leg and place it between his legs.
(f) Grab the victim's right (left) wrist as you place your right (left) shoulder in his midsection.
(g) Pull the victim's right (left) arm around the back of your neck as you assume a squatting
position.
NOTE: The victim should now be draped across your shoulders.
(h) Slip your free hand between the victim's legs and around one of his knees.
(i) Bring the victim's wrist down to your hand, which is wrapped around his knee, and grab
his wrist with your hand.
(j) Lift straight upward.
CAUTION
Raise the victim to a standing position using your leg muscles. You could injure your back if you try to lift
the victim's weight with your back.
(k) Raise the victim to a standing position.
NOTE: You cannot perform this carry if the victim has broken bones or if you are wearing an
SCBA.
(4) Arms carry. Use this carry when carrying small victims a short distance.
(a) Grab the victim around the back and place your hand under his armpit.
(b) Place your other hand under his legs and around his knees.
(c) Lift the victim to chest level using your leg muscles as you rise up.
(d) Carry the victim high to reduce the extent of fatigue.
b. Two firefighter carries.
(1) Seat carry. Use this carry on moderately heavy victims who do not have broken bones.
(a) Extend both arms and grab the arms of the second rescuer just below the elbow.
(b) Let the victim seat himself on your arms.
(c) Tell the victim to place his arms around the shoulders of the rescuers.
(d) Carry the victim to safety.
(2) Chair carry. Use this carry to transport a victim when you do not have a litter and when you
transport a victim up or down stairs.
(a) Position the victim in the chair in a seated position.
(b) One rescuer grabs the top of the chair while the other rescuer grabs the legs or bottom of
the chair.
(c) Carry the victim to safety.
(3) Extremities carry. Use this carry when a victim has no serious bodily injuries.
(a) Position the victim on his back.
(b) One rescuer faces away from the victim and grabs the victim by the legs.
(c) The other rescuer grabs the victim under his arms and around his chest.
(d) Lift the victim and carry him to a safe location.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated aircraft crash or structural fire scene and all other items listed in the
CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to locate and rescue victims using the appropriate rescue carry
without injuring himself, other rescuers, and the victims.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Locates victims inside the structure or aircraft according to tasks 051-249-1119 and 051-249-1130.
P F
2. Determines the extent of any injuries.
P F
3. Performs the appropriate carry depending on the injuries. Relocates the victim to a safe area.
P F
a. One firefighter carries.
(1) Drag. Uses this carry when the victim is extremely heavy, when the victim is near an exit, or
when he does not have overhead room to use other carries.
(a) Places the victim on his back.
(b) Grabs the victim under his arms.
(c) Moves backward and drags the victim to safety.
(2) Back-strap carry. Uses this carry if the victim does not have serious injuries and if the
victim's weight is equal to or less than his own. Also, uses this carry on unconscious victims.
(a) Positions the victim on his back.
(b) Lies down with his back on the victim's chest.
(c) Reaches over and grabs one of the victim's arms, pulls it over his shoulder, and holds
the arm against his chest with the opposite hand. For example, if the victim's arm passes
over his right shoulder, holds that arm with his left hand.
(d) Grabs the victim's clothing at the hip area with his free hand and rolls over until the
victim is on his back.
(e) Raises himself to both knees while holding the victim on his back.
(f) Slides one of his feet forward and balances himself on the ball of his foot.
(g) Slides his second foot forward as he rises to a standing position.
(3) Fireman's carry. Uses this carry to rescue victims from a burning structure.
(a) Places the victim face down with his head resting on his arm.
(b) Straddles the victim's back and places his hands under the victim's armpits.
(c) Lifts the victim to a standing position.
(d) Supports the victim by placing his arm around the victim's waist.
(e) Steps in front of the victim with one leg and places it between the victim's legs.
(f) Grabs the victim's right (left) wrist as he places his right (left) shoulder in the victim's
midsection.
(g) Pulls the victim's right (left) arm around the back of his neck as he assumes a
squatting position.
(h) Slips his free hand between the victim's legs and around one of the victim's knees.
(i) Brings the victim's wrist down to his hand, which is wrapped around the victim's
knee, and grabs the victim's wrist with his hand.
(j) Lifts straight upward.
(k) Raises to a standing position.
(4) Arms carry. Uses this carry when carrying small victims a short distance.
(a) Grabs the victim around the back and places his hand under the victim's armpit.
(b) Places his other hand under the victim's legs and around the knees.
(c) Lifts the victim to chest level using his leg muscles as his raises up.
(d) Carries the victim high to reduce the extent of fatigue.
b. Two firefighter carries.
(1) Seat carry. Uses this carry on moderately heavy victims who do not have broken bones.
(a) Extends both arms and grabs the arms of the second rescuer just below the elbow.
(b) Lets the victim seat himself on his arms.
(c) Tells the victim to place his arms around the shoulders of the rescuers.
(d) Carries the victim to safety.
(2) Chair carry. Uses this carry to transport a victim when he does not have a litter and when
he transports a victim up or down stairs.
(a) Positions the victim in the chair in a seated position.
(b) One rescuer grabs the top of the chair while the other rescuer grabs the legs or
bottom of the chair.
(c) Carries the victim to safety.
(3) Extremities carry. Uses this carry when a victim has no serious bodily injuries.
(a) Positions the victim on his back.
(b) One rescuer faces away from the victim and grabs the victim by the legs.
(c) The other rescuer grabs the victim under the arms and around the chest.
(d) Lifts the victim and carries him to a safe location.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any of the performance measure, you must show him how to perform it
correctly. The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can
perform it correctly.
REFERENCE
TEST FIRE HOSE
051-249-2101
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a crew chief of a firefighting crew and have been assigned the task of testing the fire hose. You are given 1
1/2-inch hose and 2 1/2-inch hose sections; nozzle with a shutoff valve; hose clamp; fully equipped, operational, and
manned fire apparatus; protective clothing; water supply; necessary tools and equipment; and an area to conduct the
test.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Make sure the hose line is properly laid out and connected to the fire apparatus.
b. Make sure (without error) the hose line is pressurized to the correct pressure.
c. Conduct the test and make sure all hose lines that are deemed unserviceable are properly marked or tagged.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Direct the performance of the test.
NOTE: All hose lines except the unlined linen hose are required to be hydrostatically tested annually. Unlined linen
hose line is required to be hydrostatically tested every 10-years.
a. Make sure the hose line is laid out and properly connected to the fire apparatus.
b. Make sure a nozzle is attached to the free end of the hose line.
NOTE: The maximum length of hose line that should be laid out, connected together, and tested is 300-feet.
c. Have the nozzleman and assistant nozzleman position themselves at the nozzle.
d. Have the driver/operator engage the fire apparatus pump and charge the line to about 100 PSI.
e. Direct the nozzleman to open the nozzle to bleed off the air.
f. Have all leaking hose couplings tightened.
g. Make sure the water is discharged through the nozzle for at least five minutes. Direct the closing of the
nozzle.
h. Signal the pump operator to gradually raise the pump pressure until he attains the required hose test pressure
once the nozzle has been closed. The test pressure for the various types of fire hose is as follows:
(1) 100 PSI for Hard-suction hose line. 100 PSI for Soft-suction hose line.
(2) 150 PSI for 1 1/2-inch and 2 1/2-inch single-jacket, cotton-covered, rubber-lined hose.
(3) 250 PSI for 1-inch rubber-covered, rubber-lined hose; 1 1/2-inch and 2 1/2-inch multijacket,
cotton-covered and polyester-covered, rubber-lined hose line.
NOTE: New hose sections are tested at the proof test pressure level marked on the hose section. This
test is not the hydrostatic test, but ensures you that you can use the hose section.
i. Direct the pump operator to close the discharge gate to an almost CLOSED position.
CAUTION
Hose sections, which are being tested, are subject to fail under the pressure and burst. Closing the discharge
gate to an almost CLOSED position allows the pressure to be maintained in the hose line but minimizes the
danger from hose failure. Also, firefighters should move away from where the hose line is being tested.
j. Make sure the pressure is maintained in the hose line for five minutes once the required pressure is
attained.
k. Make sure the pump operator is alert and prepared to shut down the fire pump in case a hose section
fails.
NOTE: If a hose section ruptures during the test, have it removed from the laid-out hose. The rest of the
unruptured hose must be repressurized and the test conducted again until the laid-out hose has been
pressurized for five minutes.
l. Direct the pump operator to shut down the fire pump after the five-minute test time.
m. Direct the nozzleman to open the nozzle and relieve the pressure from the hose line.
2. Direct the following at the end of the test:
a. Inspect the hose. Inspect the hose line for signs of failure. Check for the following:
(1) Signs of bubbles or bumps on the exterior of the hose jacket.
(2) Splits or separations in the hose jacket.
(3) Separation between the hose jacket and the coupling.
(4) Separation of the exterior hose jacket from the interior hose lining.
(5) Other signs indicating hose failure.
b. Mark the hose. Mark all serviceable or unserviceable hose line.
(1) Mark serviceable hose line with the date the hose was tested.
(2) Mark or tag unserviceable hose as a turn-in item.
3. Continue testing until all hose lines have been tested.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with the items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to direct the
hose-testing operation and to make sure all hose lines are tested and marked.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Resu
lts
1. Directs the performance of the test.
P F
a. Makes sure the hose line is laid out and properly connected to the fire apparatus.
b. Makes sure a nozzle is attached to the free end of the hose line.
c. Makes sure that the maximum length of the hose line, laid out and connected, does not exceed 300-feet.
d. Has the nozzleman and assistant nozzleman operate the nozzle.
e. Has the driver/operator engage the fire apparatus pump and charge the line to about 100 PSI.
f. Directs the nozzleman to open the nozzle to bleed off the air.
g. Has all leaking hose couplings tightened.
h. Makes sure the water is discharged through the nozzle for at least five minutes. Directs the closing of
the nozzle.
i. Signals the pump operator to gradually raise the pump pressure until he attains the required hose test
pressure once the nozzle has been closed.
j. Identifies the following correct test pressure for the various types of hose line:
(1) 100 PSI for Hard-suction hose line. 100 PSI for Soft-suction hose line.
(2) 150 PSI for 1 1/2-inch and 2 1/2-inch single-jacket, cotton-covered, rubber-lined hose.
(3) 250 PSI for 1-inch rubber-covered, rubber-lined hose; 1 1/2-inch and 2 1/2-inch multijacket,
cotton-covered and polyester-covered, rubber-lined hose line.
k. Directs the pump operator to close the discharge gate to an almost CLOSED position.
l. Makes sure the pressure is maintained for at least five minutes once the required pressure is
attained.
m. Makes sure the pump operator is alert and prepared to shut down the fire pump in case a hose
section fails.
n. Directs the pump operator to shut down the fire pump after the five-minute test time.
o. Directs the nozzleman to open the nozzle and relieve the pressure from the hose line.
2. Directs the following at the end of the test:
P F
a. Inspects the hose. Inspects the hose line for signs of failure. Checks for the following:
(1) Signs of bubbles or bumps on the exterior of the hose jacket.
(2) Splits or separations in the hose jacket.
(3) Separation between the hose jacket and the coupling.
(4) Separation of the exterior hose jacket from the interior hose lining.
(5) Other signs indicating hose failure.
b. Marks the hose. Marks all serviceable or unserviceable hose line.
(1) Marks serviceable hose line with the date the hose was tested.
(2) Marks or tags unserviceable hose as a turn-in item.
3. Continues testing until all hose lines have been tested.
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DIRECT A NATURAL COVER FIREFIGHTING CREW
051-249-2102
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a crew chief of a natural cover firefighting crew. You have arrived at a natural cover fire scene. You are
given a fully equipped, operational, and manned fire apparatus, protective clothing and equipment, a fire scene, and
necessary brush firefighting equipment.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify (without error) the parts of a natural-cover fire.
b. Identify (without error) the various fuels and their effects on a natural cover fire.
c. Identify the factors that affect the fire spread of natural cover fires.
d. Organize the firefighting crew to attack and extinguish the fire. e. Direct the natural cover firefighting crew
without injuring yourself or crew members.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Identify the types and characteristics of natural cover fires.
a. Undergrowth or duff fires. These are fires in peat, humus, leaf litter, or other organic materials that have
become part of the soil. Characteristics include the following:
(1) Fires have long burning periods without producing much smoke or flame before they igniting
surface fuels.
(2) Fires are slow burning.
(3) Fires are difficult to control because they must be dug out or flooded to be completely
extinguished.
b. Surface fires. These are the most common types of natural cover fires. They burn at ground level and
involve flash fuels (for example grass, leaves, field crops, weeds, small brush). Characteristics include the
following:
(1) Fires are fast and burn hot.
(2) Fires are easily influenced by the wind.
(3) Fires respond rapidly to suppression efforts because of the light fuels involved.
c. Spot fires. These fires occur from wind blown sparks or embers and usually involve surface fuels. The
fires are very dangerous to firefighting crews because fires can start behind crews and trap firefighters
between the two fires with no escape route. Spot fires are usually found in front of the main fire. If not
controlled or extinguished immediately, spot fires can spread laterally and connect with other spot fires.
Spot fires have no special characteristics.
d. Crown fires. These fires are found in the tops of trees and high brush. Crown fires are the most
dangerous of all natural cover fires. Characteristics include the following:
(1) Enormous flame area draws air from hundreds of yards from the fire line.
(2) Intensity and high degree of heat make direct control almost impossible.
(3) Fires often gain momentum by creating their own wind in addition to the surface wind.
2. Identify parts of a natural cover fire.
a. Head. This part spreads the most rapidly and travels in the direction of the wind. The head always burns on
the front side of the fire with great intensity and does the most damage. Controlling the main head and
preventing the formation of new heads are ways to control the fire.
b. Fingers. Fingers are divisions of the head that branch away from the head along the flanks. If the fingers are
not controlled, new heads form.
c. Rear or tail. This is the side opposite the head. The rear always burns in the opposite direction of the head.
The rear burns slowly because it is usually travels against the wind or downhill. A rear fire is the easiest to
control.
d. Flanks. The sides of the fire area between the head and tail are called flanks. The left and right flanks are
identified when facing the head from the tail or rear. Fingers are usually formed from the flanks.
e. Fire area. This is the burned out area inside the head, flanks, and rear. When combating the fire near the head,
firefighters are usually safer working inside the fire area to avoid the heat, smoke, and sparks blown from the
wind.
f. Perimeter. This is the boundary line of a natural cover fire that includes the head, flanks, and rear. The size or
outline of the perimeter changes until the fire is extinguished.
g. Control line. The control line identifies all natural fire barriers, man-made fire barriers, treated areas, direct
attack lines, indirect attack lines, and any defense in controlling the fire. When identifying the control line, you
must specify the area.
h. Fire line. The fire line identifies the part of the control line where firefighters scraped or plowed to bare soil
or where they used water to create a fire barrier.
3. Identify fuels and their effects. All ground cover vegetation have the potential to burn. The changing conditions of
the fuels contribute to its flammability. Ground cover fuels are classified as flash, heavy, or green.
a. Flash fuels. These fuels consist of dried grass, dead leaves, pine needles, and small branches and twigs. Fire
usually burns rapidly through these fuels and furnishes the heat to ignite heavier fuels. Flash fuels usually
respond to most fire suppression methods.
b. Heavy fuels. These fuels are normally slow burning and include heavy limbs, logs, stumps, and matted duff.
Heavy fuels usually retain moisture and will seldom ignite without heat from flash fuels. Once the heavy fuels
are ignited, they usually burn for a long time and are difficult to extinguish.
c. Green fuels. These fuels are any vegetation still growing. Green fuels can be ignited from flash fuel fires.
However, green fuels take a long time to dry to the ignition point unless the fuel contains flammable oils that
will cause the fuel to ignite.
4. Identify factors affecting the fire spread. Other factors that contribute to the spread of the natural cover fire are
time, weather, and topography.
a. Time. During a 24-hour cycle, there are time periods when the burning characteristics of natural cover fires
are fairly consistent. The following describes these periods:
(1) 1800-0400 hours. This period is the best time for firefighters to combat a fire. The wind dies down,
air cools, relative humidity rises, and fuels begin to absorb moisture.
(2) 0400-0600 hours. During this short period, ground cover burning remains slow and conditions are
still favorable for firefighters to combat the fire.
(3) 0600-1000 hours. This is the build-up period. Shortly after dawn, fire intensity usually increases,
wind speed picks up, humidity decreases, and the temperature rises. As time passes, firefighting
becomes more difficult.
(4) 1000-1800 hours. Fire intensity is usually at its highest point. The wind is usually strong, air is dry,
temperature is high, and fuels are dry. Combating fires is most difficult during this period.
b. Weather. Some of the weather factors that directly affect the fire include precipitation, relative humidity,
temperature, and wind.
(1) Precipitation. The degree of precipitation directly affects how rapidly or easily fuels will burn.
Prolonged dry spells reduce the fuel's moisture content making fuels very susceptible to fire.
Occasional showers will not provide enough moisture to reduce the fire danger. Heavy rains or periods
of prolonged rain reduce the fire danger; however, flash fuels may quickly dry and burn. Heavier fuels
retain moisture better and will slow the burning process and retard the spread of the fire.
(2) Relative humidity. This is the amount of moisture in the air compared to the amount of moisture
the air can hold. Warm air tends to hold more moisture than cooler air. Air with no moisture or low in
moisture tends to absorb moisture from the ground cover fuels. Fluctuations in relative humidity
greatly affect fire spread.
(3) Temperature. Temperature relates to relative humidity since the degree of moisture in the air
directly relates to the temperature of the air. Warm air absorbs more moisture and tends to dry and
preheat fuels that contribute to the fire spread. Cooler air absorbs less moisture, dampens the fuel, and
slows the burning process.
(4) Wind. The wind has the greatest effect on fire spread. Wind-(a) Dries the fuels and speeds up moisture evaporation from the fuels.
(b) Fans the flames.
(c) Can blow sparks or embers across the fire line and cause spot fires.
(d) Supplies fresh oxygen to the fire, which speeds up the spread of the fire.
(e) Changes directions quickly without warning.
(f) Can jeopardize both fire control and the safety of the firefighting personnel.
NOTE: A natural cover fire can generate its own wind, which causes the fire to burn fast,
unevenly, and with more intensity. The spread of natural cover fires is more or less related to
wind speed.
(5) Topography. The slope of the land has a direct effect on the behavior of fire. Fire will usually
burn more rapidly and with greater intensity uphill than downhill because the fire's hot air dries
and heats the fuel as the fire progresses up the hill. These same factors work against the fire when
it reaches the top of the hill and starts to burn down the hill. Fire lines in hilly terrain are best
located just over a ridge from an advancing fire. Also, ground cover fuels tend to be drier on
southward facing slopes than on northward facing slopes because the fuels are exposed to direct
sunlight for longer periods.
5. Organize the firefighting crew to attack and extinguish the fire.
NOTE: You should make a direct attack on the fire to stop the fire from increasing. However, if the fire exceeds
your capability to control and extinguish it, immediately notify the assistant fire chief for additional support.
6. Evaluate the existing conditions and direct the attack and extinguishment of the fire based on the existing
conditions.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the types and parts of natural cover fires, the various fuels and their effects on
natural cover fires, and the factors that affect the fire spread of natural cover fires. Tell the soldier to determine the
method of attack and direct the firefighting crew in combating and extinguishing the fire without error and without
injuring himself or the crew members.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Identifies the types of natural cover fires and their characteristics.
a. Undergrowth or duff fire.
b. Surface fire.
c. Spot fire.
d. Crown fire.
2. Identifies the parts of a natural cover fire.
a. Head.
b. Fingers.
c. Rear or tail.
d. Flanks.
e. Fire area.
f. Perimeter.
g. Control line.
h. Fire line.
3. Identifies the types of fuels and their effects.
a. Flash fuels.
b. Heavy fuels.
c. Green Fuels.
4. Identifies the factors affecting the fire spread.
a. Fire cycles.
(1) 1800-0400 hours.
(2) 0400-0600 hours.
(3) 0600-1000 hours.
(4) 1000-1800 hours.
b. Weather factors.
(1) Precipitation.
(2) Relative humidity.
(3) Temperature.
(4) Wind.
(5) Topography.
5. Organizes the firefighting crew to combat and extinguish the fire.
6. Evaluates the conditions and directs the attack and extinguishment of the fire.
Results
P
F
P
F
P
F
P
F
P
P
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DIRECT THE POSITIONING OF A FIRE APPARATUS FOR AN INBOUND
AIRCRAFT WITH AN EMERGENCY
051-249-2103
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a crew chief of a crash and rescue firefighting crew. You have just been notified of an inbound aircraft with
an emergency. You are given a fully equipped, operational, and manned fire apparatus, protective clothing and
equipment, and two-way radio communication.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify (without error) essential information that you must obtain.
b. Identify the factors you use to determine where to position firefighting vehicles along the runway.
c. Direct the positioning of the fire apparatus along the runway based on where you think the aircraft will land.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Identify the following essential information:
NOTE: The control tower or base operations usually provides most of the information. Some or all of the
information will be available when you are notified of the emergency. You should try to obtain all of the
information as soon as possible.
a. Type of aircraft.
b. Weapons or armament on board.
c. Type and amount of cargo on board.
d. Number of crew members and passengers on board.
e. Amount of fuel on board.
f. Nature of the emergency.
g. Runway or location on the airfield where the aircraft will be landing.
h. Estimated time of arrival.
NOTE: Also note the weather conditions and the speed and direction of the wind.
2. Identify the following factors that affect where to position fire apparatus along the runway:
a. Nature of the emergency. If a fixed-wing aircraft is trying to land without landing gear, position the majority
of firefighting apparatus at the approach end or at midfield, because the aircraft will land hard and usually not
slide very far. If the aircraft is making a landing without brakes, position the majority of the firefighting
apparatus near midfield or at the far end of the runway, because the aircraft will travel a long way without
brakes.
b. Type of aircraft. Rotary wing aircraft can be directed to a specified location on the airfield, based on the
nature of the emergency. Large, fixed-wing aircraft (C-141, C-130) without brakes will usually travel off the far
end of the runway; therefore, position the fire apparatus at the far end of the runway. Small, fixed-wing aircraft
(C-12, U-21) without brakes will not travel far; therefore, position the fire apparatus at midfield.
c. Weather. If the runway is wet, aircraft without brakes or landing gear can be expected to travel farther along
the runway than on a dry runway.
d. Other. If the aircraft is reporting hydraulic loss, fire warning lights activated, structural damage, electrical
malfunctions, and so forth, position the fire apparatus along the entire runway because you will not know where
the aircraft will stop when it lands or crashes.
3. Direct the positioning of the fire apparatus along the runway.
4. Remain in position until the aircraft passes your location or stops before your location.
5. Respond to the scene and position the fire apparatus according to task 051-249-2104.
6. Direct the crash and rescue firefighting operations according to tasks 051-249-1126, 051-249-1129, 051-2491130, and 051-249-2105, as required.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated aircraft emergency and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the essential information he needs to identify factors he should consider when
positioning fire apparatus along the runway. Tell the soldier to position the fire apparatus along the runway after
considering the factors.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Identifies the following essential information:
a. Type of aircraft.
b. Weapons or armament on board.
c. Type and amount of cargo on board.
d. Number of crew members and passengers on board.
e. Amount of fuel on board.
f. Nature of the emergency.
g. Runway or location on the airfield where the aircraft will be landing.
h. Estimated time of arrival.
i. Weather.
j. Wind speed and direction.
2. Identifies the following factors that affect where to position fire apparatus along the runway:
a. Nature of the emergency.
b. Type of aircraft.
c. Weather.
3. Directs the positioning of the fire apparatus along the runway.
4. Remains in position until the aircraft passes his location or stops before his location.
5. Responds to the scene and positions the fire apparatus according to task 051-249-2104.
6. Directs the crash and rescue firefighting operations according to tasks 051-249-1126, 051-249-1129, 051249-1130, and 051-249-2105, as required.
Resu
lts
P F
P F
P
P
P
P
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DIRECT THE POSITIONING OF A FIRE APPARATUS AT A AIRCRAFT CRASH OR
EMERGENCY INCIDENT
051-249-2104
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the crew chief of a fully equipped and manned fire apparatus stationed at a functional airfield. You are
responding to an aircraft crash or emergency incident. You have been given an airfield map, an aircraft in an
emergency situation, some or all of the required pertinent information from the base control tower, and a fully
operational, equipped, and manned fire apparatus.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify and obtain all available essential information about the crash or emergency incident and identify the
advantage of having this information readily available.
b. Identify the factors that govern the approach to the aircraft crash or emergency incident and the requirements
that must be met on any approach.
c. Identify the factors that govern the positioning of the fire apparatus at the aircraft crash or emergency
incident.
d. Direct the proper placement of the fire apparatus at the aircraft crash or emergency incident.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
NOTE: Successful aircraft crash and rescue operations are contingent on several factors that occur before, during,
and after the aircraft crash or emergency incident. All firefighters (assigned or not assigned to the crash and rescue
stations) must be familiar with the layout of the airfield, traffic patterns, and runway numbering system; type of
assigned aircraft; and emergency shutdown procedures of assigned aircraft before responding to an aircraft
emergency situation.
1. Identify pertinent information about the aircraft crash or emergency incident.
NOTE: The base control tower or base operations usually provides this information. Some or all of the information
will be available at the beginning of the emergency. To enhance the potential success of the firefighting/rescue
effort, try to obtain all pertinent information as soon as possible.
a. Type of aircraft involved. Consider the following factors:
(1) Structural problems.
(2) Approach of the aircraft.
(3) Extent of the rescue effort (passengers or cargo aircraft, large frame versus small frame, and so
forth).
b. Weapons or armament on board. Consider the following factors:
(1) Safety of the firefighters responding to the crash or emergency incident.
(2) Where to position the fire apparatus.
WARNING
Be very careful when approaching aircraft that is carrying missiles. The safest approach and positioning for
fire apparatus is to the front of the missile at a 45-degree angle from the long axis.
(3) Whether or not to conduct rescue operations. (If the aircrew or passengers are trapped, try to start
rescue efforts.)
c. Type and amount of cargo on board. Consider the following factors:
(1) Materials (bombs, ammunition, chemicals) that may be potentially dangerous to firefighting
personnel.
(2) Potential magnitude of the fire or the possibility of an explosion.
d. Number of crew members and passengers on board. Consider the following factors:
(1) Extent of the rescue effort.
(2) Where to position the fire apparatus at the aircraft crash or emergency incident.
e. Amount of fuel on board. Consider the following factors:
(1) Potential magnitude of the fire.
(2) Potential explosive conditions.
(3) Need for more or larger fire apparatus (second or third alarms or using the mutual aid agreements).
f. Nature of the emergency. Consider the following factors:
(1) Firefighting tactics.
(2) Extent of firefighting operations (crashed aircraft or hot-wheel landing).
2. Identify the factors that govern the approach to the crash or emergency incident and the requirements that must be
met on any approach.
NOTE: You must consider many factors when determining the approach to an aircraft crash or emergency incident.
Of these factors, you must always consider wind, terrain, and aircraft type.
a. Wind. Whenever possible, approach a crash or an emergency incident from an upwind position. Some
advantages of an upwind approach are-(1) Hose streams reach the farthest.
(2) Danger to the crew and equipment is reduced.
NOTE: Factors such as terrain features, passenger safety, time, armament, or amount of burning fuel
may prevent you from approaching from the upwind side. If you cannot reach the fire scene from a
safe way, approach and fight the fire against the wind.
b. Terrain. The greatest difficulties in approaching the scene and positioning the fire apparatus occur when
the aircraft crash happens off the airfield flight line or runway.
CAUTION
Weather greatly affects the condition of the terrain. Snow, ice, or rain impairs maneuvering on the flight
line. Also, off-road response is greatly limited during rainy or snowy conditions. Be aware of current weather
conditions when considering terrain features.
c. Type of aircraft. The type of aircraft affects not only approach and positioning but also rescue, control,
and extinguishment.
NOTE: When you know the type of aircraft involved in an emergency, you should always plan your
approach from the rescue side. You should also plan your approach as soon as possible to avoid last minute
maneuvering.
d. Requirements. The following lists the four basic requirements you must meet when approaching an
aircraft:
(1) Accessibility to the aircraft for effective use of turrets and hose lines.
(2) Speed with which the fire around the fuselage can be controlled.
(3) Speed with which the rescue effort can begin.
(4) Reasonable safety of the firefighters.
3. Identify the on-scene factors that govern the positioning of the fire apparatus.
a. Sequence. You should attack the fire around the fuselage during the initial attack. Position the fire apparatus
at the most advantageous location for the initial attack. Consider the following factors when positioning fire
apparatus:
(1) Position the first fire apparatus to arrive at the nose or tail of the aircraft, if you do not know the
type of aircraft. (This method usually provides the greatest coverage for the fuselage where the crew
members and passengers may be located.)
(2) Position subsequent fire apparatus, if available, alternately rescue and nonrescue side, depending on
where the first apparatus is positioned.
NOTE: You may not be able to follow the normal positioning sequence because of terrain, ground
condition, armament, aircraft type, or aircraft condition. In unusual circumstances, the senior fire
official determines vehicle positioning.
b. Hazards. This is one of the most important factors to consider when an aircraft accident occurs. Some of
the more common hazards found include the following:
(1) Bombs in the fuselage.
(2) Missiles or rockets affixed to the aircraft wings.
(3) Fuel tankers with large amounts of fuel on board.
(4) Areas in front of and behind the aircraft jet engines.
c. Distance. The effectiveness of the turrets and hose lines usually depends on how close you can position
the fire apparatus to the aircraft.
CAUTION
Be very careful when positioning fire apparatus close to the fuselage. Even though the turret and hose line
streams are more effective when close to the fuselage, the crew and equipment are in greater danger.
d. Location. You should always consider the following factors when determining where to position the fire
apparatus in relation to the aircraft:
(1) An area that is free of obstructions and hazards to the fire apparatus and firefighters, yet still is
accessible to the aircraft.
NOTE: When the first vehicle is positioned, the other vehicles usually are positioned from that
location. During training, all firefighting personnel should function as crew chiefs. This training will
provide fire personnel with the necessary information and practical experience they need if they are
assigned as a crew chief in an emergency.
(2) An area that places equipment and rescue personnel close to victims inside the aircraft.
e. Terrain. This element can limit where you position the vehicles. These limiting factors include the
following:
(1) Hilly terrain.
(2) Ground conditions (snow-covered, wet, muddy).
(3) Buildings or other man-made obstructions.
(4) Debris from the downed aircraft.
(5) Passengers or crew members ejected from the aircraft.
(6) Ponds and lakes.
NOTE: Prefire plans are established to outline procedures, and drills are conducted to follow
procedures for an aircraft crash or emergency incident. Because aircraft crashes are very unpredictable,
the senior fire official must be flexible in judgment when positioning the fire apparatus.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated emergency situation and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS
Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify all essential information and factors governing the approach and
positioning of fire apparatus at the aircraft crash or emergency and to direct the proper placement of the fire
apparatus at the aircraft crash or emergency.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Resul
ts
1. Identifies pertinent information about the aircraft crash or emergency incident.
P F
a. Type of aircraft involved. Considers the following factors:
(1) Structural problems.
(2) Approach of the aircraft.
(3) Extent of the rescue effort (passengers or cargo aircraft).
b. Weapons or armament on board. Considers the following factors:
(1) Safety of the firefighters responding to the crash or emergency incident.
(2) Where to position the fire apparatus.
(3) Whether or not to conduct rescue operations. (If aircrew members or passengers are trapped,
try to start rescue efforts.)
c. Type and amount of cargo on board. Considers the following factors:
(1) Materials (bombs, ammunition, chemicals) that may be potentially dangerous to firefighting
personnel.
(2) Potential magnitude of the fire or the possibility of an explosion.
d. Number of crew members and passengers on board. Considers the following factors:
(1) Extent of the rescue effort.
(2) Where to position the fire apparatus at the aircraft crash or emergency incident.
e. Amount of fuel on board. Considers the following factors:
(1) Potential magnitude of the fire.
(2) Potential explosive conditions.
(3) Need for more or larger fire apparatus (second or third alarms or using the mutual aid
agreements).
f. Nature of the emergency. Considers the following factors:
(1) firefighting tactics.
(2) Extent of firefighting operations (crashed aircraft or hot-wheel landing).
2. Identifies the factors that govern the approach to the crash or emergency incident and the requirements that P F
must be met on any approach.
a. Factors.
(1) Wind.
(2) Terrain.
(3) Type of aircraft.
b. Requirements.
(1) Accessibility to the aircraft.
(2) Speed with which the fire around the fuselage can be controlled.
(3) Speed with which the rescue effort can begin.
(4) Reasonable safety of the firefighters.
3. Identifies the on-scene factors that govern the positioning of the fire apparatus.
a. Sequence.
b. Hazards.
c. Distance.
d. Location.
e. Terrain.
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DIRECT A CRASH AND RESCUE FIREFIGHTING CREW
051-249-2105
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the crew chief of a crash and rescue firefighting crew at an aircraft crash site. You are given a fully
equipped, operational, and manned fire apparatus; necessary tools and equipment; protective clothes and equipment;
and an airfield map.
STANDARDS
1. You will-- a. Direct the crash and rescue firefighting crew to perform crash and rescue firefighting operations
without injuring yourself, the firefighting crew, or any personnel trapped in the aircraft.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Direct the positioning of the fire apparatus according to task 051-249-2104.
2. Operate the turret nozzle (2500L) or direct the turret operator to discharge the agent during the approach and
initial attack according to tasks 051-249-1114 and 051-249-1126.
NOTE: Once the main fire around the fuselage has been extinguished, tell the driver/operator to operate the turret
on the 2500L, if necessary.
3. Dismount the fire apparatus and quickly assess the situation. Your assessment should be based on the information
you received from the control tower and the situation.
4. Direct the nozzleman to open and maintain a rescue path to the aircraft.
NOTE: If the turret was properly operated and the agent directed at the aircraft properly, a rescue path should have
already been established.
5. Direct the application of the extinguishing agent from the turret and hose line, as necessary.
6. Direct or perform forcible entry into the aircraft according to task 051-249-1128, as necessary.
7. Direct or perform emergency aircraft shutdown procedures according to task 051-249-1129.
8. Direct or perform the rescuing of trapped personnel according to task 051-249-1130, as necessary.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated aircraft crash site and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier. Tell the soldier to direct the crash and rescue firefighting crew at an aircraft crash site without injuring
himself, crew members, or trapped personnel inside the aircraft.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Directs the positioning of the fire apparatus according to task 051-249-2104.
2. Operates the turret nozzle (2500L) or directs the turret operator to discharge the agent during the approach
and initial attack according to tasks 051-249-1114 and 051-249-1126.
3. Dismounts the fire apparatus and quickly assesses the situation.
4. Directs the nozzleman and rescue man to prepare to perform their primary duties.
5. Directs the nozzleman to open and maintain a rescue path to the aircraft.
6. Directs the application of the extinguishing agent from the turret and hose line, as necessary.
7. Directs or performs forcible entry into the aircraft according to task 051-249-1128, as necessary.
8. Directs or performs emergency aircraft shutdown procedures according to task 051-249-1129.
9. Directs or performs rescuing trapped personnel according to task 051-249-1130, as necessary.
Resu
lts
P F
P F
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until her can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
SECURE THE MARTIN-BAKER EJECTION SEAT
051-249-2106
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a crash and rescue firefighting crew at the site of an OV-1 Mohawk aircraft crash. The fire has
been completely extinguished during the initial attack. The crew chief has directed you to secure the ejection seat
and remove the pilot. You are given protective clothing and equipment, necessary forcible entry tools, metal safety
pins, hose line with nozzle, and one assistant firefighter to operate the hose line.
STANDARDS
You will secure the Martin-Baker ejection seat (without error) in sequence, without injuring yourself, other
firefighters, or the pilot.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Enter the aircraft according to task 051-249-1128.
2. Perform the following steps in sequence (Figure 2106-1):
a. Lift the red tab of the face blind mechanism (on the top of the seat).
WARNING
Do not pull or touch the upper firing handle because the seat will be activated and death or injury could
result.
b. Carefully lift the lower firing-handle safety guard (on the front center of the seat).
c. Insert the safety pin to SAFETY (on the lower firing handle).
NOTE: If the safety pin is not available, you may use a metal pin the size of a ten-penny nail.
d. Insert a safety pin in the ejection gun sear (on the top of the seat directly aft of the face blind locking
mechanism).
e. Remove the safety pin from the drogue gun trip rod (on the left rear of the seat back).
f. Insert the safety pin in the drogue gun container (above the trip rod).
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with the items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to enter the
aircraft and secure the Martin-Baker ejection seat (without error) in sequence, without injuring himself, other
firefighters, or the pilot.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Enters the aircraft according to task 051-249-1128.
2. Performs the following steps in sequence.
a. Lifts the red tab of the face blind mechanism (on the top of the seat).
b. Carefully lifts the lower firing-handle safety guard (on the front center of the seat).
c. Inserts the safety pin to SAFETY (on the lower firing handle).
d. Inserts a safety pin in the ejection gun sear (on top of the seat directly aft of the face blind locking
mechanism).
e. Removes the safety pin from the drogue gun trip rod (on the left rear of the seat back).
f. Inserts the safety pin in the drogue gun container (above the trip rod).
Result
s
P F
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DIRECT THE POSITIONING OF A FIRE APPARATUS FOR AN AEROMEDICAL
EVACUATION
051-249-2107
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the crew chief of a crash and rescue firefighting crew. You have just been notified of a takeoff (or landing)
of an aeromedical aircraft with patients on board. You are given a fully equipped, operational, and manned fire
apparatus, protective clothing and equipment, and an aeromedical evacuation aircraft.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify (without error) the pertinent information required for aeromedical evacuation aircraft standby.
b. Identify (without error) the correct positioning of the fire apparatus during patient on and off loading.
c. Perform the standby for an aeromedical evacuation aircraft during takeoff, landing, and on-loading and offloading of patients.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Pertinent information. Evacuating patients is considered a sever fire and life risk. Extensive precautions must be
taken during the procedure. You should obtain the following pertinent information:
a. takeoff.
(1) Patient on-loading location.
(2) Number and type (litter or ambulatory) of patients to be loaded on the aircraft.
(3) Possibility of refueling the aircraft with patients on board.
NOTE: Normally, aircraft are not refueled when patients are on board. However, the aircraft
commander can authorize this procedure, if necessary.
(4) Departure time.
b. Landing.
(1) Number and type of patients on board.
(2) Amount of fuel on board.
(3) Estimated time of arrival.
(4) Where the aircraft will land.
(5) Any emergency or problems with the aircraft.
NOTE: If an aeromedical aircraft is experiencing a minor difficulty, all available firefighting
apparatus should respond.
(6) Possibility of refueling the aircraft with patients on board.
2. Standby requirements for on-loading and off-loading and refueling operations.
a. Normal standby during on-loading and off-loading.
(1) Position the fire apparatus slightly away from the patient loading ramp or area.
(2) Make sure the fire apparatus is ready for immediate use.
b. Refueling standby with patients on board.
(1) Make sure medics are available at the aircraft during refueling operations to help remove patients in
case of a fire.
(2) Make sure the refueling vehicle and aircraft are properly grounded.
(3) Make sure all electrical switches and circuits except cabin lighting are off during refueling
operations.
(4) Position the fire apparatus between the refueling vehicle and the main avenue of escape.
(5) Make sure the fire apparatus is ready for immediate use.
NOTE: The aircraft must be thoroughly ventilated after refueling and before auxiliary power units and
engines are started.
3. Standby for takeoff and landing.
a. takeoff.
(1) Follow the aircraft as it taxies to the runway.
(2) Position the fire apparatus on the ramp while the aircraft travels down the runway and until it is
airborne.
b. Landing.
(1) Follow the aircraft down the taxiway to the off-loading ramp.
(2) Position the fire apparatus so that the main avenue of escape is covered.
(3) Stand by until all patients have been on or off loaded.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated aeromedical emergency and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS
Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the pertinent information required for an aeromedical aircraft landing or
takeoff and for normal and refueling standby requirements. Tell the soldier to standby during the landing and takeoff
of the aeromedical aircraft.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Result
s
1. Identifies all pertinent information.
P F
a. takeoff.
(1) Patient on-loading location.
(2) Number and type (litter or ambulatory) of patients to be loaded on the aircraft.
(3) Possibility of refueling with patients on board.
(4) Departure time.
b. Landing.
(1) Number and type of patients on board.
(2) Amount of fuel on board.
(3) Estimated time of arrival.
(4) Where the aircraft will land.
(5) Any emergency or problems with the aircraft.
(6) Possibility of refueling with patients on board.
2. Identifies standby requirements for patient on-loading and off-loading and refueling operations.
P F
a. Normal standby during on and off loading.
(1) Positions the fire apparatus slightly away from the patient loading ramp or area.
(2) Makes sure the fire apparatus is ready for immediate use.
b. Refueling standby with patients on board.
(1) Makes sure medics are available at the aircraft during refueling operations to help remove
patients in case of a fire.
(2) Makes sure the refueling vehicle and aircraft are properly grounded.
(3) Makes sure all electrical switches and circuits, except cabin lighting, are off during refueling
operations.
(4) Positions the fire apparatus between the refueling vehicle and the main avenue of escape.
(5) Makes sure the fire apparatus is ready for immediate use.
3. Standby for takeoff and landing.
P F
a. Takeoff.
(1) Follows the aircraft as it taxies to the runway.
(2) Positions the fire apparatus on the ramp while the aircraft travels down the runway and until
it is airborne.
b. Landing.
(1) Follows the aircraft down the taxiway to the off-loading ramp.
(2) Positions the fire apparatus so that the main avenue of escape is covered.
(3) Stands by until all patients have been on or off loaded.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DIRECT A STRUCTURAL FIREFIGHTING CREW
051-249-2108
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a crew chief of a structural firefighting crew at the scene of a structural fire. You are given a fully equipped
and operational fire apparatus, protective clothing, SCBA, and three additional firefighters.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify factors you should consider when sizing up the situation.
b. Conduct a size-up of the situation and determine the appropriate firefighting or rescue measures the
firefighting crew should take.
c. Direct the proper positioning of the fire apparatus at the fire scene.
d. Direct the firefighting crew during the attack, control, or extinguishment of the fire. e. Direct the control or
extinguishment of the fire without injuring yourself, the firefighting crew, or any personnel trapped inside the
structure.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
NOTE: Fire prevention inspections and creating prefire plans or updating existing prefire plans gives you and your
crew the chance to become familiar with the layout of the facility and any special hazards the facility may have.
Also, crew training drills (facility walk through) should be conducted for facilities that have high life or explosive
hazards or that store hazardous materials.
1. Initial size-up. When you know the location of and information on the emergency and are enroute to the scene,
size-up starts. You should consider the following while enroute to the emergency:
a. Weather.
(1) Wind. Note the wind direction and speed as you arrive at the emergency to determine where you
might locate possible exposures (life and property). Also, determining wind conditions will help you
determine what type of ventilation to conduct or where to make ventilation openings.
(2) Humidity. High humidity indicates that any smoke the fire produces will not be carried off rapidly
or easily. If this condition exists, you should ventilate the structure before entering it.
(3) Precipitation. Snow and rain will delay fire apparatus responding to an emergency and will slow
the movements of the firefighting crew during the firefighting operations, especially if the snow has
turned to ice.
(4) Temperature: Extremely high or low temperatures will adversely affect firefighting crews. High
temperatures can cause fatigue or heat exhaustion, while colder temperatures present exposure and
frost bite problems.
b. Time of day. The time of an emergency helps you determine life and property hazard possibilities and
the extent of the rescue efforts you may need. Also, the time of day will help you determine the traffic
conditions you may encounter.
c. Type of facility. Facilities present unique problems, such as the following: billets, and public assembly
buildings may indicate potential rescue efforts; hospitals and child care centers may indicate the need to
rescue numerous small children or incapacitated personnel; hazardous material or flammable material
storage facilities indicate the need for extra precaution.
d. Alarm reception. You should know how an alarm was transmitted to the alarm room operator. For
example, if the alarm was transmitted by an automatic alarm device, the building may have an installed fire
protection sprinkler system that may have initiated the alarm. This type of information often provides you
with an insight as to what to expect at the fire scene.
e. Rescue. If you are responding to the hospital or a billet, there may be extensive rescue requirements and
numerous interior exposures (life) to protect. If you are responding to a storage facility, rescue efforts may
be minimal or not necessary.
2. Prefire plan. While travelling to a fire scene, review the prefire plan for the structure, if one is available. Make
mental notes and pay special attention to the following:
a. Type of construction. This information gives you knowledge of the structural integrity. A structure made of
steel and concrete can withstand exposure to fire without significant structural instability longer than a building
constructed of wood. Consider the age and type of structure. Older structures will not have the same fire
protection safety measures as newer structures.
b. Number of stories. Conducting firefighting operations in multistory structures is significantly more difficult
than in single-story structures.
c. Exposure hazards. The wind factor and any information in the structure's prefire plans will help you
determine if any exterior exposures are in danger.
d. Building occupancy. The prefire plan should list any special hazards associated with the current occupants
use of the facility. Alert your crew if any special hazards are listed in the prefire plan.
e. Hydrant location. Prefire plan will list the fire hydrant closest to the facility with the hydrant's available GPM
flow rate.
f. Building utilities. Note the type of utilities (electrical, gas) and the cutoff location for each. When you arrive
at the fire scene, you may have to shut off the utilities to the structure.
g. Installed fire protection systems. If the facility is equipped with an installed fire protection system,
firefighting operations should be conducted which supplement and support the fire protection system.
h. Material storage. Special, explosive, or hazardous material storage should be listed on the prefire plan along
with any special firefighting precautions.
3. Positioning the fire apparatus. As you approach the facility, look for smoke and flames. Normally, the fire
apparatus stops at the fire hydrant closest to the facility (unless a reverse lay is being conducted) so a supply line can
be connected to the fire hydrant. During this stop, look for fire or smoke. Position the fire apparatus so that it and the
driver are not at risk from fire, smoke, or the collapse of the structure. Normally, 75 to 100 feet upwind from the
fire, if possible, provides sufficient safety for the fire apparatus and driver.
4. Arrival at the scene. When you arrive at the fire scene, you must consider several factors to determine the
firefighting tactics to use. If you do not consider or correctly evaluate these factors, the firefighting operations may
not be successful and the safety of the firefighting crews and trapped occupants may be in danger. You must
consider the following factors:
a. Location of the fire. You must know the exact location of the fire in order to conduct proper and safe
firefighting operations. When you know where the fire is, you can start ventilation procedures, search and
rescue operations, and start protecting exposures. You will also know where to enter the structure to attack the
fire.
CAUTION
You may not locate the main fire immediately. Firefighters may have to ventilate to locate the main fire. Be
very careful in this type of situation. Improper ventilation could cause a smoldering fire to revert back to the
free burning stage with violent force. The safety of firefighters and trapped occupants could be in serious
jeopardy.
b. Extent of the fire. The degree of burning will help you determine where to fight the fire, which exposures
(exterior and interior) to protect, and which trapped occupants (if any) are in the most danger. This factor will
also help you determine the need for ventilation (whether or not the fire has vented itself to the exterior of the
structure) and the need for additional firefighting support.
c. Rescue. Once you are at the fire scene and you know the location and extent of the fire, your primary concern
is rescue. Trapped occupants must be rescued quickly and safely. When possible, rescue, attack on the fire, and
ventilation should be conducted concurrently. A successful rescue operation depends on a successful attack on
the fire and ventilation.
d. Ventilation. This is the most critical element for successful firefighting and rescue operations. Proper
ventilation will decrease the potential of flashover and back draft, will increase the visibility of the firefighting
and rescue crews, and safety for the firefighters and trapped occupants, will localize the fire, and most
importantly, will remove the smoke and gas the fire produces and provides fresh air for trapped occupants.
CAUTION
Do not start ventilation operations until the firefighting crew is prepared to attack the fire. Ventilation
removes the heat and smoke from inside the structure, but ventilation also provides free oxygen to the fire.
Ventilation without immediate attack on the fire can cause the fire to spread much faster throughout the
structure.
e. Exposures. Determine if any exposures are in immediate danger from the spread of the fire. Life exposures
(trapped occupants and personnel in adjacent buildings) are the most important concern. Any exposures in the
fire's path must be protected before firefighters attack the main fire.
f. Condition of the structure. Structural integrity is affected by the extent of the fire, how long the fire has been
burning, explosions, construction material, and age. If you do not consider structural integrity, the firefighting
crew could be in danger.
CAUTION
You must continuously evaluate the structural stability from the extinguishment phase to the clean-up phase.
Once the firefighting effort starts, the structure is subjected to the weight of the water. Water weight and
structural weakening by the fire can cause the structure to collapse.
g. Additional support. Once you consider all the factors, request additional support, as needed.
NOTE: Normally, the assistant chief or fire chief requests additional support. Until either person arrives at the
scene, you must make the decision quickly.
5. firefighting operations. Once you complete size-up, you must direct the firefighting crews in which actions to take
to attack and extinguish the fire. You must apply the size-up factors and constantly reevaluate them until the fire is
extinguished.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated structural fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the factors to consider during size-up and to direct the firefighting crew
during firefighting and rescue operations.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Identifies initial size-up factors he should consider after receiving an alarm and while enroute to the fire
scene.
a. Wind.
b. Humidity.
c. Precipitation.
d. Temperature.
e. Time of day.
f. Type of facility.
g. Alarm reception.
h. Rescue.
2. Identifies information from the building prefire plan.
a. Type of construction.
b. Number of stories.
c. Exposure hazards.
d. Building occupancy.
e. Hydrant location.
f. Building utilities.
g. Installed fire protection systems.
h. Material storage.
3. Directs the positioning of the fire apparatus at the fire scene.
4. Identifies consideration factors as soon as he arrives at the fire scene.
a. Location of the fire.
b. Extent of the fire.
c. Rescue.
d. Ventilation.
e. Exposures.
f. Condition of the structure.
g. Additional support.
5. Directs the firefighting operations until the fire is extinguished.
Result
s
P F
P F
P F
P F
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DIRECT EXPLOSIVE HAZARD FIREFIGHTING OPERATIONS
051-249-2109
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the crew chief of a structural firefighting crew at the scene of an explosive storage area fire. You are given a
fuly equipped, operational, and manned fire apparatus, protective clothing and equipment, and SCBA.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify factors you must consider when determining whether to attack the fire.
b. Perform a situation size-up and apply the consideration factors.
c. Direct the firefighting crew to combat and extinguish the fire, as appropriate.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Assessing the factors.
a. Weapons or ammunition. If the fire does not involve the weapon or ammunition, then firefighting efforst
should be made to confine and control the fire before it involves the weapons or ammunition.
CAUTION
When you reach the fire's point of origin, you must again determine how involved the weapons and
ammunition are.
b. Fire's burning time. Usually, when you arrive at the fire scene, storage area personnel are present. Question
them as to how long the fire has been burning, what is burning, what has burned, and if the weapons or
ammunition is involved in the fire. If the fire can be attacked in the incipient phase, the fire can usually be
effectively controlled and extinguished.
c. Victims. If personnel are trapped inside the structure or facility, then rescue efforts should be initiated. The
rescue should be conducted as rapidly and thoroughly as possible. During the rescue effort, you may have to use
other crew members to try and control or extinguish the fire. If the weapons or ammunition are involved, try to
cool them.
2. Identifying fire and chemical symbols. There are four main classes of ammunition storage identified by fire
symbols. Three chemical symbols denote chemical storage.
a. Ammunition and explosives (Figure 2109-1).
(1) Divisions 1 and 2. Burning materials in these divisions could detonate causing a moderate-tosevere fragmentation hazard. Firefighting crews and equipment within 1,000 feet for every 50,000
pounds of materials stored are at risk. Only personnel and the equipment they are using to combat fire
in structures or facilities storing Division-1 and Division-2 materials should be in the danger area.
(2) Division 3. Burning materials in this division produce intense radiant heat that require large
quantities of water for extinguishment. Unless the fire is minor or the explosives are not involved, the
firefighting effort should be limited to protecting exterior exposures.
(3) Division 4. Burning materials in this division will usually burn without detonation; however,
detonation is always a possibility.
b. Chemical symbols (Figure 2109-2).
WARNING
Materials stored under chemical symbols do contain explosive propellent charges.
(1) Symbol 1. This symbol denotes the necessity to don proper protective clothing and gas mask or
SCBA. There are three variations of this symbol. Fires involving materials under this symbol can be
effectively controlled and extinguished.
(2) Symbol 2. This symbol denotes the necessity for firefighting personnel to wear a gas mask or
SCBA before entering the area to combat the fire.
(3) Symbol 3. Materials stored under this symbol cannot be extinguished with water. If other suitable
extinguishing agents are not available, firefighting is limited to protective exterior exposures.
3. Applying the factors.
a. Determine if the fire can be safely controlled and extinguished.
b. Carefully consider the information the storage area personnel provide. This information is usually the
deciding factor when determining whether or not to combat the fire.
4. Directing the crew to attack the fire.
NOTE: Be prepared to withdraw immediately if the situation is worse than originally anticipated.
a. Move all nonessential personnel to a safe area.
b. Approach the fire from an upwind direction.
c. Advance behind a water fog pattern, as necessary.
d. Ventilate the structure or facility, as required.
e. Cool weapons, ammunition, and explosives if any are involved in the fire or close to the fire.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated explosive hazard fire scene and all other items listed in the
CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify factors he must consider when determining whether or
not to combat an ammunition or explosive storage area fire, to apply these factors, and to direct the firefighting crew
in combating the fire.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Identifies factors he must consider.
a. Weapons or ammunition involved in the fire.
b. Length of burning time.
c. Possibility of victims to rescue.
d. Type of ammunition in the fire-involved area.
2. Identifies ammunition, explosive storage, and chemical symbols.
3. Applies the factors to determine if the fire should be combated.
4. Directs the firefighting crew in attacking the fire.
a. Moves all nonessential personnel and equipment to a safe area.
b. Approaches the fire from an upwind direction.
c. Advances behind a water fog pattern, as necessary.
d. Ventilates the facility, as required.
e. Cools weapons, ammunition, and explosives if any are involved in the fire or close to the fire.
Results
P
F
P
P
P
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
MAINTAIN RECORDS AND REPORTS
051-249-3101
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a firefighting team. You have been assigned a position requiring you to initiate, complete, or
maintain the necessary fire department records and reports. You are given the necessary forms, regulations, and a
pen.
STANDARDS
1. You will identify (without error) the-a. Correct use and disposition of the forms.
b. Necessary information to annotate on each form, as required.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. DD Form 2324 (DOD Fire Incident Report). This form must be completed and submitted within 14 working days
when any of the following fire incidents occur:
NOTE: To complete DD Form 2324 and DD Form 2324-1, see DOD 6055.7-M.
a. A fire with loss or damage to Department of Defense (DOD) property on shore, to include structures,
building contents, mobile equipment and vehicles.
b. A fire or related emergency involving DOD aerospace vehicles (aircraft and spacecraft) when-(1) A loss occurs and the response was by a DOD fire department vehicle.
(2) No fire exists, but fire prevention action was taken, such as using an extinguishing agent to stop or
stall the outbreak of fire.
c. A person on a DOD installation is injured or dies from fire.
d. An incendiary fire occurs regardless if damages occur.
e. A DOD fire department responds to an incident off the installation and injury or death occurs to a DOD
firefighter, damage results to DOD fire equipment, or if the fire involves national defense interests.
NOTE: For other fire incidents that require DD Form 2324, see DOD 6055.7-M.
2. DD Form 2324-1 (DOD Summary No-Loss Fire Emergencies Report). This form must be submitted within 30
days following the end of each quarter. This report shall include all fire department responses to the following fires
and emergencies that do not need a DD Form 2324:
a. No-loss fires.
b. Standbys.
c. Service calls.
d. False reports.
e. Responses to minor incidents occurring off the installation.
3. DA Form 5376-R (Individual Training Evaluation Record). A form is required for each firefighting personnel
assigned to the fire protection section, who perform firefighting duties. The form will list all the firefighting training
firefighters receive. The form will be on file in the fire department for as long as the firefighter is a member of the
fire department. Required information includes the following:
a. Name, rank and Social Security Number (SSN) of the individual.
b. Calendar year.
c. When training was conducted.
4. DA Form 5377-R (Fire Protection Training Record). This form is used to document each training session the fire
department conducts. Complete DA Form 5376-R and the fire department training record chart. Records are
compiled on a fiscal-year basis and retained for one year after the cut-off date. Required information includes all
necessary elements that outline what, where, when, and how the training was conducted and who received the
training.
5. DA Form 5378-R (Facility Response Card). This form is used as a prefire plan. It contains specific facility
information on one side and a single-line graphic drawing with proper symbols on the reverse side. The form will be
reviewed and updated at least every two years, or as required. Required information includes all relevant
information pertaining to the building or facility as listed on the front of the form and a single-line graphic drawing
of the building or facility on the reverse side. The form will be kept on file for the following facilities:
NOTE: If several facilities are the same, then only one facility response card is required.
a. Mission-essential facilities.
b. Facilities equipped with installed fire-protection suppression systems.
c. Multistory facilities.
d. Hospitals.
e. Public assembly buildings.
f. Nurseries, child-care centers, and schools.
g. Other facilities the fire chief specifies.
NOTE: Aircraft prefire plans consist of the US Air Force Technical Order (TO-00105E-9) and will be carried
on the senior fire officer's vehicle.
6. DA Form 5379-R (Apparatus Maintenance Checklist). This form is used to document the daily inspections of the
fire apparatus and to list deficiencies noted during the inspection. The form is for one calendar month's recordings.
Required information includes the following:
a. Apparatus number.
b. Month and year.
c. Action taken for any noted deficiencies.
NOTE: Local requirements or SOPs may require the use of DA Form 2404 instead of or along with DA Form
5379-R.
7. DA Form 5380-R (Fire Apparatus Test Record). This form is used to record pump capability tests on structural
pumpers received from the manufacturer or depot. Tests are annual or after pump maintenance. The tests are
performed according to the applicable technical manual for the apparatus. Required information includes the
following:
a. Location and date of the test.
b. Name of the person conducting the test.
c. Vehicle registration number, serial number, and other pertinent vehicle data.
d. Test information.
NOTE: Crash firefighting vehicles designated as primary crash firefighting vehicles are only required to be
performance tested.
8. DA Form 5381-R (Building Inspection Report). This form is used as an inspection checklist and recording
document during the fire prevention inspection process. The form will be completed for each building or facility
inspected. Buildings or facilities that are inspected and have no fire hazards, will have the date of the inspection
annotated on the reverse side of the form. Buildings or facilities with fire hazards or deficiencies will have the date
of the inspection and the suspense date of the DA Form 5382-R listed on the reverse side of DA Form 5381-R.
Required information includes the following:
a. Building number, occupancy, and organization of the user.
b. Frequency of the inspection and any remarks.
c. Type of construction and installed fire protection systems and type and location of fire extinguishers.
d. Date of the last fire inspection listed on the reverse side of the form with the suspense date, as applicable.
9. DA Form 5382-R (Hazard/Deficiency Inspection Record). This form is used to notify the building or facility
functional manager of any fire hazards or deficiencies noted during the inspection. The facility manager is given a
copy of the form at the end of the fire-prevention inspection, when fire hazards or deficiencies are noted. A suspense
date that allows sufficient time to correct the hazard or deficiency will be noted on the form before the building or
facility manager receives a copy. Required information includes the following:
a. List of any noted fire hazards or deficiencies and if any on-the-spot corrections were made.
b. Date of the inspection, name, and signature of the facility manager.
10. DA Form 5383-R (Hot Work Permit). This form is issued to facilities dealing in open-flame operations, welding
operations, or other potential fire-hazard operations. The permit is valid for one day only, at a specified location.
Hot-work permits are not required for permanent shops engaged in open-flame or welding operations once the fire
chief approves the shop. Required information includes the following:
a. Date, location and time started and completed.
b. Permit number and type of operation conducted.
c. Name of person who is responsible for fire watch during the operation.
d. Checklist completed.
e. Signature of fire inspector and person performing fire watch and the time signed.
11. DA Form 4119 (Fire Hose Record). This form is used to document testing of the fire hose. Once a hose section
is received, it is stamped with an identifying number and a fire hose record form is initiated. The form is placed on
file for as lond as the hose is in opertion. The form is updated each time the fire hose is tested. Required information
includes the following:
a. Manufacturer, date manufactured, and guaranteed pressure.
b. Type, size, and length of the hose.
c. Name of installation, hose number, and date received.
d. In-service or out-of-service date and engine company number issued or turning in the hose.
e. Test information.
NOTE: All of the forms fire departments use are self-explanatory, and can be completed without further
instructions. Local fire department SOPs may outline the details for completing the forms.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with the items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify
the use and disposition of the forms, to identify all required information necessary to complete the forms, and to
complete the forms without error.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Result
s
1. Identifies the purpose and disposition of the following forms:
P F
a. DD Form 2324.
b. DD Form 2324-1.
c. DA Form 5376-R.
d. DA Form 5377-R.
e. DA Form 5378-R.
f. DA Form 5379-R.
g. DA Form 5380-R.
h. DA Form 5381-R.
i. DA Form 5382-R.
j. DA Form 5383-R.
k. DA Form 4119.
2. Identifies the information necessary to complete the following forms:
P F
a. DD Form 2324. Uses DOD 6055.7-M to complete the form.
b. DD Form 2324-1. Uses DOD 6055.7-M to complete the form.
c. DA Form 8376-R.
(1) Name, rank, and SSN of the individual.
(2) Calendar year.
(3) When training was conducted.
d. DA Form 5377-R.
(1) All necessary elements that outline what, where, when, and how the training was conducted.
(2) Who received the training.
e. DA Form 5378-R.
(1) All pertinent information required on the front of the form.
(2) A single-line drawing with symbols of the building or facility on the reverse side of the
form.
f. DA Form 5379-R.
(1) Apparatus number.
(2) Month and year.
(3) Action taken for any noted deficiencies.
g. DA Form 5380-R.
(1) Location and date of the test.
(2) Name of the person conducting the test.
(3) Apparatus registration number, serial number, and other pertinent apparatus data.
(4) Test information.
h. DA Form 5381-R.
(1) Building number, occupancy, and organization of the user.
(2) Frequency of the inspection and any remarks.
(3) Type of construction and installed fire protection systems and type and location of fire
extinguishers.
(4) Date of the last fire inspection listed on the reverse side of the form with the suspense date,
as applicable.
i. DA Form 5382-R.
(1) List of any noted fire hazards or deficiencies and if an on-the-spot correction was made.
(2) Date of the inspection, name, and signature of the facility manager.
j. DA Form 5383-R.
(1) Date, location, and time started and completed.
(2) Permit number and type of operation conducted.
(3) Name of person responsible for fire watch during the operation.
(4) Checklist completed.
(5) Signature of fire inspector and person performing fire watch and the time signed.
k. DA Form 4119.
(1) Manufacturer, date manufactured, and guaranteed pressure.
(2) Type, size, and length of the hose.
(3) Name of installation, hose number, and date received.
(4) In-service or out-of-service date and engine company number issued for turning in the hose.
(5) Test information.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
AR 420-90
DA Form 2404
DA Form 4119
DA Form 5376-R
DA Form 5377-R
DA Form 5378-R
DA Form 5379-R
DA Form 5380-R
DA Form 5381-R
DA Form 5382-R
DA Form 5383-R
DD Form 2324
DD Form 2324-1
DOD 6055.7-M
Fire and Emergency Services. 10 September 1997
Equipment Inspection And Maintenance Worksheet
Fire Hose Record. June 1973.
Individual Training Evaluation (LRA). January 1985.
Fire Protection Training Record (LRA). January 1985.
Facility Response Card (LRA). January 1985.
Apparatus Maintenance Checklist (LRA). January 1985.
Fire Apparatus Test Record (LRA). January 1985.
Building Fire Inspection (LRA). January 1985.
Fire Hazard Deficiency Inspection (LRA). January 1985.
Hot Work Permit (LRA). January 1985.
DOD Fire Incident Report (LRA). 1984.
DOD Summary No-Loss Fire Emergencies Report (LRA). January 1984.
Title Not Available
CONDUCT A FIRE INSPECTION
051-249-3102
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a crew chief of a firefighting team. You have been tasked to conduct a fire inspection of a facility. You are
given a facility to inspect; necessary fire prevention inspection forms to complete; a copy of existing records of the
building, to include prefire plan, appointment of building fire marshall, appointment of area fire marshall, permits,
and previous fire inspection reports; appropriate fire regulations and fire department SOP; pen and pencil; and paper.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify (without error) the factors that dictate the frequency of fire prevention inspections and the
recommended interval for the types of facilities.
b. Review (without error) the historical records and report documentation of the facility, and note any
reoccurring deficiencies.
c. Review the prefire plan and make sure that it has been properly completed and all essential information has
been properly annotated. d. Conduct (without error) a fire inspection, and record any fire hazards you find on
the fire inspection sheet.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Review fire prevention inspection requirements. Fire prevention inspections are normally based on one or more of
the following:
a. Frequency factors.
(1) Construction class.
(2) Building or area occupancy hazard.
(3) Known fire load.
(4) Importance of the activity.
b. Inspection frequency.
(1) Weekly. Inspect extra hazardous occupancy facilities weekly if the fire load or ongoing activity
presents a high risk to life and safety or if the activity has a severe fire potential.
(2) Monthly. Conduct monthly inspections for the following types of occupancy:
(a) Aircraft parking aprons.
(b) Hangers and docks.
(c) Places of public assembly.
(d) Engineer and vehicle maintenance shops.
(e) Warehouses.
(f) Hospitals.
(g) Schools.
(h) Child care centers.
(i) Commissaries and post exchanges.
(j) Data processing and computer activities.
(3) Quarterly. Inspect the following facilities quarterly:
(a) Billets.
(b) Administrative facilities.
(c) Others not specified for weekly or monthly inspections.
(4) Change in occupancy. This is a special inspection to be conducted before a change in
occupancy occurs to determine if the new occupancy will change the fire load or increase the fireprotection requirements.
2. Prepare for the inspection. Review the historical information on the facility for the following:
a. Building prefire plan. Make sure you have DA Form 5381 and have it filled out according to task 051-2493101. Note any special hazards listed on the form. Special hazards can include the following:
NOTE: Carefully inspect special hazards of the facility. Special hazards are listed on the prefire plan so
firefighting crews will be aware of potentially dangerous situations or conditions when they arrive at or during a
fire emergency.
(1) High life occupancy.
(2) Chemical or explosive storage.
(3) Flammable liquid or compressed gas use or storage.
(4) Welding or other occupant required operations.
(5) Construction materials used to build the facility.
b. Permits. Check for permits and their expiration dates.
c. Deficiencies. Make notes of any reoccurring deficiencies.
d. Fire marshals. Make sure a building or area fire marshall has been assigned to the facility.
3. Conduct the fire inspection. Conduct the fire inspection according to DA fire regulations, Major Army Command
(MACOM) fire regulations (U.S. Army Forces Command--FORSCOM, U.S. Army Training and Doctrine
Command--TRADOC, U.s. Army Western Command--WESTCOM), local fire regulations, and fire department
SOP. Also inspect for the following:
NOTE: The building and area fire marshall should accompany you on the inspection. If these people are not
available, then a select a building occupant to accompany you during the inspection. If you note any fire hazards, the
occupant can note the location and take corrective action.
a. Facility entry and exit points. These areas must be free of obstructions, clearly identified, operational, and
unlocked during hours of operation.
b. Smoking areas. These areas must be clearly identified and equipped with smoke receptacles that are emptied
daily.
c. Fire extinguishers. These items must be properly located, charged, and free of obstructions and obscurity.
d. Trash receptacles. The facility must have an adequate supply of receptacles to maintain general cleanliness of
the facility.
e. Flammable material storage. These materials must be stored in an approved area and container (wall locker,
conex). The container must be clearly identified and kept free of dirty rags and other combustible materials or
trash. Containers should not be stored in excessive quantities.
f. Electrical cords. Cords that run in open areas must be protected. Cords should not run under carpets or mats
or over metal objects (pipes, conduit). Cords must be free of cracks or splices.
g. Multiple junction devices. Items such as extension cords and three-way or four-way sockets must not be used.
h. Operations or devices. Items in this area that require a fire-department issued permit must have the permit on
file.
i. Installed fire protection devices. Devices such as pull stations, smoke detectors, and sprinkler heads must not
be disabled, must be free of obstructions, and must be operational.
4. Document the inspection. Identify and record all deficiencies noted during the inspection on the appropriate
inspection forms and complete the forms according to task 051-249-3101.
NOTE: If the building fire marshall or occupant makes an on-the-spot correction during the inspection, you must
note the action on the inspection form. However, the deficiency will be noted as corrected on the spot. This action
ensures you that the hazard is documented and is not reoccurring in case the occupant or building fire marshall
restore the hazard once you leave.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated inspection facility and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the factors that indicate how often a facility should be inspected and the
recommended interval for the types of occupancy. Tell the soldier to conduct a fire-prevention inspection, to note all
fire hazards, and to complete the inspection by properly noting any hazards he finds on the appropriate fire
prevention inspection forms.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Identifies the fire prevention inspection requirements.
P F
a. Frequency factors.
(1) Construction class.
(2) Building or area occupancy hazard.
(3) Known fire load.
(4) Importance of the activity.
b. Inspection frequency.
(1) Weekly. Extra hazardous occupancy facilities will be inspected weekly, if the fire load or
ongoing activity presents a high risk to life and safety or if the activity has a severe fire potential.
(2) Monthly. Monthly inspections should be conducted for the following types of occupancy:
(a) Aircraft parking aprons.
(b) Hangers and docks.
(c) Places of public assembly.
(d) Engineer and vehicle maintenance shops.
(e) Warehouses.
(f) Hospitals.
(g) Schools.
(h) Child care centers.
(i) Commissaries and post exchanges.
(j) Data processing and computer activities.
(3) Quarterly. Facilities to be inspected quarterly include the following:
(a) Billets.
(b) Administrative facilities.
(c) Others not specified for weekly or monthly inspections.
(4) Change in occupancy. This is a special inspection to be conducted before a change in
occupancy occurs to determine if the new occupancy will change the fire load or increase the
fire protection requirements.
2. Prepares for the inspection. Reviews the historical information on the facility for the following:
P F
a. Building prefire plan. Makes sure he has DA Form 5381 and has it filled out according to task 051-2493101. Notes any special hazards listed on the form. Special hazards can include the following:
(1) High life occupancy.
(2) Chemical or explosive storage.
(3) Flammable liquid or compressed gas use or storage.
(4) Welding or other occupant required operations.
(5) Construction materials used to build the facility.
b. Permits. Checks for permits and their expiration dates.
c. Deficiencies. Makes notes of any reoccurring deficiencies.
d. Fire marshals. Makes sure a building or area fire marshall has been assigned to the facility.
3. Conducts the fire inspection. Conducts the inspection according to fire-prevention regulations and fire
P F
department SOP. Also inspects for the following:
a. Facility entry and exit points. These areas must be free of obstructions, clearly identified, operational,
and unlocked during hours of operation.
b. Smoking areas. These areas must be clearly identified and equipped with smoke receptacles that are
emptied daily.
c. Fire extinguishers. These items must be properly located, charged, and free of obstructions and
obscurity.
d. Trash receptacles. The facility must have an adequate supply of receptacles to maintain general
cleanliness of the facility.
e. Flammable material storage. These materials must be stored in an approved area and container (wall
locker, conex). The container must be clearly identified and kept free of dirty rags and other combustible
materials or trash. Containers should not be stored in excessive quantities.
f. Electrical cords. Cords that run in open areas must be protected. Cords should not run under carpets or
mats or over metal objects (pipes, conduit). Cords must be free of cracks or splices.
g. Multiple junction devices. Items such as extension cords and three-way or four-way sockets must not be
used.
h. Operations or devices. Items in this area that require a fire-department issued permit must have the
permit on file.
i. Installed fire protection devices. Devices such as pull stations, smoke detectors, and sprinkler heads must
not be disabled, must be free of obstructions, and must be operational.
4. Documents the inspection. Identifies and records all deficiencies noted during the inspection on the
P F
appropriate inspection forms and completes the forms according to task 051-249-3101.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DA Form 5381-R
Building Fire Inspection (LRA). January 1985.
PREPARE A BUILDING PREFIRE PLAN
051-249-3103
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are a member of a firefighting team. You have been directed to prepare building prefire plans. You are given
the building, pen, pencil, paper, copies of DA Form 5378-R, a ruler, and a 50-foot measuring tape.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify (without error) essential information that you must annotate on DA Form 5378-R.
b. Prepare a prefire plan on the building and annotate (without error) all essential items on the front of DA Form
5378-R.
c. Complete (without error) DA Form 5378-R by drawing a single-line graphic drawing of the building and
other essential elements.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. You should list the following information on DA Form 5378-R. This information will-a. Enhance the firefighting operation.
b. Aid in the rescue of trapped occupants.
c. Enhance the safety of the firefighters.
d. Facilitate the firefighting effort.
2. You must list the following information on DA Form 5378-R, as applicable:
a. Front side.
(1) Building number or area. If several buildings are identical, you can list all the building numbers on
the same form.
(2) Type of construction. Indicate whether the building is made of combustible or noncombustible
materials.
(3) Type of installed alarm system. Indicate whether the alarm is local or an automatic transmitted
type, and indicate the type of device (heat detector, smoke detector) installed.
(4) Occupancy. Cite the use of the building, such as administrative, sleeping quarters, or warehouse.
(5) Number of fire apparatus required on first response. Indicate the number and unit number of fire
apparatus that should respond on a first alarm.
(6) Mutual-aid fire apparatus required. Indicate additional fire apparatus that should respond for second
and subsequent alarms to include mutual aid.
(7) Special hazards. List all hazardous operations and hazardous material or explosive storage and the
location of each.
(8) Exposures. List all exposures close to the building that may need to be protected during a fire.
(9) Occupancy capacity. List the maximum occupant capacity of the building.
(10)__‹@ Water supply. List any available water supplies, in addition to the fire hydrants such as
ponds, swimming pools, or wells.
(11)__‹@ Installed extinguishing system. List the type of installed fire protection system, suck as wetpipe sprinkler, deluge sprinkler, Halon 1301, or standpipes.
(12)__‹@ Location of utility shut-off. List the utility cut-off locations for all building utilities.
NOTE: If there are several utility shut-off locations for a particular service (gas, electric, alarm), you
must list all of the locations.
(13)__‹@ Remarks. List any factors or make comments that firefighting crews should know during a
fire emergency. The factors should include the following:
(a) Blocked windows or doors.
(b) Special salvage requirements (electrical equipment, computer room equipment).
(c) Special rescue requirements, such as small children, incapacitated or handicapped
personnel, or hospital patients.
(d) Any installed fire doors, fire escapes, or fire walls.
(e) Special ventilation requirements or limitations such as the following: not ventilating the
rooftop, responsibility of ventilating the basement, limitations of horizontal ventilation of the
building's east side, and using rooftop ventilators or skylights for vertical ventilation.
(f) Elevators and windowless, forcible entry points.
b. Reverse side. The reverse side of the form is blank so that you can make a single-line drawing of the
building and list other pertinent information. You must draw and list the following on the reverse side:
(1) Hydrant locations and GPM flow. Identify all fire hydrants close to the building and the flow rates
of each.
(2) Drawing of the building. You must show a complete overhead view of the building.
(3) Routes to the building. You must draw all access routes to the building, to include any limiting
factors, such as grade and road width.
(4) Fire department standpipe or sprinkler connections. Identify the location of fire department
connections and the type of system.
(5) Utility shut-off locations. Show all building utilities and the shut-off locations for each.
(6) Fences around the building or area. Identify whether or not the building is in an enclosed area.
(7) Building occupant assembly area. Identify where the building occupants are suppose to assemble in
case of a fire.
3. Survey the building and complete DA Form 5378-R. Annotate all items listed above, as applicable, and
incorporate the symbols. If your fire department SOP requires additional information and you think the information
is essential, list the information on the form.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated building and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the essential information he must list on DA Form 5378-R, to prepare a prefire
plan on the building, and to complete the form without error.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Identify the essential information that must be annotated on DA Form 5378-R:
P F
a. Front side.
(1) Building number or area.
(2) Type of construction.
(3) Type of installed alarm system.
(4) Occupancy.
(5) Number of fire apparatus required on first response.
(6) Mutual-aid fire apparatus required.
(7) Special hazards.
(8) Exposures.
(9) Occupancy capacity.
(10)__‹@ Water supply.
(11)__‹@ Installed extinguishing system.
(12)__‹@ Location of utility shut-off.
(13)__‹@ Other facts or comments firefighting crews should know during a fire emergency, such
as the following:
(a) Blocked windows or doors.
(b) Special salvage requirements (electrical equipment, computer room equipment).
(c) Special rescue requirements, such as small children, incapacitated or handicapped
personnel, or hospital patients.
(d) Any installed fire doors, fire escapes, or fire walls.
(e) Special ventilation requirements or limitations, such as the following: not ventilating
the rooftop, responsibility of ventilating the basement, limitations of horizontal
ventilation of the building's east side, and using rooftop ventilators or skylights for
vertical ventilation.
(f) Elevators and windowless, forcible entry points.
b. Reverse side.
(1) Hydrant locations and GPM flow.
(2) Drawing of the building.
(3) Routes to the building.
(4) Fire department standpipe or sprinkler connections.
(5) Utility shut-off locations.
(6) Fences around the building or area.
(7) Building occupant assembly area.
2. Surveys the building and completes DA Form 5378-R. Lists all applicable information, and completes the
drawing. Incorporates the symbols.
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The solider is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DA Form 5378-R
Facility Response Card (LRA). January 1985.
SUPERVISE STRUCTURAL FIREFIGHTING OPERATIONS
051-249-3104
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are an assistant fire chief and have just responded to a structural fire scene. You are given two or more fully
equipped, operational, and manned fire apparatuses; protective clothing and equipment; SCBA; and two-way radio
communication.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify (without error) important factors that you must consider throughout the firefighting operations.
b. Direct the positioning of the first fire apparatus to arrive at the fire scene and any subsequent responding fire
apparatus without jeopardizing the safety of the driver or fire apparatus.
c. Supervise the firefighting operations and coordinate the efforts of the firefighting crews.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Consider and apply the same factors required for size-up as in task 051-249-2108.
NOTE: The factors you must consider at the fire scene are the same for all levels of leadership within the fire
department.
2. Direct the placement of the first fire apparatus at the fire scene. Correctly placing the fire apparatus is essential to
immediate initiation of firefighting operations. Repositioning a fire apparatus reduces the effectiveness of the
firefighting effort.
a. The first fire apparatus should proceed directly to the fire scene and firefighters should start operations using
water and equipment from on board the apparatus. Position the fire apparatus so that firefighters can conduct a
reverse lay, if necessary.
b. The second fire apparatus should connect a supply line to a fire hydrant before proceeding to the fire scene.
Position the apparatus so it does not prevent the first fire apparatus from departing.
c. Position all fire apparatus in relation to the structure so that the fire apparatus or driver are not in danger from
the fire, smoke, or structure collapse.
3. Position additional fire apparatus as required. If additional fire apparatuses respond to the fire scene but are not
immediately needed, direct them to a holding area until you need them.
NOTE: Positioning and employing additional fire apparatuses at the right place and time could enhance your
capability to respond to unforeseen events. Moving and redeploying fire apparatus and firefighting crews wastes
time.
4. Determine the priorities for combating the fire. Apply the factors from the size-up and determine where the
firefighting crews will be best employed. If the firefighting crews are properly used, rescue, ventilation, and attack
on the fire can occur concurrently, as needed, and the overall firefighting effort will be maximized.
5. Coordinate the efforts of the firefighting and rescue crews. You should assign duties based on the requirements
for combating and extinguishing the fire. Establish crews for the following, as required:
a. Rescue.
b. Firefighting.
c. Exposure protection.
d. Ventilation.
6. Conduct the attack on the fire. The attack phase of the operations starts when the first firefighting crew encounters
the fire. The three main points firefighting crews should attack are as follows:
a. Point of origin. Usually, the most intense burning occurs at the point of origin. Several conditions can make
determining the point of origin impossible: extent of the fire, explosions, ventilation by the fire, and duration of
the fire.
b. Points of fire spread. Fire spreads through the structure by conduction, radiation and convection. Attics, false
ceilings, cocklofts, space between walls, corridors, and horizontal and vertical openings are extremely
vulnerable to fire spread.
c. Exposures. Protecting exposures is critical to confining and extinguishing the fire. Exposures must be
protected, even at the expense of losing part of or all of the structure.
NOTE: If additional fire apparatuses are in a staging area, use them to perform the duties listed in 6a-c, as
necessary. You can initiate immediate measures without moving fire apparatus or pulling existing firefighting
crews away from their present responsibility.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated structural fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier. Tell the soldier to supervise the overall firefighting operations and to assign crew duties to firefighting
crews.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Considers and applies the same factors required for size-up as in task 051-249-3107.
P
2. Directs the placement of the first fire apparatus at the fire scene.
P
a. Tells the first fire apparatus to proceed directly to the fire scene and has the firefighters start operations
using water and equipment from on board the apparatus. Positions the fire apparatus so that fire fighters
can conduct a reverse lay, if necessary.
b. Has the second fire apparatus should connect a supply line to a fire hydrant before proceeding to the fire
scene. Positions the apparatus so it does not prevent the first fire apparatus from departing.
c. Positions all fire apparatus in relation to the structure so that the fire apparatus or driver are not in
danger from the fire, smoke, or structure collapse.
3. Positions additional fire apparatus as required. If additional fire apparatuses respond to the fire scene but are P
not immediately needed, directs them to a holding area until he needs them.
4. Determines the priorities for combating the fire. Applies the factors from the size-up and determines where P
the firefighting crews will be best employed.
5. Coordinates the efforts of the firefighting and rescue crews. Assigns duties based on the requirements for
P
combating and extinguishing the fire. Establishes crews for the following, as required:
a. Rescue.
b. Firefighting.
c. Exposure protection.
d. Ventilation.
6. Conducts the attack on the fire. Has the firefighting crews attack the following three main points:
P
a. Point of origin.
b. Points of fire spread.
c. Exposures.
F
F
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
SUPERVISE AIRCRAFT FIREFIGHTING OPERATIONS
051-249-3105
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are an assistant fire chief and are responding to an aircraft crash or emergency incident. You are given two fully
equipped, operational, and manned fire apparatuses; protective clothing and equipment; aircraft with a crash or
emergency; two-way radio equipment; and additional firefighting equipment, as required.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Determine the correct sequence and location for positioning the fire apparatus that arrives first.
b. Supervise the firefighting operations and assign crew and apparatus duties and responsibilities.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Identify essential information relative to the situation according to task 051-249-2105.
2. Identify the factors that govern the approach to the incident and the requirements which must be met on any
approach according to task 051-249-2104.
3. Determine the correct sequence and location for positioning the fire apparatus based on the on-scene factors
according to task 051-249-2104 and the following:
a. Number of responding fire apparatuses. The number of fire apparatuses and the on-scene factors will dictate
how to sequence, locate, and position the fire apparatus on the aircraft.
NOTE: Once you position the first fire apparatus, the attack is usually committed from that location.
b. Type of responding fire apparatus. Consider the type of fire apparatus responding. Position the fire apparatus
that has a large discharge capacity either at the center of the fuselage or on the rescue side.
4. Supervise the fire operations. After the initial attack has been completed and the fire apparatus has been
positioned, size-up the situation.
NOTE: Conduct a size-up as quickly as possible to facilitate the firefighting effort.
5. Assign crew and vehicle duties and responsibilities, as required. The crew and vehicle duties and responsibilities
are based on the size-up of the situation and may include the following:
a. Crews.
(1) Rescue.
(2) Forcible entry and engine shutdown.
(3) Ventilation.
(4) Interior firefighting.
(5) Exterior extinguishment and rescue path protection.
NOTE: Several crew duties and responsibilities overlap. One or more crews can be assigned multiple
duties and responsibilities. For example, the forcible entry crew can be tasked to shut down the aircraft
and perform ventilation operations.
b. Apparatus. The following items help you determine how to use fire apparatus at fire operations:
(1) Type and number of fire apparatuses positioned on the aircraft.
(2) Size of the aircraft.
(3) Magnitude of the fire.
(4) Extent of the rescue effort.
(5) Extent of any remaining fire after the initial attack has been completed.
(6) Limiting terrain or obstructions.
NOTE: After the initial attack has been completed, the remaining extinguishment requirements help
you determine how else to use the fire apparatuses. For example, you assign crash one to provide agent
to the fuselage area for extinguishment and cooling while you assign crash two the task of providing
rescue path protection.
6. Employ other arriving fire apparatuses on the aircraft or direct them to a holding area until you need them.
NOTE: If a fire apparatus is not immediately needed at the crash or emergency incident, do not position it on the
aircraft. It takes more time to reposition a fire apparatus than it does to position the vehicle directly from a holding
area.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated aircraft crash or emergency and all other items listed in the
CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to determine the correct sequence and location for positioning the
initial arriving fire apparatus, to supervise the firefighting operations and to assign crew and vehicle duties and
responsibilities.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Identifies essential information relative to the aircraft crash or emergency incident according to task 051P
249-2105.
2. Identifies the factors that govern the approach to the aircraft crash or emergency incident and the
P
requirements which must be met on any approach according to task 051-249-2104.
3. Determines the correct sequence and location for positioning the fire apparatus based on the on-scene factors P
according to task 051-249-2104 and the following:
a. Number of responding fire apparatuses.
b. Type of responding fire apparatuses.
4. Supervises the firefighting operations.
P
5. Assigns the appropriate crew and apparatus duties and responsibilities.
P
a. Crews.
(1) Rescue.
(2) Forcible entry and engine shutdown.
(3) Ventilation.
(4) Interior firefighting.
(5) Exterior extinguishment and rescue path protection.
b. Apparatus. Considers the following items when using apparatus at a fire scene:
(1) Type and number of fire apparatus positioned on the aircraft.
(2) Size of the aircraft.
(3) Magnitude of the fire.
(4) Extent of the rescue effort.
(5) Extent of any remaining fire after the initial attack has been completed.
(6) Limiting terrain or obstructions.
6. Employs additional fire apparatus immediately or places them in a holding area until needed.
P
F
F
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measure. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
SUPERVISE A natural cover FIREFIGHTING OPERATION
051-249-3106
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You have been assigned a section or fire line of a natural cover fire. You have been directed to supervise the
firefighting operations of this section. You are given protective clothing and equipment, two-way radios, necessary
brush firefighting equipment, and personnel.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Organize the personnel into the proper firefighting crews. Determine the best method for controlling the fire.
b. Position the firefighting crews based on the control method selected.
c. Supervise the crews while they extinguish the fire without causing injuries to personnel.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Identify the following:
a. Types of natural cover fires.
b. Parts of a natural cover fire.
c. Types of fuels.
d. Factors that contribute to fire spread.
2. Determine crew organization for combating natural cover fire. The two general methods of crew organization for
combating natural cover fires are sectional and one-lick methods.
a. Sectional. This is the best method to use on a slow-moving fire. It consists of placing a unit in a specific
section of the fire line. The primary mission of the units assigned to sections is to stop the spread of fire,
extinguish the fire, and do mop-up work.
b. One-lick. This is the best method to use on a fast-moving fire. It consists of placing a unit on a point of the
fire line and having them work in a specific direction. Each crew member has a specific job. The first
firefighting crew knocks down the hottest portion of the fire with backpack pumps (when water is available) as
they continue along the flank. The second crew passes behind the first crew with axes and mattocks. The
firefighters with axes take one swipe at the obstacle that is most impeding the formation of a firebreak. The
firefighters with mattocks tear up the ground down to the soil to create a continuous line of exposed soil.
Firefighters with shovels then scrape or remove all surface vegetation. The material that will burn is thrown
away from the fire line, while the soil is thrown onto the burning part of the fire line. Crews must have the fire
under control where they are working before advancing on the fire line.
3. Determine the control method. The two methods that can be used to control natural cover fires are direct and
indirect.
a. Direct. This method is very effective on moderately hot natural cover fires. The crew organization can be
either sectional or one-lick. To use the direct control method, firefighters must be able to closely approach the
fire and clear a line through the fuel. They construct a trench about 2-feet from the fire line, which should be at
least 2 feet wide.
b. Indirect. This method entails the use of artificial (man-made) firebreaks and natural barriers. Firebreaks must
be constructed at least twice as high as the height of the fuel. Natural firebreaks may have to be supplemented
with man-made firebreaks if the natural barriers are not wide enough.
WARNING
Backfires can be used to burn back toward the fire from the fire line, depriving the fire of any fuel. Backfires
are normally used where a network of natural or artificial barriers exist. Backfires should not be used except
on the orders of a fire official who has the knowledge of all existing conditions. If improperly done, backfires
can trap equipment and firefighters, resulting in severe damage to equipment and death or injury to the
firefighters.
4. Position the fire crews on the fire line.
5. Place safety spotters.
NOTE: Place safety spotters on high terrain and provide them with radio communication. Spotters monitor the fire
area and warn firefighting crews if any spot fires have developed behind them or if the fire has changed direction.
6. Plan escape routes. Firefighters must be able to exit an area in case spot fires break out or the fire changes
direction. With planned escape routes, firefighting crews do not become trapped.
7. Keep the command post informed of the following:
a. Change in the fire's direction.
b. Change in the fire's spread or speed.
c. Need for additional tools, equipment, and water.
d. Injured personnel.
e. Need for personnel change on the fire line.
f. Extinguishment of the fire in your area.
g. Need for airdrops of water or fire retardant.
8. Evaluate the existing conditions and supervise the attack and extinguishment of the fire based on the conditions.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated natural cover fire and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier. Tell the soldier to organize the crew, determine the attack method, position the crew, and supervise the
extinguishment of the fire without injuring personnel.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Organizes the crew to combat the natural cover fire based on the current situation.
a. Sectional.
b. One-lick.
2. Determines the appropriate control method.
a. Direct.
b. Indirect.
3. Positions the firefighting crews on the fire line.
4. Positions safety spotters.
5. Plans escape routes for firefighters on the fire line.
6. Keeps the command post informed of conditions.
7. Supervises the extinguishment of the fire in his assigned area.
Results
P
F
P
F
P
P
P
P
P
F
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
PERFORM A SITUATION SIZE-UP OF A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INCIDENT
051-249-3107
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the assistant fire chief and have just responded to a accident involving hazardous materials. You are given
protective clothing and equipment; SCBA; two fully equipped, operational, and manned fire apparatuses; and twoway radio communication.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify (without error) the critical elements that must be determined and considered before employing
firefighting crews.
b. Identify the protective clothing and equipment firefighting crews should don for operation in and around
hazardous materials.
c. Supervise the appropriate action firefighting crews take when containing the spill or reducing the danger and
damage, as required.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. When you arrive at the scene, size-up the situation. The critical elements you must always consider include the
following:
a. Wind direction and speed.
b. Life and property exposures.
c. Type and quantity of hazardous materials involved.
d. Number of hazardous materials involved.
e. Location of the hazardous material.
f. State of the hazardous materials.
g. Availability of hazardous materials response teams.
h. Rescue of trapped personnel.
i. Capability to extinguish the fire or stop the discharge of the hazardous materials.
j. Availability of appropriate protective clothing and equipment.
k. Weather and climate conditions.
l. Capability to stabilize the incident.
2. Identify the protective clothing and equipment firefighters should wear while on the scene of a hazardous material
incident.
a. Protective clothing.
NOTE: Protective clothing firefighters must wear when fighting a burning structure displaying a chemical
hazard symbols are outlined in task 051-249-2109.
(1) Standard turnout clothing. Standard issue structural and crash protective clothing can provide full
or limited protection for certain hazardous materials.
(2) Hazardous materials response suits. These suits were specifically designed for use in hazardous
material incidents. The suits provide the user the greatest amount of protection when entering a
hazardous materials area.
(3) Impermeable suit. This suit consists of a pair of coveralls, hood, gloves, fireman's boots, and boot
covers. Firefighters wear this suit under the normal turnout clothing. Fire personnel must wear this suit
when entering a hazardous material location displaying chemical hazard symbol 1.
b. Breathing apparatus and protective mask. When fire personnel know the hazardous material or see the
symbol requiring them to wear protective breathing apparatus on the structure, then they must wear the
appropriate protective breathing apparatus. If fire personnel do not know the exact hazardous material, but
must start firefighting or rescue efforts, they must wear the protective device that offers the greatest
protection.
(1) SCBA. The standard SCBA firefighters use during structural firefighting operations can also be
used during certain hazardous material incidents. The SCBA will protect firefighters against certain
types of hazardous materials. However, the positive-pressure type breathing apparatus offers better
protection over standard-demand type breathing apparatus.
WARNING
When chemical hazard symbol 1 is displayed, fire personnel must wear the gas mask. The SCBA will not
provide sufficient protection to combat fires involving materials stored under symbol 1.
(2) Protective mask (M17A1). Firefighters can use the M17A1 when combating fires involving certain
chemicals or when operating in a chemical environment. They should use the M17A1 when the SCBA
cannot offer sufficient protection.
3. Supervise the firefighting operations.
a. Make sure firefighters are wearing the appropriate protective clothing and protective breathing device.
b. Ascertain the type and quantity of hazardous materials involved.
NOTE: If necessary, evacuate personnel from the downwind area until the hazardous material has been
identified.
c. Determine where people are trapped.
d. Assign at least two firefighters per team.
e. Make sure firefighters in the hazard area have a lifeline secured to them.
f. Make sure that firefighters do not stay in a contaminated area for longer than a 20-minute period.
g. Make sure the firefighting teams approach the fire from an upwind position.
h. Try to contain or stop the flow of the hazardous material.
i. Combat or extinguish the fire.
4. Provide firefighting units for standby during clean up of the area, as required.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated hazardous material incident and all other items listed in the
CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the critical factors he must consider when sizing up a
hazardous material incident, to determine the protective clothing and equipment firefighters must wear while in the
hazard area, and to supervise the firefighting operation.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Resul
ts
1. Identifies the following critical factors he must consider when sizing up the situation:
P F
a. Wind direction and speed.
b. Life and property exposures.
c. Type and quantity of hazardous materials involved.
d. Number of hazardous materials involved.
e. Location of the hazardous materials.
f. State of the hazardous materials.
g. Availability of hazardous materials response teams.
h. Rescue of trapped personnel.
i. Capability to extinguish the fire or stop the discharge of the hazardous materials.
j. Availability of appropriate protective clothing and equipment.
k. Weather and climate conditions.
l. Capability to stabilize the incident.
2. Identifies the protective clothing and equipment firefighters should wear while on the scene of a hazardous P F
material incident.
a. Protective clothing.
(1) Standard turnout clothing.
(2) Hazardous material response suits.
(3) Impermeable suits.
b. Breathing apparatus and protective mask.
(1) SCBA.
(2) Protective mask (M17A1).
3. Supervises the firefighting operations.
P F
a. Makes sure the firefighters are wearing the appropriate protective clothing and protective breathing
device.
b. Ascertains the type and quantity of hazardous materials involved.
c. Determines where people are trapped.
d. Assigns at least two firefighters per team.
e. Makes sure firefighters operating in the hazard area have a lifeline secured to them.
f. Makes sure that firefighters do not stay in a contaminated area for longer than a 20-minute period.
g. Makes sure the firefighting teams approach the fire from an upwind position.
h. Tries to contain or stop the flow of the hazardous material.
i. Combats or extinguishes the fire.
4. Provides firefighting units for standby during cleanup of the area, as required.
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
SUPERVISE EXPLOSIVE HAZARD FIREFIGHTING OPERATIONS
051-249-3108
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the senior fire official at an explosive storage area fire scene. You are given two fully equipped, operational,
and manned fire apparatuses; protective clothing and equipment; SCBA; and an explosive storage fire scene.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Establish incident priorities based on the situation you encounter.
b. Supervise the firefighting operation and coordinate the efforts of the firefighting crews.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Identify and apply the factors of consideration when determining whether or not to attack or control the fire
according to task 051-249-3107.
2. Establish incident priorities. Many requirements, such as rescue, extinguishment, ventilation, exposure protection,
and evacuation of personnel from the area, may need attention at the same time. You must establish priorities and
deploy the firefighting crews to accomplish them.
CAUTION
Firefighting personnel assigned firefighting operations must be assigned in pairs as a minimum. Also, if time
and the situation permits, lifelines should be secured to the firefighters.
NOTE: If rescue is the only objective established, deploy firefighting crews to try to confine and cool the fire.
Deploy ventilation crews to ventilate until the rescue objective is complete. If necessary, immediately
withdraw the firefighting and rescue crews from the area, when necessary.
3. Supervise the firefighting operation.
a. Evaluate the situation.
b. Establish a safe area where you can evacuate nonessential personnel.
c. Establish incident priorities and objectives.
d. Deploy firefighting crews to accomplish the objectives.
e. Reevaluate the situation continuously, and withdraw firefighting crews, when necessary.
4. Request other agency support, as necessary.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated explosive storage fire scene and all other items listed in the
CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to establish incident priorities based on the situation and to
supervise the firefighting operations.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Establishes incident priorities.
2. Supervises the firefighting operation.
a. Evaluates the situation.
b. Establishes a safe area where nonessential personnel must go.
c. Establishes incident priorities and objectives.
d. Deploys firefighting crews to accomplish the objectives.
e. Reevaluates the situation continuously, and withdraws firefighting crews, when necessary.
3. Requests other agency support, as necessary.
Results
P
P
F
F
P
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DETERMINE CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION OF A STRUCTURE
051-249-4101
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You have been assigned to classify a structure's construction type and how resistant the structure is to fire. You are
given the type of construction materials, type of fire-resistive coverings, and the structure to classify.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify (without error) the types of noncombustible and combustible structure classifications.
b. Inspect the structure and determine the classification that should be assigned to the structure.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Structures are classified under two main types of construction: noncombustible and combustible. The structures
are classified according to the type of construction materials used and the type of fire-resistive coverings.
a. Noncombustible construction. Materials used to construct the walls, framing, partitions, and major structural
components consists entirely of noncombustible materials or assemblies.
(1) Fire resistive construction. Structural members, such as walls, roofs, beams, trusses, columns, and
piers, are of noncombustible materials. The members are constructed of high quality materials and are
protected, so that they will resist the most severe internal fire without collapsing. Construction usually
consists of walls made of masonry, reinforced concrete, or other noncombustible material. Framing
usually consists of reinforced concrete or structural steel that is protected with fire-resistive materials,
with a required thickness to withstand a definite period of fire-resistance.
(2) Protected noncombustible construction. The walls, partitions, columns, floor, and roofs are
constructed of noncombustible materials with less protection from fire than the fire-resistive
construction.
(3) Unprotected noncombustible construction. The structural members are made of noncombustible
materials but with no extra fire protection. The length of time the members can be expected to resist
the fire is less than one hour.
b. Combustible construction. One or more major structural component is of combustible material.
(1) Heavy-timber construction. The bearing walls and bearing and nonbearing portions of the exterior
walls are constructed of masonry or reinforced concrete. The columns, beams, and girders are
constructed of solid or laminated heavy timbers. The minimum dimensions for heavy timber members
are-(a) Columns that are not less than 8 inches in any dimension.
(b) Beams and girders that are not less than 6 inches thick nor less than 10 inches deep.
(2) Ordinary construction. The exterior walls are of masonry or reinforced concrete. The structural
members to include partitions, columns, floors, and roofs are entirely or partly of wood or other
combustible materials of smaller dimensions than required for heavy timber construction. The
structure can be designated as protected ordinary combustible if the roof, floor and supports,
stairways, and enclosed floor opening partitions have a one-hour fire-resistance.
(3) Wood frame construction. In wood frame construction, the walls, floor, partitions, and roof are
made entirely of wood or other combustible material. The interior and exterior structural members
and wall coverings are exposed directly to the fire's heat and flame. Wood frame construction is
often involved in conflagration hazards.
2. Inspect the structure and identify the type of construction.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated structure and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the different types of construction classification and to inspect a structure and
determine the construction classification.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Identifies the types of construction classification.
a. Noncombustible construction.
(1) Fire-resistive construction.
(2) Protected noncombustible construction.
(3) Unprotected noncombustible construction.
b. Combustible construction.
(1) Heavy timber construction.
(2) Ordinary construction.
(3) Wood frame construction.
2. Inspects the structure and determines the construction classification.
Results
P
F
P
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DETERMINE THE STABILITY OF A BURNING STRUCTURE
051-249-4102
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the senior fire official at the scene of a structure fire and must determine the stability of the burning
structure. You are given a burning structure.
STANDARDS
1. You will identify (without error) the-a. Factors that contribute to the weakening of a burning structure.
b. Signs that indicate the potential collapse of the burning structure.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Identify the factors that contribute to the weakening of a structure. Many factors can contribute to the weakening
of a burning structure which results in the ultimate collapse of the structure. During firefighting operations, you must
assess the stability of the structure and constantly reevaluate the situation.
WARNING
Failure to determine the collapse potential of the burning structure can result in death or injury to
firefighting personnel operating in and around the structure.
a. Intensity of the fire. If key structural members (rafters, joists, columns, walls) are exposed to high
temperatures, they can weaken and ultimately collapse.
b. Duration of the fire. The longer a structure is exposed to fire, the sooner the structure will weaken and
collapse.
c. Magnitude of the fire. If the fire is contained to a room inside the structure, then the stability of the structure
should not be seriously affected. However, if the entire structure is exposed to fire, then the stability of the
structure can be seriously affected.
d. Type of building construction. You must determine if the building consists of fire-resistive construction
materials or if the key structural members are unprotected and exposed directly to the fire.
e. Age of the structure. Older structures do not have the same safety features (fire-resistive materials, fire walls,
or fire stops) as present-day structures have.
f. Combustible contents. The type and quantity of combustible materials stored or used in the structure, directly
contributes to the structural integrity if the contents are involved in the fire. Also, structural components that
could support the weight of the contents during normal conditions may not be able to withstand the weight
when seriously weakened by fire.
g. Quantity of water used. One gallon of water weighs 8.34 pounds. If you multiply the weight of the water by
the number of gallons being discharged into the structure and the length of time the water is discharged into the
structure, you will realize the additional stress placed on the structural members.
h. Damage to the structure from forcible entry, ventilation, or access to the fire area. You must carefully inspect
areas of the structure that were cut for forcible entry, ventilation, or access to the fire to ascertain the extent the
cuts may have on the structural stability of the immediate area.
i. Materials involved. Materials in the fire or near the main fire area, which readily absorb water, can be
expected to significantly contribute to the load stress placed upon the structural members. These members could
weigh as much as three times their normal weight.
CAUTION
Be very careful when trying to inspect cut areas. Your weight on the area surrounding the cuts can be
enough to cause the structure to collapse.
2. Identify the signs that indicate weakening of the structure and potential collapse.
a. Cracks in load-bearing concrete walls.
b. Structure leaning to one side.
c. Roof, ceiling, or floor sagging.
d. Noise.
e. Floor movement, as you apply your weight.
f. Interior walls with large cracks or severe char and burn marks from the fire.
g. Separation of the floor from the wall.
h. Separation of stairs from the top sill.
WARNING
Do not let anyone enter a structure believed to be structurally unstable. Section off the area and let the fire
burn rather than jeopardizing the lives of the firefighting crew.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated burning structure and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify factors that lead to structural instability and to cite indicators that identify the
possibility of structure collapse.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Identifies the factors that contribute to the weakening of a structure.
a. Intensity of the fire.
b. Duration of the fire.
c. Magnitude of the fire.
d. Type of building construction.
e. Age of the structure.
f. Combustible contents.
g. Quantity of water used to extinguish the fire.
h. Damage to the structure from forcible entry, ventilation, or access to the fire area.
i. Materials involved in the fire or near the main fire area that readily absorb water.
2. Identifies conditions that would indicate the potential collapse of a structure.
a. Cracks in load-bearing concrete walls.
b. Structure leaning to one side.
c. Roof, ceiling, or floor sagging.
d. Noise.
e. Floor movement, as he applies his weight.
f. Interior walls with large cracks or severe char and burn marks from the fire.
g. Separation of the floor from the wall.
h. Separation of the stairs from the top sill.
Results
P
F
P
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
EXERCISE COMMAND AND CONTROL OF A STRUCTURAL FIRE SCENE
051-249-4103
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the fire chief of a military installation fire department and have five structural firefighting teams in four fire
stations under your command. You have arrived at a structural fire scene and have assumed command from the
assistant fire chief. You have five fully equipped, operational, and manned fire apparatuses (two are responding to
the fire scene); two-way radio communication; structural fire scene; and various support agencies that can provide
medical, security, or engineering support, as required.
STANDARDS
You will establish a command post and direct the firefighting operations until the fire is extinguished.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Establish the command post. The command post should be located and clearly identified so that the following
requirements are met:
a. The command post is readily accessible to the firefighting and rescue teams.
b. The command post is located in the front of the structure, when conditions permit.
c. The command post is centrally located so that you have a clear view of the structure and from where you can
direct the firefighting operations.
d. The location of the command post is readily visible to arriving support.
e. The command post is properly identified with a distinctive marking.
NOTE: You can establish a secondary command post if the situation requires one. Locate the secondary
command post on the opposite side of the structure from where the main command post is located. The assistant
fire chief usually mans the secondary command post.
2. Direct the firefighting attack. The fire is usually broken down into three phases: initial attack, confinement, and
extinguishment. The senior fire official in charge of the fire must direct the attack and make the necessary decisions
to extinguish the fire as quickly as possible. As the fire attack progresses, the decisions should be based on previous
decisions. However, if necessary, you must be prepared to alter or rescind previous decisions and start over.
a. Initial attack. You must gear this phase toward accomplishing the three primary goals of any firefighting
operation. The goals are life safety, fire control and reduction of property damage. Use the following steps as
guidelines during the initial attack:
NOTE: The initial attack is usually a holding action to support rescue efforts and to gain access until you sizeup the situation and develop a plan of action. You must size-up and develop a plan quickly so firefighters do not
waste time. Start issuing orders and set short-term goals. The initial attack usually sets the stage for the rest of
the firefighting operation.
(1) Make an initial size-up based on the available information as you arrive at the scene.
(2) Set short-term goals, such as rescue, ventilation, exposure protection, and gaining access.
(3) Start the fire crews working on accomplishing the short-term goals.
NOTE: Remember that the orders and assignments you give to the crews must support the overall
operation. Avoid over committing the crews. A hasty decision can make the job harder in the long run.
(4) Make a more in-depth size-up and decide on a long-range plan.
(5) Determine if additional manpower and equipment are needed, including other agency support.
(6) Establish priorities and start the crews working on the tasks they can handle using on-hand
resources.
(7) Determine if the immediate attack should be directed toward confinement or extinguishment.
b. Confinement. The main objective in this phase is to prevent the fire from spreading. Remember, you
cannot extinguish the fire until you contain it. Size-up should reveal the following:
(1) What the horizontal and vertical extensions of the fire are and the most dangerous direction of the
extensions.
(2) If the fire can be confined and extinguished with the on-hand resources.
(3) If the attack on the fire must be reduced to a defensive posture until additional help arrives.
(4) If you must sacrifice a portion of the structure, the entire structure, or several structures to confine
the fire.
c. Extinguishment. The objective of this phase is to attack and extinguish the main body of the fire. All
efforts are geared toward extinguishing the fire.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated structural fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier. Tell the soldier to establish a command post and exercise command and control of the fire scene until
the fire is extinguished.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Resu
lts
1. Establishes the main command post and meets the following requirements:
P F
a. The command post is readily accessible to the firefighting and rescue teams.
b. The command post is located in the front of the structure, when conditions permit.
c. The command post is centrally located so that he has a clear view of the structure and from where he
can direct the firefighting effort.
d. The command post location is readily visible to arriving support.
e. The command post is identified with a distinctive marking.
2. Directs the establishment of a secondary command post, as necessary.
P F
3. Directs the firefighting attack.
P F
a. Initial attack. Gears the initial attack toward accomplishment of the three primary goals of any
firefighting operation: life safety, fire control, and reduction of property damage. Uses the following steps
during the initial attack:
(1) Makes an initial size-up based on information available on arrival at the scene.
(2) Sets short-term goals, such as rescue, ventilation, exposure protection, and gaining access.
(3) Starts the fire crews working on accomplishing the short-term goals.
(4) Makes a more in-depth size-up and decides on a long-range plan.
(5) Determines if additional manpower and equipment are needed, including other agency
support.
(6) Establishes priorities and starts the crews working on the tasks they can handle using on-hand
resources.
(7) Determines if the immediate attack should be directed toward confinement or extinguishment.
b. Confinement. Identifies the main objective in this phase as preventing the fire from spreading. Sizeup should reveal the following:
(1) What the horizontal and vertical extensions of the fire are and the most dangerous direction of
the extensions.
(2) If the fire can be confined and extinguished with the on-hand resources.
(3) If the attack on the fire must be reduced to a defensive posture until additional help arrives.
(4) If he must sacrifice a portion of the structure, the entire structure, or several structures to
confine the fire.
c. Extinguishment. Identifies the objective of this phase as to attack and extinguish the main body of
the fire.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
CONDUCT AN INITIAL FIRE-GROUND INVESTIGATION
051-249-4104
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the senior fire official at a fire scene and the fire has been extinguished. You are given pen, pencil, paper,
ruler, and a structural fire scene.
STANDARDS
1. You will identify (without error) the-a. Two most important terms in fire investigation.
b. Classification of fire causes.
c. Basic measures that must be followed when conducting a fire investigation.
d. Patterns or signs that indicate fire's point of origin.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Fire investigation terms. The main goal or purpose of a fire investigation is to determine the fire cause and the fire
reason. Without determining these two points, you cannot classify the fire.
a. Fire cause. Fire cause is what made the fire start. The cause is the ignition source of the fire, such as an
overheated electric motor, a smoldering cigarette, or a pan of grease left heating on a stove.
b. Fire reason. Fire reason is why the fire started. For example, a fire may have started in an overheated electric
motor because the motor was not properly maintained, the maintenance schedule was not followed, or the
person scheduled to perform maintenance was not properly trained.
2. Fire cause classification. The three general classes of fire causes are as follows:
a. Innocent fires. In these fires, the cause is known and the fires were not intentionally set. The majority of all
fires are in this classification. These fires can usually be traced back to either direct or indirect human action,
such as discarding smoking material into a trash can, unattended cooking, or improperly using an electrical
outlet.
b. Intentional fires. These are arson fires. Intentional fires must be correctly identified.
c. Unknown cause. These are fires whose cause is still not known after the investigation.
3. Fire investigation. A fire scene investigation will produce the most accurate results when you investigate using the
following basic steps:
a. Search systematically. Make a plan. Keep in mind what you will look for, the way you will look, and what
you will do with each item you find. Be thorough, complete, and orderly.
b. Observe. Be aware of what is going on at the fire. Watch the fire, spectators, remains, and debris. Watch the
firefighters during overhaul; they may uncover some evidence.
c. Take photographs. The camera records more details than you can through observing. Photograph each area
several times during the investigation. Infrared photography may be beneficial because it is sensitive to heat.
d. Work by process of elimination. Make a checklist and mark off each item. Always complete one issue before
moving to the next. Never back track, if possible.
e. Check and verify. Never assume or take anything for granted. Do not jump to conclusions.
f. Take notes. Write down all of the details or use a tape recorder and dictate your notes. You probably will not
remember everything.
g. Draw diagrams. Expand your notes with diagrams that show the location of the incidents described.
h. Examine the exterior. Look closely at the building's exterior. Determine where the fire first vented itself by
comparing burn, char, smoke, and heat patterns around windows, doors, and roof. Examine the doors and door
butts to find out the door position and security during the fire progress. Also, look for exterior points of origin,
unusual burn patterns (flammable liquids), tools and flammable liquid containers, or footprints and scuff marks
at suspected entry points.
NOTE: A door could have been closed during the early stages of the fire and opened later, depositing smoke
and heat stains that could be deceiving.
i. Examine the interior. Make a quick check or survey of the entire interior for the extent of fire damage.
Establish the length of the fire and the approximate burn time by checking the following:
(1) Window glass condition.
(2) Depth of wood char at or near the point of origin.
(3) Fire penetration of fire-resistive rated wall coverings.
(4) Electric clocks stopped by fire damage.
NOTE: The time the clock stopped and the time the alarm was received are only approximations.
4. Fire origin. Look at the whole interior of the building to see which room or area has the worst fire damage.
Generally, this will be the room or area where the fire originated. Carefully examine the room or area as follows:
a. Determine the level of fire origin in the room or area by examining and comparing the bottom sides of tables,
shelves, and chairs.
b. Examine the ceiling and check for fire penetration or the heaviest fire exposure.
c. Examine light bulbs in the room or area. Light bulbs begin to swell at about 900? Fahrenheit (F), when
exposed to heat for 10 minutes or more. The side of the bulb that was initially exposed to the heat will swell or
bulge and may actually point to the fire origin.
d. Look closely at the walls in the room or area of origin for V-shaped or inverted-V-shaped burn patterns on
walls and items in the room.
NOTE: A rule of thumb is that the wider the angle of a V-shaped burn pattern, the slower the fire burned. A
narrow V-shaped burn pattern indicates a hot, fast fire.
e. Examine the fire debris and the floor as follows:
(1) Examine the debris one layer at a time until you reach the floor.
(2) Completely clean the floor of all debris and char dust. When finished, the floor and the floor
covering should be dry and clean enough to observe and photograph the significant burn and char
patterns.
(3) Carefully reconstruct the area by replacing furnishings and other articles in their original positions
by using the burn patterns and corresponding protected areas. Examine the floor covering and the floor
for significant patterns.
NOTE: During the fire's progress, legs and bases of furniture and other items on the floor will protect
the floor, leaving unburned marks on the floor, which aid in repositioning.
f. Examine all fire-damaged furnishings.
(1) Upholstered furniture. Generally, you will find two types of burn patterns: surface and deep-seated.
(a) Surface burning. The majority of burning occurs on the surface of the material. The
supporting springs still have tension and the supporting frame has very little damage. This
evidence could indicate that accelerated burning occurred and should be considered
suspicious.
(b) Deep-seated burning. If the burning was deep-seated, a three-dimensional cone shape will
be burned into the furniture padding. This indicates an insulated, slow buildup near the
source, such as smoking materials. There will also be extensive internal damage to the springs
(collapse) and destruction of the frame from heating over an extended time period. This
second burn pattern is indicative of the presence of a smoldering or glowing source of
ignition.
(2) Television sets and table radios. If the cabinet is destroyed, chassis warped, and components
melted with corresponding burn and char patterns on the wall and floor, the appliance could be the
fire origin. Carefully examine the debris to determine if the appliance was plugged in. Even if the
appliance was not turned on, an electrical charge still flows and the appliance could still catch on
fire.
(3) Kitchen range. You can identify range cooking fires by the distinctive V-shaped burn pattern
above the burner involved. These fires generally make rapid progress and cause extensive fire
damage to the kitchen area.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated structural fire and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief the
Soldier. 1. Tell the soldier to identify (without error) the following:
a. The two most important terms in fire investigation.
b. The classification of fire causes.
c. The basic measures that must be followed when conducting a fire investigation.
d. The patterns or signs that indicate the point of origin of a fire.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Identifies the two most important terms in fire investigation and the difference between the terms.
P
a. Fire cause. What made the fire start.
b. Fire reason. Why the fire started.
2. Identifies the general classifications of fire cause.
P
a. Innocent fires. Fire cause is known and fires were not intentionally set.
b. Intentional fires. Arson fires.
c. Unknown cause. Fire cause is not known after the investigation.
3. Identifies the basic steps that he should follow to produce the most accurate fire investigation.
P
a. Search systematically.
b. Observe.
c. Take photographs.
d. Work by process of elimination.
e. Check and verify.
f. Take notes.
g. Draw diagrams.
h. Examine the exterior.
i. Examine the interior.
(1) Window glass condition.
(2) Depth of wood char at or near the point of origin.
(3) Fire penetration of fire-resistive rated wall coverings.
(4) Electric clocks stopped by fire damage.
4. Locates the origin. Looks at the whole interior of the building to see which room or area has the worst fire P
damage. Carefully examines the room or area as follows:
a. Determines the level of fire origin in the room or area by examining and comparing the bottom sides of
tables, shelves, and chairs.
b. Examines the ceiling and checks for fire penetration or the heaviest fire exposure.
c. Examines the light bulbs in the room or area.
d. Looks closely at the walls in the room or area of origin for V-shaped or inverted-V-shaped burn patterns
on walls and items in the room.
e. Identifies the difference between a narrow and a wide-angle, V-shaped burn pattern.
f. Examines the fire debris and the floor as follows:
(1) Examines the debris one layer at a time until the floor is reached.
(2) Completely cleans the floor of all debris and char dust. When finished, observes and
photographs the significant burn and char patterns.
(3) Carefully reconstructs the area by replacing furnishings and other articles in their original
positions by using the burn patterns and corresponding protected areas. Examines the floor
covering and the floor for significant patterns.
g. Examines all fire-damaged furnishings.
(1) Upholstered furniture.
(a) Surface burning.
(b) Deep-seated burning.
(2) Television sets and table radios.
(3) Kitchen range.
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until it can be perform
correctly.
REFERENCE
EXERCISE COMMAND AND CONTROL OF AN AIRCRAFT CRASH SITE
051-249-4105
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the senior fire official at a aircraft crash site. You have three fully equipped, operational, and manned fire
apparatuses; protective clothing; two-way radio communication; an aircraft crash site with aircraft; and additional
fire apparatus or other agency support, as required.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify (without error) the factors you must consider when establishing a command post at an aircraft crash
site.
b. Establish (without error) a command post and safe area for patients and medical evacuation aircraft.
c. Direct the firefighting and rescue operations and coordinate the efforts of support agencies.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Identify essential information relative to the aircraft crash or emergency incident, according to task 051-249-2104.
2. Identify the factors that govern the approach to the aircraft crash or emergency incident and the requirements that
must be met on any approach according to task 051-249-2104.
3. Establish a command post. Consider the following factors when deciding where to locate the command post:
a. Location. The command post should be located about 2,000 yards upwind from the aircraft, preferably on the
rescue side of the aircraft.
b. Visibility. The entire firefighting operation area should be visible, including where to place the survivors
after removing them from the aircraft.
c. Accessibility. Locate the command post so that support agency personnel, such as police and medical, are not
exposed to the aircraft fire or smoke.
NOTE: The command post should be identified with a flag or other distinctive marking ,so that arriving support
agencies or additional apparatus drivers can readily identify the command post.
4. Direct the firefighting operation.
a. If the fire apparatus has not been positioned on the aircraft, determine the correct sequence and location for
positioning the fire apparatus based on the on-scene factors according to tasks 051-249-2104 and 051-249-2105.
b. Establish and assign crew and vehicle duties and responsibilities, as required, according to task 051-2493105.
c. Additional fire apparatuses arriving on the scene can be immediately employed on the aircraft or placed in a
holding area until needed.
NOTE: If you do not immediately need the fire apparatus at the scene, do not position it on the aircraft; direct
the apparatus to the holding area. It takes more time to redeploy a fire apparatus then to position the apparatus
directly from the holding area.
5. Establish a safe area to place the survivors.
NOTE: The safe area must be away from the firefighting operation and any fire or smoke hazards. Also, the safe
area must be accessible to medical personnel, rescue vehicles, and ambulances.
6. Establish an area where medical evacuation aircraft (helicopters) can land for patient evacuation.
NOTE: The medical evacuation area should be away from the firefighting operation but close enough to the safe
area without endangering the personnel operating in and around the area. Provide a ground guide to assist the
medical evacuation aircraft during landings and takeoffs.
7. Coordinate the efforts of the firefighting crews, rescue crews, medical personnel, and other support agencies.
8. Request additional support (fire apparatus, medical personnel), as needed.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated aircraft crash scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS Brief
the Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the factors he must consider when establishing a command post at an aircraft
crash site, to establish a command post and safe area for patients and medical evacuation aircraft, to direct the
firefighting and rescue operations, and to coordinate the efforts of support agencies.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Identifies the factors he must consider when determining the location of the command post.
a. Location.
b. Visibility.
c. Accessibility.
d. Identification.
2. Directs the firefighting operation.
a. If the fire apparatuses have not been positioned on the aircraft, determines the correct sequence and
location for positioning the fire apparatuses based on the on-scene factors.
b. Establishes and assigns crew and vehicle duties and responsibilities, as required.
3. Establishes a safe area to place the survivors.
4. Establishes an area where medical evacuation aircraft (helicopters) can land for patient evacuation.
5. Coordinates the efforts of the firefighting crews, medical personnel, and other support agencies.
6. Requests additional support (fire apparatus, medical personnel), as needed.
Res
ults
P F
P F
P
P
P
P
F
F
F
F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
EXERCISE COMMAND AND CONTROL OF NATURAL COVER FIREFIGHTING
OPERATIONS
051-249-4106
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the senior fire official on the scene of a natural cover fire. You are given a fully equipped, operational, and
manned fire apparatus; protective clothing and equipment; two-way radio communication; necessary brush
firefighting equipment; personnel for establishing firefighting crews; and other agency support, as required.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Determine the attack method and direct the attack operations to combat and extinguish the fire.
b. Determine the control method based on the existing conditions.
c. Exercise command and control of the natural cover firefighting operations, and direct extinguishment of the
fire without injuring yourself or crew members.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Identify the types of natural cover fires, parts of a natural cover fire, types of fuels, and factors that contribute to
fire spread according to task 051-249-2102.
2. Establish a command post that provides the following:
a. A central control point to orchestrate the firefighting operation.
b. Food, water, and a rest area.
c. Medical station.
d. Storage area for firefighting tools and equipment that will be used in the firefighting operation.
3. Determine the crew organization method for combating the natural cover fire according to task 051-249-2102.
4. Exercise command and control; evaluate the existing conditions; and supervise the attack and extinguishment of
the fire based on the existing conditions.
5. Request additional manpower or support from other agencies, as needed. Other support can come from the
following:
a. Medical units.
b. Aircraft units to conduct water or fire-retardant drops; to spot the magnitude, direction, or speed of the fire; or
to medically evacuate injured personnel.
c. Engineer units to supply heavy equipment.
d. Weather stations for current weather reports.
e. Transportation units to supply vehicles for troop movement, medical evacuation, or the transporting of
additional firefighting tools and equipment.
f. Units that supply food and shelter items.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated natural cover fire scene and all other items listed in the CONDITIONS
Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to determine the method of attack and to exercise command and control of the
firefighting operations and the extinguishment of the natural cover fire. The soldier must do the actions without error
and without injuring himself or the crew members.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Establishes a command post.
2. Determines the crew organization method for combating the natural cover fire based on the existing
conditions.
Resu
lts
P F
P F
a. Sectional.
b. One-lick.
3. Determines the appropriate control method.
a. Direct.
b. Indirect.
4. Exercises command and control of the natural cover firefighting operation and orchestrates the
extinguishment of the fire without injuring himself or crew members.
5. Requests additional support, as required.
P F
P F
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
DEVELOP PLANS FOR HAZARDOUS-MATERIALS EMERGENCIES
051-249-4107
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the fire chief. You have been assigned the task of preparing a plan for hazardous-materials emergencies.
You are given pen, pencil, paper, list of support organizations and equipment, extinguishing or control agents, and
the types and quantities of hazardous materials stored at your location.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify (without error) the characteristics of an effective plan.
b. Prepare the plan by outlining the responsibilities and roles of the organizations that provide support and the
actions necessary to effectively control, contain, or extinguish fires and spills involving hazardous materials.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Identify characteristics of an effective plan.
a. Comprehensive. Consider all circumstances that you can reasonably expect.
b. Specific. Define the roles and responsibilities of all support agencies.
c. Flexible. Make sure the plan and procedures are adaptable to the situation at hand.
d. Simple. Avoid too much detail.
e. Workable. Develop the plan within the limitations of the fire department.
2. Prepare the plan.
a. Define the problem.
(1) Determine the types and quantities of hazardous materials stored at your location.
(2) Determine how hazardous materials are stored.
(3) Determine how hazardous materials are transported to and from your location.
b. Set the objectives for the plan. Outline the desired results or actions for when a hazardous materials
incident occurs.
c. Determine the capabilities.
(1) Identify organizations that can offer technical assistance when a hazardous materials incident
occurs.
NOTE: Several organizations throughout the continental United States offer 24-hour service and
information about hazardous materials. The organizations usually have a toll-free number and can be
reached by telephone from any where in the world. Also, these organizations have developed
handbooks that identify the essential information about the various hazardous-materials and how to
effectively contain, control, or extinguish fires and spills involving hazardous materials.
(2) Identify all organizations that can provide support or mutual aid. Organizations may include the
following:
(a) Other fire departments.
(b) Medical units.
(c) Utility companies.
(d) Chemical engineering units.
(e) Manufacturers.
(f) Transportation units.
(g) Engineer units.
(h) Aviation units.
(i) Hazardous-material support units (to include teams).
(3) Identify personnel limitations, including the number of available firefighters in your fire
department who can be reasonably expected to respond to the incident without seriously degrading
the fire protection support to the installation or area.
(4) Identify available water supply or other extinguishing and control agents.
(5) Identify communication requirements between the various support elements that can be
expected to respond to the incident.
(6) Identify all equipment resources that can be used at the hazardous material incident site.
d. Prepare emergency procedures. Identify courses of action that should take place during the emergency,
such as firefighting, rescue, containment, and evacuation.
e. Define roles and responsibilities. Establish a chain of command. Clearly identify the incident
commander. Involve all of the support agencies and clearly identify their roles.
f. Organize and write the plan.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated hazardous materials emergency and all other items listed in the
CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the characteristics of a good hazardous materials
incident plan and to develop the plan outlining the roles, responsibilities, and actions necessary to effectively
control, contain, or extinguish fires or spills involving hazardous materials.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
Res
ults
1. Identifies the characteristics of an effective plan.
P F
a. Comprehensive.
b. Specific.
c. Flexible.
d. Simple.
e. Workable.
2. Prepares the plan.
P F
a. Defines the problem.
(1) Determines what types and quantities of hazardous materials are stored at his location.
(2) Determines how the hazardous materials are stored.
(3) Determines how the hazardous materials are transported to and from his location.
b. Sets the objectives for the plan.
c. Determines the capabilities.
(1) Identifies organizations that can offer technical assistance when a hazardous materials
incident occurs.
(2) Identifies all organizations that can provide support or mutual aid. Organizations may include
the following:
(a) Other fire departments.
(b) Medical units.
(c) Utility companies.
(d) Chemical engineering units.
(e) Manufacturers.
(f) Transportation units.
(g) Engineer units.
(h) Aviation units.
(i) Hazardous material units (to include teams).
(3) Identifies personnel limitations, including the number of available firefighters in his fire
department who can be reasonably expected to respond to the incident without seriously
degrading the fire-protection support to the installation or area.
(4) Identifies available water supply or other extinguishing and control agents.
(5) Identifies communication requirements between the various support elements that can be
expected to respond to the incident.
(6) Identifies all equipment resources that can be used at the hazardous material incident site.
d. Prepares emergency procedures. Identifies courses of action he should take during the emergency,
such as firefighting, rescue, containment, and evacuation.
e. Defines the roles and responsibilities. Establishes a chain of command and clearly identifies the
incident commander. Involves all of the support agencies and clearly identifies their roles.
f. Organizes and writes the plan.
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measure. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
EXERCISE COMMAND AND CONTROL OF A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INCIDENT
051-249-4108
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
CONDITIONS
You are the senior fire official at a hazardous material incident. You are given a hazardous material incident site,
necessary information relative to the incident, hazardous material contingency operation plan, two-way radio
communication, and other agency support, as required.
STANDARDS
1. You will-a. Identify the factors you must consider when determining where to locate the command post.
b. Identify other areas that must be established and any control measures that must be taken.
c. Implement the hazardous material contingency operation plan and exercise command and control of the
incident and personnel until the incident has been stabilized or contained.
TRAINING AND EVALUATION
Training Information Outline
1. Identify the factors you must consider before deploying firefighters into the incident area according to task 051249-3107.
2. Identify the factors you must consider when determining where to locate the command post.
a. Safety. Locate the area as far away from the incident as necessary to ensure personnel working in and around
the command post are not exposed to the negative properties of the hazardous materials.
b. Upwind. Locate the command post upwind from the incident site, whenever possible. Allow for relocating
the command post if the wind changes direction.
c. Visibility. Make sure the entire incident area is visible from the command post.
d. Accessibility. The command post must be readily accessible to the various agencies operating in and around
the incident site and any additional agencies that may respond to the incident.
3. Establish the command post. Once you determine the best location for the command post, establish it. Include the
following provisions in the command post area:
a. Identification. The command post must be clearly identified by a flag or some other distinctive marking so all
of the agencies at the incident site can find the command-post area.
b. Medical-aid station. Establish an expedient first-aid station to support the operation.
c. Rest area. Establish a sheltered area, if possible, so personnel working in and around the incident site can rest.
The rest area should include food, water, and other supplies.
CAUTION
Make sure personnel working at the site are not contaminated before they enter the rest area. All personnel
working in the active area must be completely decontaminated before they can be eat or drink.
4. Select and establish the safety zone for the incident site. Establish a control point for entering and exiting the
incident area. Post a guard to control entry into the incident area.
5. Select the location and establish a decontamination area. Personnel operating in and around the incident site may
become contaminated. Establish a decontamination area. Make sure soap, water, or other neutralizing agents are
available at the decontamination area.
6. Implement the hazardous material plan. Follow the guidelines established in the plan for dealing with the
hazardous material emergency. Take the necessary actions required for the type of hazardous materials involved in
the incident. Some or all of the following actions may be required:
a. Rescue of trapped personnel.
b. Evacuation from the immediate area.
c. Evacuation from the downwind area.
d. Extinguishment of any fire.
e. Exposure protection.
f. Containment of the spill or discharge.
g. Stabilization of the hazardous material containers.
h. Decontamination of personnel.
i. Notification of hazardous material response teams.
j. Notification of hazardous material emergency operation centers for technical assistance.
k. Notification of engineer or utility personnel.
l. Notification of medical, security, or transportation personnel.
m. Notification of medical evacuation units.
n. Implementation of mutual-aid agreements for additional firefighting support.
7. Direct the firefighting operations according to task 051-249-3107.
Evaluation Preparation
Setup: Provide the soldier with a simulated hazardous material incident and all other items listed in the
CONDITIONS Brief the Soldier. Tell the soldier to identify the factors he must consider when determining where to
locate the command post, to identify other areas he must establish and any control measures he must take, to
implement the hazardous material contingency operation plan, and to exercise command and control of the incident
and personnel until the incident has been stabilized or contained.
Evaluation Guide
Performance Measure
1. Identifies the factors he must consider when determining where to locate the command post.
a. Safety.
b. Upwind.
c. Visibility.
d. Accessibility.
2. Establishes the command post. Once he determines the best location, he establishes the command post.
Includes the following provisions as part of the command post area:
a. Identification. Identifies the area with a distinctive marking.
b. Medical-aid station. Establishes an expedient first-aid station.
c. Rest area. Establishes a rest area, if possible. Includes food, water, and other supplies.
3. Selects and establishes the safety zone for the incident site.
4. Selects the location and establishes a decontamination area, as required.
5. Implements the hazardous material plan and follows the guidelines established in the plan for dealing with
the hazardous material emergency. Takes the necessary actions required for the type of hazardous material
involved in the incident.
6. Identifies the actions that may be required.
a. Rescue of trapped personnel.
b. Evacuation of the immediate area.
c. Evacuation of the downwind area.
d. Extinguishment of any fire.
e. Exposure protection.
f. Containment of the spill or discharge.
g. Stabilization of hazardous material containers.
h. Decontamination of personnel.
i. Notification of hazardous material response teams.
j. Notification of hazardous material emergency operation centers for technical assistance.
k. Notification of engineer or utility personnel.
l. Notification of medical, security, or transportation personnel.
m. Notification of medical evacuation units.
n. Implementation of mutual-aid agreements for additional firefighting support.
Res
ults
P F
P F
P F
P F
P F
P F
Feedback
--Score the soldier GO if he passes (P) all of the performance measures. Score the soldier NO-GO if he fails (F) any
performance measure. If the soldier fails any performance measure, you must show him how to perform it correctly.
The soldier is expected to review the training information outline and practice the task until he can perform it
correctly.
REFERENCE
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
SECTION I
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
A
ACCP.
Army correspondence course program
AIT.
advanced individual training
AQUEOUS FILM-FORMING FOAM (AFFF).
A light water substance.
AR.
Army Regulations
B
BT.
Basic Training
BTC.
Basic Technical Course
C
CMF.
Career management field
CO2.
carbon dioxide
COMMON TASK.
A critical task that is performed by every soldier in a specific skill level regardless of
MOS.
D
DA.
Department of the Army
DOD.
Department of Defense
DOT.
Department of Transportation
E
EPMS.
Enlisted personnel management system
F
FIRST UNIT EQUIPPED (FUE).
The date first user unit receives a new system.
FM.
Field Manual
G
GPM.
gallons per minute
GRD.
ground
GSA.
General Services Administration
I
IAW.
In accordance with
IFSTA.
International Fire Service Training Association
J
JB.
Jobbook
M
MOS.
minimal operational strip
MTP.
MOS training plan
N
NCO.
noncommissioned officer
NFC.
National Fire Code
O
OSUT.
one-station unit training
P
PCS.
Permanent change of station
PLDC.
Primary Leadership Development Course
PSI.
pounds per square inch
PTO.
power take off
R
RPM.
revolutions per minute
S
SGMA.
US Army Sergeants Major Academy
SL.
Skill level
SOP.
Standing Operating Procedure
SSN.
social security number
STP.
Soldier Training Publication
T
TEC.
Training Extension Course
TG.
Trainer's Guide
TM.
Technical Manual
TRADOC.
United States Army Training and Doctrine Command
U
UNIT TRAINING.
Training (individual, collective, and joint or combined) conducted in a unit.
USAES.
United States Army Engineer School
W
WO.
warning order
SECTION II
DEFINITION OF TERMS
A
ADDITIONAL SKILL IDENTIFIER (ASI).
Identification of specialized skills that are closely related to, and are in addition to, those
required by MOS or specialty skill identifier (SSI). Specialized skills identified by the
ASI include operation and maintenance of specific weapons systems and equipment,
administrative type systems and subsystems, computer programming, languages,
procedures, installation management, analytic methods, animal handling techniques, and
similar required skills that are too restricted in scope to comprise an MOS or SSI.
ARMY TRAINING AND EVALUATION PROGRAM (ARTEP).
The Army's collective training program that establishes unit training objectives critical to
unit survival and performance in combat. They combine the training and the evaluation
process into one integrated function. The ARTEP is a training program and not a test.
The sole purpose of external evaluation under this program is to diagnose unit
requirements for future training.
B
BASIS OF ISSUE (BOI).
Authority which prescribes the number of items issued to an individual, a unit, or a
military activity.
C
COLLECTIVE TRAINING.
Training, either in institutions or units, that prepares cohesive teams and units to
accomplish their combined arms and service missions on the battlefield.
CRITICAL TASK.
A collective or individual task determined to be essential to wartime mission, duty
accomplishment, or survivability. Critical individual tasks are trained in the training base
and/or unit, and they are reinforced in the unit.
CROSS TRAINING.
The systematic training of a soldier on tasks related to another duty position within the
same military occupational specialty or tasks related to a secondary military occupational
specialty at the same skill level.
D
DRILL.
A disciplined, repetitious exercise to teach and perfect a skill or procedure
for example, fire, man overboard, abandon ship, lifeboat, and damage control drills on
Army watercraft.
F
FIELDING DATE (F-DATE).
The date the STPs are required to be in the field to support training requirements (FUE,
LON, or POI).
FRONT-END ANALYSIS (FEA).
The systematic process of collecting, examining, and synthesizing data concerning
collective and individual performance requirements. The process commences with needs
analysis and subsequently involves analysis of unit missions, MOS, and specific duty
assignments or positions supported by a functional training program. The purpose of FEA
is to ensure both the accurate description of collective tasks and duty positions, including
the conditions and standards of task performance, and the display of data and information
from which decisions regarding the training criticality of tasks can be made. The process
ends, therefore, with the production of a list of critical tasks and performance measures,
and with either a provisional recommendation about training site selection or initiation of
job performance aid analysis.
I
INDIVIDUAL TRAINING PLAN (ITP).
This document is prepared immediately after identification of a requirement for new or
revised training, and generally consists of a narrative description, a milestone schedule, a
resource estimate, a resource summary supplement, a list of ammunition requirements,
and an analysis plan, when available. The ITP covers a period of eight years. Normally,
at the time the ITP is prepared, dates and resource requirements in the early years can be
determined with reasonable accuracy, while those for the later years will be "best guess"
estimates.
INDIVIDUAL TRAINING.
Training which prepares the soldier to perform specified duties or tasks related to the
assigned duty position or subsequent duty positions and skill levels.
INTEGRATION TRAINING.
The completion of initial entry training in skill level 1 tasks for an individual newly
arrived in a unit, but limited specifically to tasks associated with the mission,
organization, and equipment of the unit to which the individual is assigned. It may be
conducted by the unit using training materials supplied by the school, by troop schools, or
by inservice or contract mobile training teams. In all cases, this training is supported by
the school proponent.
L
LETTER OF NOTIFICATION (LON).
Serially numbered letters prepared by Military Personnel Center (MILPERCEN)
announcing approved MOS/SSI revisions which will be implemented by semiannual
consolidated change. These letters provide advance information to agencies requiring
long lead-time to prepare revised individual training programs, selective personnel
reclassification, and authorization document changes. These letters are for prior planning
only and are not authority to implement projected MOS/SSI changes.
M
MAJOR ARMY COMMAND (MACOM).
Commands directly subordinate to, established by authority of, and specifically
designated by Headquarters, Department of the Army (HQDA).
MERGER TRAINING.
Training that prepares noncommissioned officers to supervise one or more different
military occupational specialties at lower skill levels when they advance to a higher level
in their career management field.
MOBILIZATION.
The ordering of units and members of the ARNG and USAR to active duty in preparation
for war or other national emergency, and the act of calling units and members of the
ARNG into Federal service in preparation for war or other national emergency.
O
OPERATIONAL TESTING (OT).
Testing and evaluation of materiel systems that are accomplished with typical useroperators, crews, or units in as realistic an operational environment as possible to provide
data to estimate the military utility, and operational effectiveness and suitability of new
systems
the need for modification of the system
and the adequacy of doctrine, organization, operating techniques, tactics, and training for
employment of the system
the adequacy of maintenance support for the system
and when appropriate, its performance in a countermeasures environment.
P
PERFORMANCE MEASURES (PM).
Those behavior or product characteristics that the trainer observes or checks to determine
if the soldier has performed the task correctly.
S
SPECIAL QUALIFICATION IDENTIFIER (SQI).
(Warrant officers and enlisted personnel only.) An identification of skills in addition to
those of an MOS to identify special requirements of certain positions and special
qualifications of personnel who are capable of filling such positions. SQI are authorized
for use with any MOS unless otherwise specified.
SUSTAINMENT TRAINING.
The provision of training to maintain the minimum acceptable level of proficiency
required to accomplish a critical task.
T
TRAIN-UP.
The process of increasing the skills and knowledge of an individual to a higher skill level
in the appropriate MOS. It may involve certification.
NOTICE:
This document is generated from relational data submitted by the proponent.
Questions relating to information displayed should be addressed to the proponent
school.
New or revised reference material is being published all the time. Efforts are also underway to migrate away from
paper products to electronic media. Those references listed below which are available on-line in the Reimer Digital
Llibrary (RDL) are indicated by hyperlinks. All other references are available in hard-copy only, for example, from
your unit/post learning center or library. To ensure that hard-copy materials are current, check DA Pam 25030,
Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms (available on FICHE) or DA Pam 350-100, Extension
Training Materials (ETM) catalog.
Army Regulations (AR)
AR 220-1
Unit Status Reporting
AR 350-2
Opposing Force Program
AR 350-37
Individual Training Evaluation Program
AR 420-90
Fire and Emergency Services. 10 September 1997
AR 600-200
[OBSOLETE] Enlisted Personnel Management System
AR 600-201
Enlisted Career Management Fields and Military Occupational Specialties
Department of Army Forms (DA Form)
DA Form 2404
Equipment Inspection And Maintenance Worksheet
DA Form 5164-R
Hands-On Evaluation
DA Form 5165-R
Field Expedient Squad Book
Field Manuals (FM)
FM 21-11
First Aid For Soldiers
FM 25-2
Unit Training Management
FM 25-3
Training in Units
FM 25-4
How to Conduct Training Exercises (This Item is Included on EM 0028)
FM 25-5
Training for Mobilization and War.
Lubrication Orders (LO)
LO 5-4210-217-12
Truck, Fire Fighting, Powered Pumper, Foam and Water, 750 GPM cap;
Centrifugal Pump, Power Takeoff Driven, 400 Gal Water Tank, 40 Gal Foam
Chemical Tank, 15 May 1975.
LO 9-2320-209-12-1
Truck Cargo, 2 1/2 Ton
Other Product Types
DA Form 4119
Fire Hose Record. June 1973.
DA Form 5376-R
Individual Training Evaluation (LRA). January 1985.
DA Form 5377-R
Fire Protection Training Record (LRA). January 1985.
DA Form 5378-R
Facility Response Card (LRA). January 1985.
DA Form 5379-R
Apparatus Maintenance Checklist (LRA). January 1985.
DA Form 5380-R
Fire Apparatus Test Record (LRA). January 1985.
DA Form 5381-R
Building Fire Inspection (LRA). January 1985.
DA Form 5382-R
Fire Hazard Deficiency Inspection (LRA). January 1985.
DA Form 5383-R
Hot Work Permit (LRA). January 1985.
DA Pam 738-570
Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS). 31 October 1989.
DD Form 2324
DOD Fire Incident Report (LRA). 1984.
DD Form 2324-1
DOD Summary No-Loss Fire Emergencies Report (LRA). January 1984.
DOD Pub 6055.7-M
Fire Incident Reporting Manual, 24 February 1984.
IFSTA 101
Forcible Entry.
IFSTA 102
Fire Service Ground Ladder Practices.
IFSTA 103
Fire Hose Practices.
IFSTA 104
Salvage and Overhaul Practices.
IFSTA 105
Fire Stream Practices.
IFSTA 106
Fire Apparatus Practices.
IFSTA 107
Fire Ventilation Practices.
IFSTA 109
First Aid.
IFSTA 110
Fire Protection Inspection.
IFSTA 200
Essentials of Firefighting.
IFSTA 205
Water Supplies for Fire Protection.
IFSTA 206
Aircraft Fire Protection and Rescue Procedures.
IFSTA 207
Ground Cover Firefighting Practices.
SC 4210-97-CL-E09Hand Receipt Catalog Covering Content of FireFighting Equipment Set; Truck
HR
MTD; series (NSN 4220-00-393-0353), 30 May 1980.
SC 4210-97-CL-E18
Fire Fighting Equipment Set: Truck Mounted; Multipurpose. 15 April 1985.
TB 5-4200-200-10
Hand Portable Fire Extinguishers Approved for Army Users. 1 September 1989.
USAF CDC 57150-01
General Subjects for Fire Protection.
USAF CDC 57150-02
Basic Fire Protection Subjects.
USAF CDC 57150-03
Equipment and Facilities.
USAF CDC 57150-04
Firefighting Procedures.
USAF CDC 57150-05
Supervision, Command and Control.
USAF CDC 57150-06
Structural Firefighting.
USAF CDC 57150-07
Technical Services.
USAF TO 00-105E-9
Aircraft Technical Order.
USAF TO 00-25-172
Ground Servicing of Aircraft and Static Grounding/Bonding.
Soldier's Training Publications (STP)
STP 21-24-SMCT
Soldier's Manual of Common Tasks (Skill Levels 2-4)
STP 21-SMCT
Soldiers Manual of Common Tasks (Skill Level 1). 1 October 1987.
STP 5-51M14-SM-TG
SOLDIER'S MANUAL AND TRAINER'S GUIDE MOS 51M FIREFIGHTER
SKILL LEVELS 1/2/3/4
Supply Bulletins (SB)
SB 700-20
Army Adopted/Other Items Selected for Authorization List of Reportable Items
(FICHE)
Technical Manuals (TM)
TM 5-315
Firefighting and Rescue Procedures in Theaters of Operation. 20 April 1971.
TM 5-4210-205-12
Operator and Organizational Maintenance Manual: Truck, Fire Fighting, Powered
Pumper, Foam and Water, 500 GPM Centrifugal Pump, Power Take-Off Driven,
400 Gallon Water Tank, 40 Gallon Foam Chemical Tank. 11 December 1984.
TM 5-4210-217-12
Operator's and Organizational Maintenance Manual: Truck, Firefighting, Powered
Pumper, Foam and Water, 750 Gallons Per Minute Capacity, Centrifugal Pump,
Takeoff Driven; 400 Gallon Water Tank, 40 Gallon Foam Chemical Tank, Class
530C and Wi
TM 5-4210-217-34P
Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools
List For Truck, Firefighting: Powered Pumper, Foam and Water, 750 Gallons Per
Minute Capacity, Centrifugal Pump, Power Take-Off Driven: 400 Gallon Water
Tank, 400
TM 9-1300-206
Ammunition and Explosives Standards
TM 9-2320-209-10-4
Maintenance Operator Level for 2 1/2 ton 6 x 6: M44A1 and M44A2 Series Trucks.
26 September 1980.